THE SECRETS OF THE REVEREND MASTER ALEXIS OF PIEMOUNT.  
Containing excellent remedies against divers diseases, wounds, and other accidents, with the manner to make distillations, parfumes, confitures, diynges, colours, fusions and meltynges. A work well approved, very profitable and necessary for every man.  
Translated out of French into English, by William Warde.  
Imprinted at London by john Kingston for Nicolas Inglande, dwelinge in Paul's churchyard.  
ANNO. 1558. Me●ss. novemb.   

health. In all these things are certain secret virtues, which be manifest signs of god's love and favour towards man: for he created them to th'intent that men should use them, glorify him, and give him thanks for them. And because the use and knowledge of them, and their virtues, is so expedient for all creatures, God of his mere goodness, hath not only given unto the diligent searchers thereof, the gift of perfect usage, and understanding of their operation in this time of Christianity: but also unto infideles before Christ, being ignorant from whence that gift came: who, notwithstanding their ignorance, did so reverence the wonderful virtues of things created in the world, that they thought that each of those things had had in itself a certain divine power, or else that there was of every thing a several god or creator. Now, if they gave such honour unto things created, not knowing the creature, what would they have done, if they had known and confessed God to have been the only maker of the world, of man, and of all things therein, of nothing? truly they would not have done as some curious Christians among us now a days do, which (as your honour well understandeth) most impudently despise all manner of medicines, and ignorantly dispute against the virtues and operation of herbs, and trees, saying: that if the sick man be appointed of God to die, all the medicines in the world can not save his life. Whereunto it may easily be answered, that every man that is vexed with a disease, is not appointed of God to die of the same: but the infirmity is sent him as a punishment for his offences, and yet hath God created things to give him ease and remedy for his disease, which no Christian man ought to contemn or despise: for he that despiseth the work, seemeth to contemn the workman. And again, because that the appointment and determination of God, concerning the life and death of man, is so secret, and so far beyond the capacity of man's reason, and understanding, and that we know not when God hath prefixed the term of our life, we use in our infirmities and weakness, those remedies that God hath created to be received at their hands, to whom he hath given the knowledge how to minister them unto us. All these things are abundantly enough known unto your honour, with a great many more reasons than I am able to allege, and therefore I do but bring owls to Athens in declaring this unto you. But thus much I may well say, that most mad are they, and void of all reason & Christianity, that wile set so light by the works of God: yea, they are unprofitable members of a common wealth, not worthy to bear the name of Christians: for by their fond and false persuasions to the ignorant and simple ones in their diseases, against the receiving of any medicines, many times it chanceth, that they following their foolish advise in neglecting Physic, they be cast away and perish, which otherwise might have been saved. Me thinketh this should be sufficient to persuade them to embrace good and wholesome remedies: they see daily that herbs, oinctmentes, plasters made of things growing on the earth, and such like, by their virtues, do cure and heal external and outward wounds, sores, cuts, swellings, and other infirmities of the body, and yet they will not believe that such virtues can heal the internal and inward diseases. Utterly ignorant be they, that so imagine with themselves, for they that despise Physic, despise a heavenly science. But what be they that thus contemn it? Forsooth ignorant & unlearned men, that bark at, and backbite them that take pains for the commodity of all men. But it is commonly seen and proved. Scientia non habet inimicum praeter ignorantem. Which saying (I fear me) is verified more in some of us English men, than in any other nation, I would God it were not. And yet I think there is no man so bestial, so rude, or so blunt of wit, but that he is (by a certain instinct of natural inclination) desirous to know things not before known, to hear news not before heard, and to understand books in his maternal tongue, written first in a foreign language, to th'end not to seem altogether ignorant in matters both of the liberal sciences, and also of histories, set forth for his rudiment and instruction, as in cosmography, in Astronomy, in Philisophie, in Logic, in Rhetoric, and specially in Physic, whereof we had never so much need as in these our days, considering the strange and unknown diseases that swarm among us, and more in number then can be found remedy for. Therefore considering with myself (right honourable) that I could not better declare my bounden duty unto you, nor do my country a greater pleasure, than to put some thing abroad under your honours name, whereby it might receive some commodity: I have taken in hand to translate this noble and excellent work called, The Secrets of the Reverend Master, Alexis of Piemount, first written in the Italian tongue, and after turned into French, and of late into dutch, and now last of all into English, because that as well English men, as Italians, French men, or Dutchmen, may suck knowledge and profit hereof: being a work come out of the hands of so famous a man as Alexis is, and dedicated first to such a noble prince as the duke of Savoy is, to whom trifles or fables are not to be presented, nor being a man under whose name and protection lies or vain inventions ought to be set forth. Therefore weighing the age, the learning and fame of the auctor, & the nobility of the said Prince, men may easily judge that such intolerable pains have not been taken in the collection of these secrets, to blow an untruth into men's ears, but rather that this book hath been published and communicated to the world by the said Alexis, for the care and good zeal that he had to the health of men's bodies, and that men of all countries might have the knowledge of that with ease, sitting at home in their studies, which he got with great travail and labour, wandering almost all the world over, as in his epistle here to the reader he declareth.  
And now (right honourable) like as Christopher Plantine of Antwerp, the printer of this work in French, chose the Prince of Piemount, to protect and adorn the fruits of his labours, under the honour of his name: even so I the translator hereof into our English tongue, have thought it my duty (with your honour's favour) to present this my translation unto you, and to put it forth under your honour's name and protection, desiring, and humbly requiring the same, to accept my poor good will, having good hope that you shall find such things in the discourse of the whole book, that you will not only take pleasure in the knowledge of them: but also commodity, if it please you to put in experience and proof, those that seem most best unto you: whereof there be some as excellent and as easy, as were ever set forth in any tongue, as by your honour's wisdom and judgement, in the reading you shall easily perceive. I am not able sufficiently to praise the excellency of the book, and the diligence of the author, ner to extol the wonderful gifts of God in men, which according to their talon, impart to the world the increase and fruit of such gifts, as he distributeth unto them. Of the which gifts I think I should not moche err, if I said Physic to be the best and the most necessary Nam si corporum nostrorum, & tranquillitatis vitae (quae sine secunda valetudine vix esse potest) rationem habere volumus, fatebimur medicinam excellentissimam, mortalibus necessariam esse. And even so Cornelius Celsus which wrote most excellent Books of Physic, affirmeth saying. Alimenta sanis corporibus agricultura promittit: sanitatem autem aegris medicina: et idcirco deo optimo maximo gratias habere debimus, qui vitam nobis elargitus est: deinde medico, qui eam nobis conseruat, diuturnioremꝙ facit.  
All this learning and knowledge do the Greek authors affirm to be most ancient, and most necessary in a common wealth. For, as it is desired of all men to live in health of body, so is it requisite that medicines, both preservative and curative, be had and used among men, which not only comforteth the infirm and diseased body, but also putteth the soul in remembrance of God's great power and might, that hath given such virtue unto things growing on the earth, for man's commodity, preservation, and health: which health I pray God long to remain with you, and all your family with much increase of virtue and honour, under the protection of almighty God.  
Your humble Servant William Warde.   

Don Alexis to the reader.  
THey that have known me in time past, or to speak plain, have used me familiarly all my life time, can peradventure, tell how God by his great goodness, hath made me to be borne of a noble house and blood (according to the common, I will not say vain, persuasion of them, that establish nobility more in the merits of another man, than in our own) and that besides this I have always had my pleasures, and great plenty of richesse, yea far passing the smallness of my deserts. I will say yet more (not to boast or to advance myself, but to the end to reform the gentle reader, and to give thanks unto God) that there be many which know, how I being given even from my first youth unto study, have gotten, not only the knowledge of the Latin, Greek, Ebrue, Caldei, and Arabic tongue, and also of divers other nations and countries: But above all thing having by a natural inclination, taken a singular pleasure in Philosophy, and in the secrets of nature, have wandered and travailed abroad in the world the space of xxvii years, to the intent to acquaint myself with all sorts of learned and discrete men. By the which diligence and curiosity, I have learned many goodly secrets, not alonely of men of great knowledge and profound learning, and noble men, but also of poor w●men artificers, peysantes, and all sorts of men. Moreover I have been three times in Levant, and sundry times have travailed almost all other parts of the world, without resting or seiourning at any time in one place above .v. months. Now this my study and desire of knowledge, as well of the universal sciences, as of particular secrets, and although it was given unto me by nature, as to the most part of men (for every man by an instinct of nature desireth to know things) yet have I always been nuzzled up by a certain ambition and vainglory, to know that, which an other should be ignorant of: which thing hath grafted in me, a continual niggardness or sparing, to distribute or communicate any of my secrets, yea unto my most singular friends that I had: saying, that if the secrets were known of every man, they should no more be called secrets, but public and common.  
Now, it chanced these few days past, being in Milan: in the fowerskore and two year, and seven months of mine age, that a poor artificer was marvelously tormented with the stone, and had been two days without making his urine. The Cyrurgen that dressed him, knowing well that I had many secrets, and singularly for the stone, came to me, and requested me that I would teach him the receit, or at the least to give him the medicine, composed and ready made, for the health of the patient. But I perceiving that he would use other men's things, for his own profit and honour, refused to give it him, but willed him to bring me unto the sick man, and that I myself would minister the medicine unto him gratis. The Physician, either fearing blame if it should be known, that he had recourse to the aid of an other man, having peradventure, boasted that he had the secret himself, or else in the mean time, still to make his profit in dissembling the matter, and differing it yet two days more, with diverse excuses and colours, until he brought me to the patient, whom at my coming I found so nigh his end, that after he had a little lifted up his eyes, casting them piteously toward me, he passed from this into a better life: not having any need, neither of my secret nor any other receipt to recover his health. With this case I was moved to such a compassion and sorrow, that not only I wished myself evil, but also I desired to die: seeing my ambition and vain glory, to have been the cause that this poor man was not succoured with the remedy, and gift that God the father, and Lord of us all had given me. Wherefore, so great was the remorse of conscience in me, that, desiring to sequestrate myself from the world, and not finding myself of such a disposition of mind, that I could live in a Monastery among religious men, better edified than I, I was at the last fully resolved with myself, to choose a place separate from any Town, where I have a little land, some books, and a study, for to avoid idleness. Here I live a life, which I call a Monks life, with one servant, which goeth to the town, not to beg, but to buy my provision, and other things necessary: for to sustain his poor life and mine, as long as it shall please God.  
But yet not having the power to put out of my fantasy, but that I was a very homicide and murderer, for refusing to give the Physician the receipt and remedy, for the healing of this poor man, I have determined to publish and communicate to the world, all that I have, being assured that few other men have so many as I. And minding to set forth none, but such as be most true and proved, I have these days paste (taken partly out of my Books, and partly out of my memory, all those that came to hand) made a collection of such as I am certain be veritable, true, and erperimented, not caring if some of them be written, or printed in any other Books than this. For of this my collection the reader, as touching those, may at the least take this utility and profit, that whereas before he mought have doubted, whether such remedies set forth by an other man, were true or not, he shall be now assured, under the affirmaunce of my faith: For truly, I would not set myself (being in the age, and disposition, both of body and mind, that I am now in) to write fables or lies, that should continue always. But of one point I will advertise the reader, and that is, that he do the things with good diligence, and that in medicines concerning man's body, he use the aid and help of physicians: Although in deed many of them, moved with a certain rustic, and evil grounded envy, with a passion of jalousy, are wont to blame and contemn things that come not of themselves. Wherefore, as well in this, as in every other point, if he that will use these, should perchance find, that the thing would not take effect according to his contentation, let him beware that he abuse not himself in the confection of them, and to begin again with more diligence. assuring himself, that (as I have said) there is nothing in this book but is true and experimented. And giving always glory and praise unto god only for all, have a good hope, that, by mean of his divine grace, I will consequently make you a present of the rest of all that I have gotten in so many travails, voyages, costs, and diligent study.  
Far well.   

THE Secrets of the reverent Master Alexis of Piedmont.  

THE FIRST BOOK.  
The manner an secret to conserve a man's youth, and to hold back old age: to maintain a man always in health and strength, as in the fairest flower of his age.  

¶ All this is taken out of the long study, and divers experiences, that a gentleman made, by the space of many years, in the service of a noble Lady. Being a thing most certain, that an old man, of three score and ten years, all withered withage, of a very evil complexion, and subject to divers kinds of diseases, was altered and changed, as into the age of sxe oir eight and thirty years.  
first, men ought to have always in remembrance, and before their eyes, that no grace, gift, or commodity, is to be hoped for, but of God only. In whose great clemency and goodness, the great prophet, being assured, and established in conscience, through his perfect faith, cried, saying: Renovabitur, sicut aquilla, inventus mea. And by the same mercy & goodness, he prolonged, so many years, the life of Ezechias: & made Moses to live a hundred and twenty years, and more, and not one of his tecthe, at any time moving: without any dimness of sight, or ache of head. He then, as a most mighty creature, and father of all, having assigned unto man, the term of his life, and left him to the arbitrement of his own will: and also having given virtue, strength and properties unto things, and leaving them to execute ordinarily, their movings and nature, hath also left power unto humane creatures, to preserve themselves in health, until the term and prefixed end of our life, both universally and particularly. But, for asmuch as we know not, how to employ things, according as they are convenable and meet for our nature, and our chances or necessities, our disordinate manner of life maketh us to live, the most part in diseases, to precipitate our youth and to abbreviate much our life. Then, having our thought and mind, always firm and sure in him, and replete with faith and devotion, saying in the name of his infinite goodness, unto ourselves: Longitudine dierum replebo eum, et ostendam illi salutare meum. We will commence and begin, as inspired with him, and assured to help ourselves, with the virtue and strength of things, created in the world by his divine power, only for our benefit. And minding for a public profit, to communicate some thing, as well searched and found out of myself, by long experience, as lately obtained and gotten, of a special friend of mine, which also, by great diligence and experience, hath by the space of seven years: proved this manner of preserving & stablishing, the health and youth, I will first give you the manner, how to make a miraculous liquor, conservative, and restorative of the natural heat, and radical humour, in the which two things consisteth, principally the health, the vigour, the strength, and the life of man.   

¶ To make a precious liquor, and of inestimable virtue: the which taken at the mouth, strengtheneth and augmenteth the natural heat, and radical humidite purifieth the blood, and cleanseth the stomach from all superfluity of humours: and by that mean conserveth the health and youth, and prolongeth the life of him that useth it.  
IN the month of May, at the Son rising, thou shalt take up in a pewter dish, or some vessel of glass, being very clean, the dew that is fallen upon Rosemary, borage, and other good herbs, Sage only excepted, for it is a thing most certain, that under Sage certain venomous beasts, are wont to assemble, which infect and poison it, with their breath: and though that the leaves, may by wasihing be purified and cleansed, from such exhalation and breathing, yet nevertheless, if the dew that falleth upon the leaves, chance to take such venom and poison, it is not possible by any means to purify it: and therefore you shall not take up the dew of Sage. Then, after having gathered as much dew, as you think good, have three glasses ready, of such greatness as you will, the which glasses you shall fill, some what more then half full: the one with Sugar, the other with Manna, and the third with Honey, the rest of the glasses remaining still empty and void: and then fill them all up, full with the said dew, stopping them fast with white wax, and cover them with a linen cloth. Keep them also in a cupboard, or some other place out of the Son, as long as need shall be to use of it, as we will declare afterward. And then take the inice of Quinces, & have ready in a little glass, some good Agaric, broken in pieces only, and not in powder: the which you shall cover, with the said juice of Quinces, in such sort as you have done with the Sugar, and other things in the glasses, and keep it well covered. Then, take the juice of all these things following, of red Roses, or incarnate, of Succory, of Endive of Fumiterie, of bugloss, of Borage, of Mallows, of Hops, of the leaves and flowers of March violets: & of each of these juices a like quantity: then mix them well together. That done, take a pound or two of Aloes Epatican or as much as you will: for the more there is, the better it shall be, because that the said Aloe being sosteeped, watered, and prepared, as we will she we you, is a very exquisite & familiar medicine, to keep in a house, and take of it by little lumps or pills, ones in the week, when a man goeth to bed: for it keepeth the body from putrefaction, and from all evil humours: and is very profitable and good, against the ache or pain in the joints, and also for the French Pocks, as hereafter we will declare orderly.  
Take of the said Aloe, of the best and the freshest, such a quantity as you will, and put it in a cup of glass, or clean platter, as is above said, and set it in a window or some other place in the Son, watering or steping it in the said juices mingled together, giving it thereof as often as shallbe sufficient to make it moist, and to make of it as it were athicke sirop. Then cover the cup with a clean linen cloth, or paper, to keep it only from the dust, and leave it so in the Son. And when it is almost waxed dry, embibe or water it again as before, and let it stand in the Son. This shall you do, so often, until you have made it soak and drink up as much juice, as the weight of half the Aloe only: that is to say, if the Aloe weigh two pound, make it drink up at divers times, one pound of the said juices. This done, take these things followeing, Turbit half and ounce, fine cinnamon, Spica Nardi, fool foot, alias Astrabacca, Squinantum, Carpobalsamum, 
Xylobalsamum. The wood whereof natural balm cometh.  Xilobalsamum, Lignum Aloes, Bdellium, Myrrh, Mastic, of each of them an ounce, with half an ounce of Safron: All these things being well beaten into powder, and put into a clean pan, you shall pour into them, so much common water, that it surmount thesay matieres', a good hand breadth, letting them boil with a a small fire, the space of an hour or more. After this you shall strain the said decoction, and by little and little, water from time to time, the said Aloe in the Son, as you have afore done: and this you shall do so long, until the Aloe have drunk up all the decoction. This done, take it out of the Son, and it shall be a precious thing, to keep in your house, as we have all ready declared, which also maintaineth the body in health, keepeth the head clean, and causeth to have a good colour, and a quick and lively spirit, to them that use of it. He that is not of ability to make this mixtion, in the manner above said, may make it in this wise. Keep diligently the said Aloe, in little dishes of wood, to make this that we will speak of, here following. Take Aqua vite, not to fine, nor of the first stilling, but stilled twice, or thrice at the most. And put in divers little viols of glass (the one bigger than the other) all these things following, well beaten into powder, at the lest those that may be beaten, putting also in each of them, asmuch of the Aqua vite, as shall be three fingers above them in the Viols, doing as hereafter followeth. Take an ounce of small fine Pearls, well washed three or four times in clear water: and then being dried, and laid in the juice of Lemons, or Citrons, well strained, leave them so by the space of three days: and so put the said pearls, that they may be with the said juice, remaining in the glass, putting to them Rose water, three fingers high or above the pearls, as is afore mentioned. Then take an ounce of fine read. Coral, and put it likewise in the juice of Lemons or Citrons, using it in all points, like as ye did the pearls, putting it in a glass by itself with Rose water, with four ounces of blue Vitriol, well burned in a close pot. This done, take the flowers & tender stalks of Rosemary, of Burrage, of bugloss, of Sage, of Selandine, of Isope, of Scabiose, of Rue, of saint Ihons' wort, of Primroses, together with all the tender leaves of the said herbs: and then stamp them slightly in a mortar of stone or wood, and put them altogether into one glass, or into divers, with as much Aqua vite, as will be above them, three or four fingers, as we have said of the other things, and let them frande so in the glass, well stopped with ware or bombase. Take after this, half an ounce of Saffron, well beaten into powder, and put it in a glass by itself, with Rose water, after the manner of the other things: then put to it four ounces of treacle, with Rose water, in an other glass, after the foresaid manner: and take one ounce of fine cinnamon, a quarter of an Ounce of Cloves, an Ounce of Lignum Aloe an ounce of Anise seed, and ounce of Fenell seed, half an ounce of Smallage seed, five or six ounces of juniper berries, half an ounce of chervil seed, of the seed and bark of a Cedartree, of each of them two ounces, half an ounce of Myrrh, a quarter of an ounce of Storax or Styrax Liquida, an Ounce of Bengewine, an ounce of Sandali, of all sorts of Mirabolanes, of each of them three ounces, of Pine apple kernels mondified three ounces, of yellow Amber which the apothecaries call Carabe, two ounces, three ounces of white Dittanie green or dry, the eight part (or as little as you will) of an ounce of Musk. Let all these things he well stamped, and mixed together, and put in a glass with their Aqua vite, as is said of the other. You must then stop well all the said viols or glasses, or other vessels, with wax or bombase, and with parechement over it: and so set them a day in the Son, and the night following, in the air abroad. The morrow after, take some great vessel of glass, as thick as you can get, having no cover, because you may always look into it: and thereinto you shall power fair & softly the Rose water, that is in all the glasses, each of them being coloured with their substance, in such manner that no part of the substances, which are in the bottom, be mixed with it. And after, having put all the said Aqua vite, into the said vessel, as is above said, ye shall set it in some place, where as no Son can in any wise come unto it. But beware that the three first glasses, that is to say, with the Sugar, the Mamna, and the Honey in the dew, ought never to be set in the Son, but must be kept until you put it in ure, as we will show you. And after that you have poured, the Aqua vite, out of all the said glasses, ye shall put in other fresh, and set them well stopped in the Son, and in the night in the air, as is afore said. Then put them all together with the other, in the said vessel of glass, and put again in every violle other Aqua vite, and do as before: and thus must ye do eight or ten times, or till you see that the Aqua vite, will be no more coloured, or have taken all the substance of the drooges, that are in the viols. A man can not change the said Aqua vite to often, because ye must pass all the said waters of life, through a bath called Balneum Marie, as we will hereafter declare by the which ye may pass, as well a great quantity as a small, and by this mean also, ye shall lose no part of the virtue, or substance of the said things, having drawn and taken it all with the said Aqua vite, of the which ye must first have made provision, of four or five flagons. Then, ye must take all the said Aqua vites, being put into one vessel, and mixed them well together, with the three first viols, where the Sugar, the Manna, and the Honey, with the dew, is: and then the viol with the Agarie, and three ounces of the said Aloes, prepared and watered. After this, put all these things in a great violle made of good and thick glass, to th'end it be not in danger of breaking, in handling of it. And to be more assured, after ye have well mixed all together, ye may divide all the substances, into divers small glasses, or viols, to pass them through the said Balneum Marie, at sundry times or at ones in divers little fourneises, in this mananer. You shall set and trim the viols with straw or Tow, in the bottom of a pan or cauldron, wherein there must be water, and set the said cauldron upon a furnaise of earth, and this is called stilling per Balneum Marie: Then set unto the viol, his Limbeck, with his recipient that the substance take no wind or vent: than you must make your fire so, that the cauldron may seethe or boil fair and softly, and so shall you distill and make come into the recipient, all the Aqua vite as clear as Cristalle, the which, because it hath been passed through, by distillation divers times, will be better for all things than the other, and principally to be taken at the mouth, because it keepeth part of the virtue and strength of the things, that it was put into. Also you must understand that of the five parts only, of all the substance, which shall be in the viol or viols three or four parts must be distilled: and the rest to remain in the bottom of the said viols. This done, let the oven or foruaise and the cauldron cool, and in undoing the Limbeck, and the recipient, ye shall take away the viols, keeping well this distilled water for to serve you, as we have afore said: and then put all the substance, which remaineth in the said viols not distilled, into some other great and thick viol or glass, well covered or bound in wicker or osiers, stopping it well with wax or bombase, and above that, with a double parechement, and lock it handsomely in some place, far from the Son, and out of all heat.  
This liquor hath not his like in virtue, the which taken every week once or twice, the quantity of a spoonful, preserveth health, driveth away all evil complexions from the body, maintaineth and strengtheneth so the natural heat, and radical moistness, and upholdeth a man in his strength and vigor of the heads, and of the wit, maketh the visage well coloured, the breath sweet, the body young and lusty, that a man is not able worthily to esteem, or judge the virtue thereof: and less able to express and praise the great goodness of God the creature, that giveth such virtue unto things created, and openeth the wit and understanding of man to know them, and to use them to the profit and commodity of his creatures.  
Now the manner how to use it, is this: In the Spring time, ye may take it alone, or with a little broth of Veal, Pigeons or Chickens, or else in Maluoisie, or some other good white wine. In Summer, ye must take it with water of Buglose, or the decoction of borage, Buglose, Lettese, Succory, Endive, or else some of the said herbs: and at all times it is good to take of it a spoonful, put into half a glass full of the milk of a woman, new brought a bed of a man child, or of a nurrice that giveth a man child suck, or else in goats milk. And the quantity & oft using of it must be observed, according to the persons, & time: for, unto a week and aged man and those that have been lately sick, or weak of nature, ye must give it oftener, and a greater quantity, then unto a young and lusty man. Also a man may take of it oftener, and more in Winter, then in Summer. Now ye must understand, that all the flowers, herbs, and other things rehearsed, are not found together in one time and season: wherefore the said liquor can not be made at one time, but beginning the first or second week of May, it shall be at the least, the end of September or October, before ye can make an end: and therefore you must gather from time to time, each thing in his season, as you may get them, and put them in some vessel, every one by themselves, or with the other things that they ought to be joined with, after the manner above said: and use to dress and trim the said things, according to the time that you may get them in. And yet if you can not furnish yourself, with all such things as I have declared, take those that you can get, provided, that the rest which you can not get, be not of to great importance: but it should be more expedient and sure, to have of all, seeing there is nothing of any great cost or charge, or to hard to be gotten. Moreover, if you will have your matter in good perfection, there resteth but to make a natural dissolution of fine gold: and when you will take of it, take two parts of the said liquor, & one part of the dissolution of the gold, which we will teach you to make hereafter: although that in this present book, we will make no mention of the perfitest manner, of making soche a dissolution, which we have gotten by great study, and observation, and by often expertence of the thing, that we will do, aswell for not being very possible to show it by writing, without making demonstration thereof: as for other causes but we will put here some other manners and ways, both good & true, and of such importance, that peradventure better hath not, unto this day, been found.   

¶ A potion or drink, to be used in stead of Sirop, good for men of all ages and complexions, that will be purged the which, taken what day you will, driveth a way the evil humours, without moving or troubling the good, or doing any burte: And is also very good for the great Pocks, and all infinnities, as well of the stomach, as of the head: and is like wise profitable for them that be in health, to take twice in the year, in stead of an ordinary purgation, that is to say, in the Spring time, and in September.  
TAke Mallows, and boil them in water, until they be soft, that they can almost be no softer: then strain the decoction, and take powder of Seine, and of the bark of Lignum sanctum, called Guatac, of each of them seven ounces, well beaten to powder, and cleansed or sifted, Salt Armoniac two drams: and in the mean time, set the decoction of the Mallows upon the fire, with half a pound of Honey, and let the said decoction be about two common glasses in quantity, whereunto ye must put half a pound of wine lies, and then let it boils fair and softly, the space of half an hour, skimming well the Honey. After this, ye must strain it, and put it hot as it is into a pot by little and little, where the foresaid things be, that is to say, the Seine, the Guaiac, and Armoniac salt. Now in pouring, you must always stir the said things with a Spoon, or some other thing. And then immediately ye must cover the pot with his cover, in shutting it close, and closing it up with clay, round about the sides, so that nothing may breathe or respire out, and so set the pot upon the fire, by the space of two Pater nosters, and no more. Then take it from the fire, and wrap it in a pillow of feathers, well warmed by the fire, or in a tub or barrel, full of bran well heated, or in some cloth very hot, to th'end it may be well nourished and kept warm and leave it so by the space of ten or twelve hours. Then afterward ye must open the pot, and strain the said substance, through a strainer or thick canuesse, & you must have ready before, half a glass of white wine, and in the same three or four ounces of Rhubarb, cut in small pieces, and that the Rhubarb have been in it, the space of a day or two before: the which wine ye shall power into the decoction of the said things, as soon as it is strained, as is aforesaid: and put thereunto an ounce of Aloe Epaticum, prepared and ordered, as is above said: or at the lest as the apothecaries do sell it, and call it Aloe Lotum, with the juice of Roses, or other wise, the which ye must put in, well beaten to powder, with half an ounce of Cassia Lignea, and keep all this composition in a viol, or other vessel well covered. The manner of receiving it, is to heat it a little at the break of the day, and to take half a glass full or more of it, according to the exigent of the sickness, and the quality of the person, & having taken it, he must keep his bed a while, and sleep, if it be possible: and then rise and walk about the house, or else where at his pleasure. Nevertheless, it were better that he kept the house, and specially because of the moving of the body. And this may he use. u.vij.ix. or xj mornings: for the plurality can not hurt. Also this potion or drink, is of such exquisite bounty for man's body, that we need to use none other manner of purgation, or medicine.   

¶ A very easy and good remedy, for to heal all manner of Pocks, which is made with little cost, and requireth not that a man keep his bed or his house, but may use it going in the streets: And it is also very good for all sorts of grief in the joints, in what part of the body so ever it be.  
TAke three pounds of raw Honey, and a pound of the juice of the flowers of an herb called Molis or lung wort, which hath his leaf somewhat long, fat, or full of carnosite, and somewhat white, his flower yellow, fassioned like a bell: and for lack of the flowers, the juice of the herb: then take half a pound of Lignum Sanctum, beaten into powder, and having let it boil in common water, a good while, ye must strain it, and put the said juice with the said Honey, into a pot, putting to it three ounces of Aloe epaticum, ordered as is afore said, or as the apothecaries sell it, washed with the juice of Roses. And then, upon the said Aloe beaten to powder, ye must pour as much of the said water, wherein the Guaiacum hath boiled, as will mount in the pot four or fine fingers high: 
Sorbun latin. French. Corme There groweth none in England, & therefore we have no English name for it, saving some english it, and call it servis berries  then add thereunto two ounces of the Vineigre of Squilla, and let it boil fair and softly, by the space of half an hour, or a little more, skumming well always the H●unie, and when it hath almost boiled enough, put unto it three ounces of fine Cinnamon, well beaten into powder, set it again a while upon the fire: then, having taken it of, and setten it up to keep, ye must heat of it in the morning a glass full: and after you have drunken it, eat a little piece of a Quince, or of a fruit called in Latin Sorbum, in French Corme, or green Grapes, Pome Granade, or of some other binding thing, what ye will: and keep your bed, sleeping as long as you will: and also after you be risen, and have done your business, yea, out of the house, if it come so to pass. But (as we have said) to keep your bed or house, is always the best for you, when ye use Physic. And this potion or drink, must you take from day to day: but if the pain be not to vehement, it shall suffice being taken twice in the week: and this doing, you shall see a wonderful operation, and ye shall not need to use Lignum sanctum, nor any other thing. This remedy only is sufficient for all men, and hath been proved and experimented divers times, and upon divers persons.   

¶ To dissolve and reducte gold into a potable liquor, which conserveth the youth and health of a man, as well taken by itself, as mingled with the foresaid liquor, spoken of in the second Chapter of this present book, and will heal every disease that is thought curable, in the space of seven days at the furthest.  
TAke a glass full of the juice of Lemons, and heat it over the fire, until it begin almost to seethe: then take it from the fire, and strain it three or four times through a Linen cloth, and afterward distill it through a long gutter of felt: then take two pound of raw Ho●nie, and set it on the fire in a pot, mixing with it the said juice of Lemons, and adding thereunto half a pound of common salt, that is clean, white and well beaten: mix well all together, and let it seeth fair and softly, until there remain no more scum of the Honey. Then take that remaineth in the pot, and distill it in a urinal of glass, making but a small fire at the beginning, increasing it by little and little, and at the end great and sharp: and when all is cooled again, open the viol, and power the water out of the recipient, into an other viol, stopping it sure for taking vent. This done, ye must break the urinal of glass, and take the lies that shall remain in the bottom, and put it into a covered pot, the which pot you must cover over and over with clay or mortar, to the intent it may the better endure the fire: and after put it into some fournesse, where glass is made, or into a potter's fournesse or Lune kill, or some other semblable thing, so that it may be in a great fire, by the space of two or three days. And after that the said substance shall be taken out again, stamp it well, and for a pound of the same, put in four ounces of Manna, and two ounces of Sugar candy, and if there be more or less of the substance, ye must put in a good proportion of the Manna and Sugar candy, in equal quantity with the substance. Then put all into an other urinal of good glass, well claied, and power upon it the water, which you kept before in the viol, putting thereunto twice as much fine Aqua vite, as was in the said first viol. And having trimmed and set the urinal of Glass upon the fournesse, with his limbeck, and his recipient, and well closing all the joints with clay or mortar, ye shall make the matter distill fair and softly, with a small fire: for it will easily distill: & when it will distill no more, augment your fire, so that ye may distill all that is possible. But you must leave the water, with the viol, upon the fournesse, without moving it any whit, until you will put it in experience. This done, take fine gold foil, that is of xxiv. Carates well fined with Antimonium: and take of the said subtle, what quantity ye will, in a cup of glass, in mingling them well with Honey, or with julep roset or Violet, as men are wont to dress it to write withal, whereof we will put perfectly all the manners and fasious, in the fift book of this volume. And after you have well unmixed, and purged it from the said Honey with hot water, as shall be said in the same place, you shall put them to still in a viol of glass: and then having taken of the recipiente, put the said water into a long necked glass, well stopped with white wax, having first put upon the said gold, which is in the viol, the height of five fingers of the said water: and then set to the limbeck with his recipient, stopping well with clate the joints, making the water, which shall be upon the said gold, to distill with a small fire, not augmenting it at the end, to make all to distill: and care not if the gold remain some what moist. This done, take away the Limbeck from the viol, without taking away or untiing the recipiente from the said Limbeck, not stirring the water out of the recipient. But take some man to help you, who, whiles you take the Limbeck of from the Urinal, shall power upon the said gold, the same water that you kept in the viol, stopped with white wax: & let him put in as much as at the first time, that is to say, the height of five fingers: then immediately set the Limbeck upon the Urinal again, closing well with clay the joints or sides a new, making the distillation as afore, and so consequently, until all the water of the said violle, be distilled upon the said gold. And finally, ye shall power the gold out of the viol into a glass, somewhat great, to hold the water that you have distilled into it at divers times, as we have said in the Chapter before: then set to the Limbeck with his recipient, and see that by the space of xu or twenty days, the water of the bathe be hot, without seething, so that yet nothing may distill. Then after make the water to seethe, and distill all that may be distilled: and in the bottom of the viol, the gold will remain dissolved into a liquor most precious, which you must keep in some little glass well stopped. And if you will have it yet finer, you may make it without taking it out of the said glass, in putting to it again the said water, and distilling it a fresh, not keeping (for all that) the water from seething, as you did before, but make it seeth and distill all at ones and this distilling may you reiterate as often as you will: for the oftener it is distilled, the better it is. Thus doing ye shall have a right, natural, and perfit potable gold, whereof somewhat taken alone, every month once or twice, or at the least with the said liquor, whereof we have spoken in the second Chapter of this book: is very excellent to preserve a man's youth and health, and to heal in few days, any disease rooted in a man, and thought incurable. The said gold will be also good and profitable, for divers other operations & effects: as good wits & diligent searchers of the secrets of nature, may easily judge. In this same manner (observing all things diligently) a man may make of s●iluer beaten into foil to have likewise a potable s●iluer, of a marvelous virtue, yet not such as the gold: And I assure you, that I saw above, .v. years ago, an English man have a water made of silver, peradventure, trimmed & dressed after an other sort, according to divers different ways, tending (notwithstanding) all to one end, with the which water the said English man did many things, esteemed as miraculous, in healing many painful diseases and infirmities of man.   

¶ To heal an excrescens or growing up of the flesh, within the yard of a man, albeit it were rooted in of a long time.  
TAke the lies of Honey distilled, or, if you can not have such, take Honey, and burn it in a pot: and put the black lief that shall remain in the bottom, into an other pot, or into an iron pan, & set it to burn or calcine in a vernishers fournesse, or such other in a great fire, by the space of three or four days, whereof ye shall have a substance as yellow as gold, the which will be excellent, to lay upon all manner of wounds: for it eateth away the evil flesh, mondifieth, and healeth the good, without pain or grief, which maketh to be moche better for all wounds, then is the Precipitatum, that the Syrurgens commonly use. Take then of this powder an ounce, of dogs turds two ounces, lose of wine half a dram, which is the half of th'eight part of an ounce, fine sugars a dram, roche alum burned a dram, of Nill a dram let all these things be well beaten to powder, and sifted through a fine sieve & then take green leaves of an Olive tree, and beat them in a mortar of stone, moisting them a little with white wine, the which being well stamped, ye must strain in a press, or between two tranchours, for to get out the juice, and put to it as much Plantain juice: then set it to the fire in a little pot, and afterward put in it by little and little the said powder, mingling altogether continually: And last of all ye must add unto it, a little green wax, and a very little Honey rosat, that it may be a liquid ointment and so keep it. This ointment is very precious, to consume all manner of ercrescence, or growing up of flesh, in any tender place of the body, as in the secret members, or in the nose, whereunto a man dare not applicque any strong or smarting thing. Now when ye must use it for the carnosite, within a man's yard, you shall take first of all a Squirt, and fill it with white wine, wherein dry Roses, and Plantain leaves have been sodden and boiled, wherewith also ye shall mix a little woman's milk, or the milk of a Goat: then wash well the man's yard within, with this Squirt: After this take a little wax candle, somewhat long, and of such greatness, as it may enter into his yard, at the point whereof ye shall put a little of the said ointment, warming it a little, and thrust it as far into his yard as you can, until you feel the Carnosite, and leave the said ointment within the yard a little while: then take it out again, and do thus morning and evening, lying a bed his bailie upward, when ye shall put in the candle with the ointment, and you shall see a marvelous effect: for it shall heal him thoroughly, in few days, without any danger.   

To heal all manner of inflammation and evil disposition of the liver, and by this same secret have been healed certain persons, which had their faces as it were Leparie, great swollen legs, their hands inflambed, and rough within side.  
TAke flower, or Amilum made of Barley, which ye shall easily find at the apothecaries, and seeth it half an hour in common water: then strain it, and put it in an other new pot, that is clean and not, putting to it a few Mallows, Succory, Hops, Endive, and Burrage: and seeth all these together, until it be dissolved, and add to it an ounce of Sandal: and then strain all, and take in a linen cloth, as moche Cassia extracta, as will go in to two Nuts, and put it within the said linen cloth with the Cassia, while the water be hot, pressing it so hard between your two fingers, that all the substance of it, may go into the said water: then put it to the Sugar or Penides, as much as you will. Of this drink, which is of a very amiable savour, ye must take from day to day, a little glass full in the morning, lying in your bed, with your breast upward: then laying some linen cloth upon your stomach, sleep if you can, and take of it also after you be up, and have done your necessaries, the which doing you shall find yourself very well healed in few days. But here note, that this must be done in Summer, and not in Winter: and he that hath his stomach very cold, may wear before his breast, some piece of Scarlat, or other cloth, and sometime anoint his stomach with an oil, made for the weakness of it, the perfect composition whereof, we will put hereafter.   

To heal the Emorhodes or Piles in a night, a rare secret and very excellent.  
TAke the leaves of green Elder, and boil them in water, until they be dissolved: Then take a piece of red cloth, a little bigger than the palm of your hand, and stretch it a long upon your palm. Now, must the patient be in his bed, with his belly downwardly, because ye must lay the said leaves upon the Emorhodes, hot as they were taken out of the cauldron, having laid upon them before, a little oil Olive. Then take an other little piece of cloth, with other leaves, and take away the first, continuing thus, and changing always the leaves, if not all the night, at the least as long as ye may: and also in the mean time, ye must let the patiented sleep as much as he will, who, in the morning shall find himself as lusty, and as well disposed as if he had never had the disease.   

A singular ointment, which healeth all burnings with fire, not leaving any cicatrice or scar where it hath been.  
TAke the white of two Eggs, two ounces of Tutia Alexandrina, two ounces of quick Lime washed in ix waters, an Ounce of new Wax, with as much Oil Rosatte, as shall suffice, and make thereof an ointment, which ye shall find very good, for this that we have spoken of.   

A perfect and proved remedy for them that be weak of stomach, and can not keep their meat, without vomiting it up again.  
Having taken two pound of red wax, and made provision of a dishefull of oil olive, take pieces of Alabaster, and heat them in the fire, and then quench them in the said Oil: heat them again, and quench them as before: and so three or four times. This done beat the Alabaster to powder, and mix it with the said ware and oil, wherein it was quenched: then put all to distill through a croak necked viol, like a Bag pipe claied round about, saving the bottom, which distillers beyond sea do use, the French men call Retort or Cornue, and make such a fire, as the Oil may distill, with all the rest that possible may be distilled: and then keep it, putting to it half an ounce of Myrrh, beaten in powder. And when you will put it in effect, ye must take a little pan of Brass, or Iron: and having the tops and leaves of Worm wood, which is a bitter herb, put them in the said Oil, and seeth or fry all together: then take it, hot as it is, and rub the patientes breast with it, up to the throat, doing thus always at night, when he is in his bed, and it shall make his stomach strong. He must use in his meat, as much Rosemary as he can, be it raw or otherwise, and specially in his drink. He must use likewise the most excellent Aqua vite, whereof we will speak hereafter.   

An excellent remedy, wherewith a woman of xxxvi years was healed, that had so marred her stomach, that in the space of two years and an balfe, she was never naturally purged downwardly: and as soon as she had eaten any thing, she vomited it up again, so that she became yellow, and as dry as a stick.  
A Monk, of the order of saint Augustine, a man of great knowledge, and full of marvelous secrets, healed the said woman, with this remedy following: &, in the space of xvij days, made her as whole and sound fair, and well coloured, as she was before her sickness.  
First of all, he had made a little oven, like unto such as men bake bread in, the which he did heat with rosemary: and the said Oven was in fashion like a Baker's Oven, wherein he baked little pretty loaves and cakes, which he gave her alone, without any other thing to eat, viii. or ten days, and gave her white wine to drink without water. He gave her also gentle meats, with cinnamon and Sugar: and every morning gave her in a glass, about a finger height of water, made after this manner following. Aqua vite half a glass full, wherein he put the yellow pill of half a Citron, or Orange cut in pieces, the flowers of Rosemary a handful, fine cinnamon an ounce, Safron a quarter of a dram, Bengewin a dram, with a little Musk: and made her to be washed over and over, or bathed in the decoction of Rosemary, and other sweet herbs, ones a week: and every night anointed her breast with the said Oil, distilled and sodden with wormwood. And above all things, commanded her to keep a Cushion upon her stomach, in the night time, and caused her to lie long a bed in the morning: he made her also eat the confection of Diambre. And in this wise he made her in xvij. days, as whole and as fair, as she was before, whom no Physician could ever find remedy for, during all the time of her sickness.   

Three remedies very good against he worms in little children.  
TAke the flower of wheat well bolted, as much as will lie upon three crowns of gold, and put it in a glass, and power unto it well water, or fountain water, so moche as will steep the said flower, and make it look like as it were milk, and no thinner: then give the child drink of it, and you shall see that with his siege, the Worms will come forth stark dead, which is a very good remedy.   

¶ The second remedy.  
TAke a Citron or Orange, and make in him a hole, as big as a penny, by the which hole with wring, ye shall make the liquor come out: and having made a hole into the middle and more, ye shall power in to it oil of Bay free or leaves, the juice of Rue, the juice of Wormwood, treacle, flower of a kind of poulse corn, called Lupinum or Lupinus in Latin, having one stalk, the leaf in five divisions, the cod crevised about, having in it five or six grains, hard, broad, and red. They be common in France & Italy, but here uneath known. And seeth all this a while: and then power it in a dish, and anoint therewith the child's navel, stomach, temples nostrils, and the uttermost part of his pulses, and ye shall immediately see a wonderful operation.   

¶ The third remedy.  
FOr children that be so little, that a man can not minister the medicine in at the mouth, you shall take very good Aqua vitae, wherewith ye shall wash or wet the stomach, or the breast of the child: then powder over the said places, with the powder of fine Myrrh, and lay the child down a little while, with his breast upward, and you shall see incontinent, that with the dung of the child, the worm shall come out dead.   

To heal children of the Lunatic disease, which happeneth unto them, by reason of a worm with two heads, that breedeth in their bodies, the which worm, coming unto the heart, causeth them to have such a passion, that often times it killeth them.  
TAke the tender stalks of a Wilding tree, and dry them in the shadow: then stamp them well, and sift them, and take of the said powder, and the root of Gentian, & of long Perne of each of them a quarter of an ounce, and half a quarter of an ounce of Myrrh. All these things well beaten in powder, ye shall put in a dish, or in some other vessel, as you think good: moist them with a little water: then take of it with your two fingers, and wet the lips and the mouth of the child. Do this three or four times, and you shall see the worm come out dead with his siege. This have I often times seen by experience, and many children, which, for lack of good help, have died with such manner of Worms, the which afterward being opened, men have found the Worm sticking upon their hearts. And for the same accident the other remedies, which we have written before, against the Worms, be also very good.   

A remedy for the falling sickness.  
TAke Germander gathered in Ma●●, when it is in blossom: dry it in the shadow, and make it in powder. And when you will use it, take the yelke of an Egg or twain, and stirring or breaking it with a spoonful of the said powder: then seeth it, and give it to the patient to eat. Do this, Morning and Evening, eight days long: but all this while he must abstain from wine, and carnal company of women, from all sort of poulse, as Beans, Peason, Vetches, tars, and such other, from Salads, salt Flesh, and from all other things, which are of a hard concoction or digestion. A very goodly and notable secret.   

To make oil of Brimstone, to heal all manner of Cankers diseases or sores, which come of a putrefied humour, and run continually, commonly called Fistules, and also to heal old and inveterate wounds.  
TAke Brimstone beaten in powder, and having steeped and mollified it, with common oil, put it in a Gourd, apt to still out of, so that it be brought as it were like pa●●e, the which you shall distill through the mouth of the said Gourd: and the oil that shall drop out, ye shall put into a viol, filling it half full: and afterward fill up the said violle with Plantain water, and with the juice of Cardus benedictus, and so let it boil a pretty while. Then wash the wound with Aqua vite, or white wine, and lay to it of the said oil, and in few days ye shall heal it perfectly.   

To take away the venom or poison from a wound, made by some poisoned weapon or arrow.  
TAke Assa Fetida, and a gomme called Galbanum, of each of them an ounce, and steep them in Vinaigre, the space of a night, then set it to the fire to dissolve, and strain it through a Linen cloth, miring with it two ounces of unguentum diabasilicum: and lay it to the wound, and incontinent the said ointment will draw unto itself, and kill all the venom, so that the wound may afterward be healed, as all other manner of wounds be: and in case ye lack, or can not get Galbanum, it shall suffice to have only Assa Fetida, to draw the venom out of the said wound.   

Against the biting of all venomous beasts.  
AS soon as the person feeleth himself bitten, with any venomous beast (or at the least as soon as is possible) take green leaves of a fig tree, and press the milk of them, three or four times in to the wound. And for this serveth also Mustard seed mingled with vinegar.   

To draw an arrow head or other Iron, out of a wound.  
TAke the juice of valerian, in the which ye shall wet a tent, and put it into the wound, laying the said herb stamped upon it, then make your binding or band, as it appertaineth, and by this means ye shall draw out the Iron. And after heal the wound, according as it shall require.   

Against a vehement cough of young children.  
TAke the juice of parsley, powder of Commin, woman's milk, and mix all well together: then give the child drink thereof, and after, make this ointment following. Take the seed of Line or Flax, and Fenigreke, and seeth them in common water: then press with your hand, the substance of the said herbs, which you shall mingle with Butter, and so anoint the child's breast with it, heating it often times.   

For him that hath a bunch or knob in his head, or that hath his head swollen with a fall.  
TAke an ounce of bay salt, raw Honey three ounces, Commin three Vnces, Turpentine two ounces, intermingle all this well upon the fire: then lay it abroad upon a linen cloth, and make thereof a plaster, the which ye shall lay hot to his head, and it will altogether assuage the swellyng, and heal him clean and neat.   

A good remedy for one that is deaf.  
TAke Mint, Sage, Penniroiall, Rosemary, Isope, Mugwort or Motherwort, wild Mint, calamint, Camomille, Millefoile, Yarrow or Noseblede, herb saint John, Wormwood, Southernwood, century, of each of them a handful: Seethe them in a clean pan, with as much good white wine, as there be herbs, and let it seeth altogether, until the third part be diminished: then cause these oils following, to be made at the apothecaries: old Oil two ounces, oil of Leek, oils of Almonds, of each of them an ounce, of the juice of Rue half an ounce, of Maluoisie an ounce and a half: put all these things in a long necked glass or viol, and let it seeth with a small fire, until the juice and the Maluosie be almost all consumed: then take it from the fire, and put in to it these Drogues following, well beaten into powder, that is to say, spikenard, Coloquintida, the stone of a Beaver, called Castoreum, Mastic, of each of them a grain and a half: stop well the said viol, that nothing may take vent: then put it in a pan full of water, and make it seeth the space of three hours. Then take it from the fire, and power the said liquors in some platter, which you shall set in the son, and leave it there until it shall become very clear, and having strained it through some fine linen cloth, and pressed well the substance, ye shall put a grain and a half of Musk in a dish, and incorporate it well by little and little, with the said Oil, and then keep it in a viol, well stopped with wax and Parchment. After this, take the pan with the said herbs, and heat them upon the fire: then take, for a cover or lid, a fonnell made of white Iron: and when ye go to bed, cover the pan with the said fonnell, and see that the pan be good and hot: then, by the little hole above, let the patient take the smoke into his ear, by the space of half an hour. This done, heat the said oil, until it be lukewarm, and let it drop into his ear two or three drops: and stop his ear with a little Musked bombase, or Cotton, and let him sleep thereupon. Now he must, in receiving the perfume or smoke into his ear, have in his mouth some dry Beans, and after he hath chewed them, spit them out again, to th'end that in chewing, he may open the conduits of his Ears. And with the grace of God, he shall find himself healed in few days, provided, that the disease be in aniwise curable. If in case this help not, ye need not seek any other remedy in the world. If a man have also any humming or noise in his ears, let him use the said medicine, & you shall see, with Gods help a wonderful thing: for it will heal the defenesse of a man, though he have had it xxx years, so that he be not borne deaf. Let him use also to take pills to purge his head, and to eat good meat always.   

To heal a woman that hath the Matrice out of her nanaturall place.  
TAke a Flint stone that hath been always in the earth, and not taken the air, and put it in some basket, covered in a great fire: and when it is very hot, put it in a little Tub or barrel, and wet it with Vinagre cast upon it, and cause the woman to stand over it, to receive the smoke or perfume of it, and than let her go to bed, for this must be done at night. Ye shall, after this, take of the juice of Rue, & make a little round ball of Cotton, whereunto ye shall tie a thread: and than dip the said ball in the said juice of Rue, and put it into the mouth of the Matrice, the which will incontinent take the ball, and draw it in, and than it will return into his natural place again. But you must bind and tie the ball sure and well, lest peradventure it should remain within. After this, make an ointment as followeth, wherewith ye shall anoint the reins of her back. Take an herb called in Greek Ciclaminos, of the latins Rapum, Tuber terrae, or Vmbilicus terrae, of the Apoticaries' Panis porcinus, of the French men Pain de poor, and Rue, as much of one as of the other, and stamp them well: and than seeth it in a pan with old oil, until the whole be diminished by the third part. This done, let it cool again, and having pressed out all the substance, ye shall pour it into an other new pan, adding to it a little new wax, and heating it all together, until it be well incorporated: than anoint her reins with all, and lay hot Tow upon it, and than swaddel her as women do young infants. And so she must be laid in her bed, with her belly upward, and her head lower than her buttocks. This must ye do from night to night, three times, & she shall be healed. She must also eat hot things in operation, as Pigeons, and Hens, with spices and other like things. She shall be healed without any grief, and if she had had it xxx years.   

¶ To make a woman's milk to come and increase.  
TAke the green leaves of Fenell, & make thereof a decoction, be it in wine or water, whereof ye shall give the woman drink, as well at her meals, as other wise, as often as may be, and she shall be abondant in milk. Furthermore, if the woman have not ordinarily her natural purgation called Flowers, this will serve her for a good medicine.   

¶ A very goodly secret for the gums or burgeons that remain of the great Pocks, as well old as new.  
TAke Bole armenick, Vinagre, and oil Roset, and make thereof a defensife, 
A defensife is made when a surgien will lay any drawing or healing plaster upon or to a wound, he maketh some ointment restrain ●iue because it shall not draw or heal to fast, and that is called a defensife.  or ointment, anointing the burgeons round about three or four fingers large: than take ij parts of the oil of an herb called Euphorbium, first found out by juba the king of Libya. Look Ruellius, Lib. 3. cap. 53. and one part of oil Violet: and mix them together, and anoint the burgeons with all, having first well washed them with Red wine, vorie hot. And when you have thus anointed them, with the said oil of Euphorbium, lay upon it some little band anointed with Butter, leaving it so three or four hours, or as long as you will: than uncover the Burgeons, and if you find no bladders, do once again as before, until you see some. And than you may prick and break the said bladders, or let them break of themselves: & than ye may heal them with some healing ointment.   

Another remedy for the same burgeons of the Pocks.  
Wash the burgions with Wine, and make the defensif above said: than take three parts of unguentum aureum, and one part of Sublimatum, well broken or beaten: mengle the said Sublimatum with the said ointment, and lay it with a plaster upon the burgeons, leaving it thereupon, a day or more, if you can, & ye shall find the burgeons or buds, and the flesh fair and neat, which will seem to be a miraculous thing, and if it work not well at the first, ye must renew it again, twice or thrice, according as the burgeons shallbe hard and old. Now, when they be thoroughly dissolved and leused, take Butter washed with Wine, and lay it upon a linen cloth, and put it upon them, and so shall you heal them perfectly. Note also that the said ointment, with the Sublimat, will draw unto him all the aquosite, and evil humours of the arm or leg, whereunto it is laid. Wherefore it will not only heal the place where you lay it, but will also purge the whole member of all evil humours, that is in it, and therefore there is a very good water confect and made of it, for to heal scabs, as we will tell you afterward. It healeth also all other accidents, whereupon you make any outward application: and (as we have said) draweth to himself all the waterishness, and humour of the member, whereupon it is laid. Now, when you will lay it upon the burgeons, or upon any corrupt place, weet well the linen cloth, and the band that you will bind it withal: weete well also round about the infect or sore place: for the said medicine, will draw all the corruption thorough the said places. And this is a very worthy and cra●i●●te secret, for all things, so that it be well used, made and applied.   

A very easy and perfect remedy for him that hath any blow with aswo● distaff, or stone, or other like thing, yea, though he were grievously wounded.  
TAke Taxue barbatus, and stamp it, and take the juice of it: and if the wound bleed, wipe it, and make it clean, washing it with white wine, or water: than lay of the said juice upon the wound, and the herb upon it, of the which you took the juice, and than make your binding, and let it be on it a whole day: and you shall see a wonderful effect.   

¶ A water to beale all manner of wounds in short space: which is a thing that every man ought always to have in his house, for the accidents and chances that may fall, seeing it is easy to be made, and with little cost, and that it is of so marvelous an operation.  
TAke a pound of new yellow wax, or as much as you will, and let it melt upon a fire in a clean pan: and then power it into another pan, or dish, wherein must be Malmsey, Muscadel, or other white wine that is very good: afterward take it out of the wine and melt it again: then power it again upon the said wine, doing so vii times. And then take the said wax, & melt it upon the fire, mixing with it a handful of brick finely beaten into dust: incorporate all well together, & put it into a croak necked viol of glass, which distillars, call a Bagpipe, claied about up to the mids of the neck: & let it distill first with a little fire, by the space of eight hours: & afterward make your fire greater, & at th'end very great. But you must above all thing, close well the sides and joints of the said vessel, and of the recipient, which must be somewhat great. After that the oven & all the other things be cold again, you shall take the water out of the recipient, and shall power it into a viol well stopped with wax and cyred cloth, so that in no race it may take vent: neither set it in a place where any heat of the son or fire may come to it: for it is of so fine a substance, that it would fly and vanish away immediately. The said liquor is marvelous good for all kind of wounds: and ye must wet and moist the wound with it, and hind upon it a piece of linen cloth steeped in the said water. And among all the experiences that hath been seen, this was experimented and proved upon a servant of a noble man called Feonello Pio de carp, resident in Venise, the year 1548. the which servant having received a stroke with a dagger upon the instep of the foot, which is a place very dangerous, did nothing but lay thereto a little of the said water, which a gentle man of the said senior Leonello had in his house: & in the space of two days he was so healed that scant could a man perceive the cicatrice or scar where the cut was: it is also exceeding good for shrunken sinews. And if this foresaid water be well and naturally made or distilled the second time, it is of so fine and piercing substance, that if a man lay of it upon the palm of his hand, ye shall see it pierce thorough incontinent and in a moment, and leave the place dry as though it had never been laid there. Therefore they that have any knowledge may help divers diseases, in adding to it some other liquor or powder, such as they would have pierce into the flesh.   

To make oil of S. Ihons' wort, which is called in Venise, and in divers other places red oil: and is of such virtue that a man can scantly express it, as well to heal wounds, as other infinite diseases, whereof we will show the most notable, and those that have been found true by experience.  
YOu must gather in the month of May and june, the herb called of the Greeks Hypericon, of the latins Perforata, of the Frenchmen Millepertuis, and of us in England S. Ihons' wort, before it begin to flourish or have flowers: and stamp it in a mortar of marble, or of wood very clean, and put it so stamped in a viol or glass: and then power to it as much white wine as will cover it all over, and add to it of good oil olive about the height of two fingers, leaving it so in the said glass well stopped, and after that ye must gather the said herb with his blossoms upon S. Ihons' day in the morning after the son is risen, and putting the blossoms a part, ye must stamp well the herb with the stalks, and after ye have cut it very small, take it out of the mortar, and stamp it in the same mortar also a little, the flowers or blossoms which you kept a part, and mingle them with their herb, which was stamped before. But the blossoms must weigh four times or very nigh as much as all the herb that ye gathered in the month of may, and before S. Ihons' day, and was put in the said viol or glass, with the wine and oil olive. You must after this mingle all these things together, and put them in some violle or glass, or else in some pan of earth very clean, with the said wine and oil olive, and put to it again other wine and oil, until all be covered as before: and then set all this in the Son in some vessel well stopped. And twelve or fifteen days after when the seed of S. Ihons' wort shallbe ripe, you must gather of it in the morning after the Son is up: and stamp it well, and so mingle it with the said herb, and blossoms: but you must put no wine to it, saving only the oil olive. And the said seed must in quantity weigh as much as the fourth or third part of the said herb before the wine be put to it: also the oil must be of such quantity, as may be above all the substances a good handful or two. After this set a cauldron of water on the fire, with hay or straw in the bottom: and put the said violle into it so that it be not in danger of breaking, when the water beginneth to seethe. This manner of setting the viols or glasses in a cauldron of boiling water, is called of our modern Philisophers, Balneum Marie, and it is dressed and trimmed in this sort, as well for to distill with a Limbeck, as for to make putrefaction, evaporation, or dissolution: of the which things we will speak afterward, when we come to the matter of distilling. Then must you make the water in the said cauldron to seethe, with the substance which is in it, by the space of three or four hours, according to the quantity of the said substances, until the wine, or at the least the most part of it be drunk and consumed, which ye shall know in this manner. Take a little of the substance on the end of a stick, and cast it in the fire, and if it burn without any noise, it is a sign that there is no moor wine left. The said viol must be uncovered while the water boileth, because the wine may evaporate and breath out. And if the said substance be so great in the viol, that it pass five or two pound, ye shall put to it these things following, according to the weight and measure that we will show you, and keep always good proportion, according to the quantity of the weight of the water, which shallbe moor or less than five pound. first take quick brimstone, or else when it is made into long canes or sticks half a pound, common white salt, eight ounces, of smallage a dishfull well washed, first in water, and then in honey rosat, or other honey (so that it be sodden and skimmed) four ounces: ten ounces of turpentine, washed once or twice in well, river, or conduit water, of the juice of Taxus barbatus, of the juice of white or black Dictamum, of each of them four ounces, of Saffron three ounces, roots of Dictamum, roots of Gentian, the roots of Imperatoria the roots of the herb called Crocodilium or Carlina, the roots of Valerian, and the roots of Selandyne, of each of them two ounces. And if the said roots be green, you must stamp them well: if they be dry, ye must beat them into powder: an ounce of myrrh, two ounces of red ware, two ounces of fine treacle, an ounce of the seeds of a Cedar tree, three ounces of ivy seed thorough ripe, four ounces of the seed of a bay tree thorough ripe, six ounces of aqua vitae, an ounce of cinnamon, half an ounce of lignum Aloe. Let all these be well stamped, and put in a viol or urinal with the said herb, blossoms, and oil: ye must stop well the said viol, that the substance have no manner vent or evaporation. Then make a fire under the cauldron so that the water may be hot without seething, and keep it so the space of two or three days: and the longer the better. If in case the fire go out in the night there is no great danger: ye may make it again in the morning, but you must keep it so much the longer. Having then taken the viol out of the cauldron, and left it in the Son all the rest of the Summer, keep it in your house well covered: and the older such oil waxeth, the better it will be. But it shallbe good to put to it every year new juice, of the said herb S. Ihons' wort, and of the blossoms and seed well stamped, and that the said blossoms, herb, or seeds be sodden, by the space of four or six hours in oil olive: and then must you power all the oil with the substance into some vessel, and press well all the blossoms and the herb, and cast them away, and put in other: and if ye should do so every year the oil would not be the worse but rather better. If all these foresaid things can not be gotten in one season or time it is no matter: for a man may put them in as he findeth them: and if ye can not get them all, ye may put in them that ye can find or get. The virtues of this excellent oil are infinite, of the which we will speak only of the chiefest, & those that have been proved by experience, as well of us as of other in our presence, and by our appointment and ordering. First, it hath as much or more virtue, than the true and right balm, and it is good for all cold griefs, as well within as without the body: for the Sciatica, and cold gout, in heating it and rubbing the place withal: for a quartain, tertian, or quotidian ague, when a man anointeth the rains of the back an hour before the ague come. Also it healeth marvelous well Colicam passionem, when a man rubbeth or anointeth warmly his breast or stomach withal, and when it is put in glisters with other substances, as we will declare in the chapter of the Colic passion. And if ye anoint the place about the privy members of a man or woman, it will make them to urine or piss well. If a woman have her fruit dead in her womb taking three or four drams of the said oil, she shallbe delivered incontinent. It is likewise good for all griefs of the breast or stomach. It is a thing above all other most excellent and miraculous for the plague, anoyting the rains of the back, and in drinking two drams or two drams and a half in good white wine: but note that it must be drunk before the sixth hour after the sickness is begun, and rub the place of the sickness with it, it being heated. It healeth moreover all manner ulcers, sores, boils, botches, and corrupt matter within the skin covered with a scab, as well old as new, & also bruisings, or knocks. And good for other infinite things, as every man may daily prove by experience. And specially it is very good for the retraction or drawing again of wounds or such like.   

¶ To make an oil of a red dog, by the mean whereof (beside other infinite virtues that it bath) I have bealed a friar of S. Onofres', who had by the space of xii. years, a lame and dry withered arm like a stick, so that nature gave it no more nourishment.  
TAke a young dog of red hear, and keep him three days without meat: and then strangle him with a cord, and let him lie dead a quarter of a hour, and in the mean time boil a kettle of oil upon the fire, and put the dog in whole or in pieces, it maketh no matter how, so that he be all there with the skin and hear: and make him seeth so until he be almost sodden to pieces, keeping always the kettle close covered. In the mean time take Scorpions to the number of four score or a hundreht, and put them in a basin on the fire, until they be thoroughly burned. Then put them into the said kettle with the oil & the dog, putting to it a good dishfull of great ground worms, 
achees called of the apothecaries bismalua or maluiscus and in Latin hibiscus or Athaea.  or smallage well washed, a good handful of S. Ihons' wort, a handful of wild or marsh mallows, and a handful of wall wort, with an ounce of Saffron. Seeth all these things well together, until the flesh of the dog be broken and fallen in pieces. And because ye must have much oil, ye may at the first put into the kettle two parts of water, and one part of oil: and in sething ye may power in water, until the dog be all together broken, as is already said: then let it wax cold. After this ye shall take the bones of him and the herbs, and when ye have pressed and squissed them well, that all the substance remain in the said oil, cast them a way.  
This done, you shall take only that which is above upon the water: that is to say, the oil and the grease, and cast away the water, if there be much: but if there be but a little, so that you can scant discern the oil from the water, ye shall take all together, for a little water can not be but good. Then strain it thorough a strainer or canueses, first weated or steeped in white wine: and take then unguentum Agrippe seven or eight ounces, of the marry of the gambon and bones of a hog, a pound, of the marry of the hinder thighs of an ass a pound, or as much as you may get. Put all these things together, with the said oil and grease: and make it seeth upon the fire: then add to it a dishefull or an half of oil rosat: & when it setheth, you shall put to it three ounces of Mastic, two ounces of Gomme Elemi, eight ounces of red Wax: but the Mastic and the gum must be well beaten into powder and sifted. And when all this hath boiled the space of half an hour, let it cool again, and set it in the Son in some kind of vessel well covered by the space of certain days. Then shall you have an excellent substance and matter for all kind of cold infirmities, and for many other. And as I have already said, I have seen the experience of it in a Friar of S. Onofrey, that is to say: of them that wear anhabit of Rouen colour: but (as he said) he dwelled not in the monastery, because of the said infirmity of his left arm, which was as dry as the branch of a withered tree. Moreover, he said unto me, that he did not remember nor could tell whether that chanced unto him, either by sickness, or by some wound or hurt. The said arm was become smaller than the other almost by half, so that the said arm had almost no strength at all, and could not help itself in no wise. I caused him then to be anointed with the said oil (which I had set in the Son the Summer of the year 1547.) by the space of two miserere, & made him tarry in the Son until the said oil was clean dried up, and had pierced thorough the said arm: and within lu days, men did perceive and see perfectly that the veins gave nourishment unto the member. Nine days after, the arm was as full of flesh as the other: and with the help of god, was as whole and sound, as though it had never been hurt. This said ointment or oil is a precious thing, and good for all cold infirmities, & for the gout: and specially for all contractions or shrinkinges together of sinews or members, and wounds, albeit, the man were wounded in the mids of the body, in putting into it this oil, shall a miraculous thing beseen: and it is also good for the sinews. As I came from jerusalem in the year 1518. in a ship, of the which the master was called Peter de Chioggia, we were set upon by five foists of Pirates, on this side Corphu, and one of the Mariners so attainted with the stroke of a gone that he had his arm bruised and broken, and with the same blow another hurt in the breast. The Physician would have cut of the arm. But among other things that I carried about with me, I found a boar of the said ointment, wherewith I anointed his arm, and in the space of six or seven days, he was healed miraculously. I have made many experiences, aswell upon myself, as upon others: and having given of it unto divers men to aid themselves withal, they have told me that they have found in it a marvelous virtue & operation. If you make this oil in the time when the herb of S. Ihons' wort is found, ye shall put in the herb, the blossom, and the seed: but if it be in the time when it can not be found, after ye have made the first decoction of the dog, as we have said, ye shall boil the oil & the grease once again, putting to it the oil of S. Ihons' wort, whereof we have spoken afore, or as ye may get it: that is to say, half asmuch as all the oil and grease is. And if ye can not find bismalua or wild mallows, ye may put in stead of it, the ointment called Dialtea, which is found commonly at the apothecaries. And when ye will boil the dog in the kettle, it shallbe good to put to it, three torteses that live on the land and not on the water, and so shall the said ointment be very excellent for the gout. A certain man of mine acquaintance, of the age of thirty years, vexed with the gout, whom I made take of this oil, and anoint himself a little in the place of the grief, and about it, putting to it two parts of oil rosat, one part of oil violet, & two parts of the said oil of the dog, told me that he had found a marvelous ease and help by it. And the said grief returning again four times at sundry times, yet anointing himself therewith three times (as is aforesaid) the pain came unto him no moor in the space of three years that we were in Rome together, which was the year 1514. And this man was called Diego, a Portugal, and dwelt at the mount jordan. Sith that time, being gone to Venise, and from thence into levant, I have heard nothing of him.   

To make an ointment, the most excellent in the world, whose virtues are infinite, as we will declare afterward. Which, Princes ought to command to be made and kept in their common wealths: and that it should be made in the presence of Physicians, as treacle is made: or at the least every man ought to have it in his house, and specially because a man may make a great quantity of it: and the longer it is kept the better it waxeth.  
TAke first oil Roset, the oils of Violettes, the Oil of Newphar, oil of Spick, oil of the herb called Costum commonly called Cocus or herba marry, the oil of Bay, oil of Nutmegs, the oil of the blossoms of jasemin, of each of them a pound. The oil of Nutmegs, and of cinnamon, is made in seething, Nutmegs, or Cinnamon well stamped, in oil Olive. And in the like manner, ye may make the oil or decoction of Xilobalsamum, of Carpobalsamum, of lignum Aloe, of Myrrh, of Frankincense, of the gum of ivy, of Mastic, and of Cloves, and it shall suffice only, to put in the oil of these said spices, half as much as each of the other mounteth unto, that is to say, half a pound. Likewise must ye make oil of Camphor, but ye must not seethe it, but only warm the oil Olive, in a little pan and pour it so upon the Camphor a good way of from the fire: than must you soubdaynlie cover it: for the Camphor is so fine and delicate, that it would incontinent breath out and vanish away: and therefore doth the Camphor cleave unto the lid, and sides of the pan because it cannot get out. You must put only half an ounce of Camphor, for every two or three pound of the whole quantity of the other oils together: than add to it, a pound of the oil of Turpentine, made by distillation, and three ounces of the oil of Storar liquida: after this, put all these oils so mingled together, into a great cauldron or kettle tinned within, which must be high and narrow, to the end that all the things, that ye will put in, may afterward be well covered, with the said oils: And the said cauldron, aught to have a cover that may close him well and justly: than set it upon a small fire, and put in three of these black Vipers, iij. Toads ten of these little beasts, called in latin Tarantulae or Stelliones, which be like unto Lisardes, having spots on their backs like Stars, and l Scorpions. And if ye can get any other venomous beasts, put them in quick, if not at the first time, at the least at every time when ye can have them: and after you have well covered and closed the cauldron, give it but a light fire, the space of .v. or vi days. It shall be good to set the said cauldron, in manner of a Fornayse, as it were to make Salt peter, or as Soap cauldrons be set: than after, by the space of a day, make the fire a little greater, until all the venomous beasts be broken into pieces, and almost consumed in the said oil, wherinto it should be good, to have put first, a pot of good white Wine. Than having taken the cauldron from the fire and taken all the said beasts, press them or wring them hard in some canuesse or linen cloth, weat● with white Wine. Than take the oil of Saint Ihons' wort, compound, as we have before declared, half as much as all the oil of the said beasts, and the third part of the oil of the red dog, mingle all well together, and put to it the blossoms of Selandine, the blossoms of Saint Ihons' wort, such a quantity as you will, putting also to it, a handful of white salt, the juice of Taxus barbatus, and of white Dictamun, at your discretion: the juice of Crispina rubra, if ye can get it. This Crispina rubra, is a herb like unto a Thistle, and is taken of joannis Agricola, to be the brier called Respis: but it hath leaves l●sser, and tenderer than a Thistle, and is eaten almost in every place, in Italy, in Salads. And there it is called in some places, Cardonello, and in Venise, Sigone. The red Crispin is in all points like unto the white and green, and differeth in nothing, but in colour: it is a very precious herb. I saw once a man, that cleft a young kids head, almost a sunder: and after laid to it, only the juice of the said red Crispin: and joined the head together, and bound it with a band: and in two days the Kid was healed, as sound as he was before. Also it is very good, in the time of a Plague or pestilence, as we will afterward declare. Than, if you can get of the juice of the said Crispina, or Cardonello, ye shall put a pound of it, with the said oils, and as much of the juice of Carduus benedictus, a pound of the flowers or blossoms, of the said Carduus benedictus, an ounce of Lignum Aloe in powder, and an ounce of Saffran. Set all these things well mixed together, in the Sun, all the whole Summer time, in divers vessels of glass, or of earth leaded within, well covered with paper or linen cloth. And keep it as a precious thing: whose virtues to express, it is impossible. The said oil is excellent good, principally for all manner of contractions, and shrinkinges of the members, of a man's body, and of wounds, as well old as fresh, against Fistules, Cankers, and the disease called in latin Struma, which is a swelling in the throat, of gathered matter and blood, which we call in English, the kings evil, or the Quinses, when the place of the sore is rubbed with it, or when Tow wet in the said oil is laid unto it, and beginning in the first quarter of the wane, or decreasing of the Moon, (with the grace of God) the said accidents, shallbe healed before the new Moon. Also the said oil, is good against all manner of venom or poison, being anointed about the heart, if the Poison be taken at the mouth: and if a man be bitten with any venomous beast, or hurt with any intoxicated weapon, ye must wring well the blood out of the wound. and than rub the place, and round about it with the said oil. It is also good for any member that is stiff, and nomine, and almost for all diseases that can chance unto man's body, whereunto any outward application is made of it.   

¶ A very true and proved remedy, against a quartain ague.  
iij. or four grains of Frankincense, of the male kind otherwise called Olibanum: than cover again the said hole, with the little piece that you took of first, & roast it so upon the embers, so that it burn not, but that it may wax tender. Than take it from the fire, and break it into four parts, with all the Frankincense in it: and so give it the patient to eat, it will by and by, make the Apostume to break, & heal him clean. The foresaid Smith, had all ready shut his teeth, so that men were fain to open them with a spoon or knife: and so they put of it into his mouth, as well as they could, and strait way he turned with his breast, upon the beds side, and spit out a great part of the matter, that was come forth of the Apostume broken: and thereupon slept more than ix hours, and when he waked, he called for meat, & found himself thoroughly whole, which was a thing worthy to give God thanks for.   

Another secret, or remedy, against the said disease of the pleurisy.  
TAke the flower, that sticketh on the boards and walls of a mill, and make thereof passed with water: and so make little cakes, of the bigness of a groat, or somewhat more, and having baked or fried them, in an iron lady, or in a frying pan, with the oil of Scorpions, lay one of them so upon the place, where the patiented feeleth his grief, and that as hot as he may endure, rubbing, and anointing it with the said oil of Scorpions: and when one of the cakes is almost cold. Lay to another very hot, & heat the first again in the said oil, and so consequently take away one, and put to another x or xu times, and shortly after the Apostume shall break, and in spitting the matter out, the patiented (with God's aid) shall be healed.   

Another good secret against the same disease.  
OPen a white loaf new baket, in the middle, and spread it well with good treacle, on both the halves, on the crommie side, and heat it at the fire: than lay one of the halves, upon the place of the disease, and the other half on the other side of his body directly: and so bind them, that they stir not, leaving them so a day and a night, or until the Apostume break: which I have sometime seen done, in two hours or less. And than take away the bread, and immediately the patient will begin to spit, and void the putrefaction of the Apostume, and after he hath slept a little, ye shall give him some meat, and with the help of God, he shall be shortly healed.   

Another remedy against the same disease.  
TAke a tooth of a wild Boar: and if the pain hold him in the right side, ye must take the tooth of the right jaw: if otherwise, ye must take the left tooth: yet not withstanding. it hath been found by experience, to be all one of which jaw so ever it were. Scrape the said tooth with a knife, upon a clean table, or upon a paper: than take of the same scrapynges, as much as you may lay upon two groats, and give the patient drink of it, with a little Barley water, or in the broth of little red grains like unto Ciche peason, or with white Wine with a little water. This hath always been found very good and true.   

To make a water, good for the breast or stomach, of the which men use to give them drink, that be tormented or grieved with the stitch in the side, or pleuritike Apostumes the which water is of a very good savour, and mondifieth meruclous well the breast or stomach.  
the space of two Miserere: and then wash the leg well (that is to say the wound and round about the wound) with the said wine lukewarm. Then take these powders following, that is to say, Aristolochia, both of long and round, Mastic, Myrrh, Dragon's blood, called in English Pellytorie of Spain, Aloe epaticum, Nill, called in Latin Tutia, the bark or ryne of gourds burned, of each of these an ounce, Nummia, or as some call it, Humia, and Boale armoniac, of each of them a quarter of an ounce well stamped, and strained, lay all upon the said grief: than take the herbs boiled in wine, as is aforesaid, and bind them upon the wound with a band, in changing it twice a day, or at the lest once, and you shall see the leg healed in few days.   

¶ To heal swollen knees or legs, red, and full of humours: a secret marvelous good, easy to be made, and of little charge, and often times proved.  
TAke the skin of a dog, if you may get it: or if not, take a white lambs skin, or else the skin of a kid, and cut a piece of it as broad as the palm of your hand, or moor, and another piece of the length of your hand, or somewhat moor: then melt in a pan on the fire these things following: rosin of a Pine tree two pound, Galbanum .v. unces, Mastic an ounce, Musk, Amber, Tyvet, of each of them six grains, or as much as you will, & break the Mastic between two papers: then put the rosin and the Galbanum to melt in a pan with a small fire, and when it is well melted, ye shall put the mastic to it, and stir them well with a little stick, to the intent that nothing burn. After this lay it abroad hot as it is, upon the said skin half a finger thick. Then take twelve or fifteen of these little beasts called Monks peason or sows (whereof is found a great quantity under stones in moist places) and them in a mortar, with a little Barrowes grease● make thereof an unction or ointment to lay upon the said plaster of the skin, heating the said skin at the fire, and lay it under the knee, or under the calf of the leg, hard bound, and leave it so two or three days: but if the leg be hairy, ye must shave the hear away with a razor, for the plaster would else cleave to it, when you take it of again, if you find that it hath made little bladders, pierce them, and wipe them clean. This done, wash them with the wine, wherein the decoction of the Agrimoyne, the Olive leaves, the Roses, and plantain was made: and so wipe and dry them again. Make clean also the said plaster, removing and stirring a little the ointment: and after having heated it again by the fire, lay it again upon the leg. Do thus every third or fourth day, and you shall see that the plaster shall have drawn unto itself in a small time a great aquosity of the leg, and shall have taken away the redness, inflammation, and swelling. And if there be a wound, you shall heal it, as we have above said.   

A very sure and perfect remedy against a Sciatica, often times proved and experimented in divers parts of the world.  
first make this confection that followeth. Take three pound of raw honey, and put it in a pan with two glasses full of water, and make it seeth or boil together, until you see the scum or froth mount up, the which you must take away. Then take the roots of the herb called in Latin Acorus and in English Galingale, or of the herb called yellow Gladen, make them clean, cut them in small pieces, and stamp them well. Take of these herbs one pound for the said three pounds of honey, and put them by little and little into the said pan, always stirring them a little, letting them so boil, by the space of a good hour.  
Then put to it also an ounce of fine cinnamon well beaten into powder, take it so from the fire, and keep it in the same pan, or in some other vessel. Give unto the patiented of this conserve at night when he goeth to bed, about four or five spoonfuls, and in the morning early as much or more. Give him also thereof before his meals and after: the oftener he eateth of it the better he shall be. If it be in winter, heat it for him a little: and while he thus useth it, let him always sit upon his buttocks, that is to say: upon the bone or huckle where the Sciatica is, with the plaster declared in the chapter before, that is to say, of that Rosen, Galbanum, Mastic, the little beasts called Monks peason or sows, with the rest there mentioned. Then, at the end of ten days take it of, and lay it other ten days upon his thigh. And from thence take it again, making it clean, mixing and stirring it a new, and lay it under the calf of the leg ten days more: and at every time you shall see that it will have engendered little puffs or bladders, and drawn to itself all the aquosity and waterishness, in such sort, that it will take away the grief and heal it. This is a very rare secret against such a disease, which very few Physicians cold hitherto find certain remedy for. If in case the disease be old or hath run long, give the patient sometime this glister following. Take Mallows, Mercury, Fenell, green or dry, Wormewode, Rue, wild Cucumbers broken, as much of the one as of the other: than, put to it two handfuls of bran, seeth all in common water, until the third part be diminished: and so let it cool again. After this, take a dish and a half full of this decoction, three spoonfuls of skimmed Honey, oil of Camemille, and oil of Rue, of each of them an ounce and a half: mingle all well together, and make a Glister of it, which you shall minister unto the Patient in the morning: and so make him lie upon that side where the Sciatica is. Two days after ye shall give him another Glister, after three days another: and than four days after yet another, continuing so a month together. If the grief be so endured and hardened that it will not behealed by the aforesaid remedies, you may give him pills the third day after, the fourth day, the fift day, and so unto six or seven times. But the Pylles will profit the Patient nothing at all unless he abstain from eating salt or sharp meats, and from all sorts of pulse corn, as Pease, beans, tars, and Fitches, and such other: likewise from drinking water, or white wine. Many have been healed only with the said plaster, not leaving to do their business abroad notwithstanding: other have also used the conserve. But in so many years I have had but two upon whom (for to take away the disease being old and far gone) I was constrained to use the said Pills and Glisters, whereby they were healed. I had also one, which used but only the plaster and the conserve, of whom the huckle bone was out of joint, and hardened, and with the said remedy he was perfectly healed in the space of three score and ten days, and the said bone returned again into his former place and state: but he told me that whilst he used the said plaster and conserve, a Nun counseled him to take from day to day, four times, the bigness of a Nut of Turpentine washed in borage water, and that he should not tell me of ●t, whereby he found himself healed in short time.   

A water for to heal in five days at the most, all manner of great scabs, as well inward as outward: and is a water clear and white, and is of an odoriferous savour, such as a man may present to a Queen.  
TAke Plantain water two glassefulles, Rose water a glassful, of the water of the flowers of Citrons or Oranges half a glass full, or less: put all this together in a clean pan or viol of glass: and put to it an ounce of Sublyme, that is to say: quick silver, such as commonly is found at the apothecaries: it must be well beaten to powder. Then let it boil his body, as long as he may, and he shall find it very excellent.   

Another remedy against the same disease.  
TAke half a glass, or less, of the juice of Barberies, when they be very red, and ripe, and put into it as much red Coral, well beaten in powder, as will lie upon two groats, and give the patiented drink thereof.   

Another perfect remedy against the same disease, and to make a man piss that hath been four or four days without making water, and that in the space of half an hour, and will break the stone within ten or twelve days.  
TAke fine powder of Virga aurea, and put a spoonful of it, into a new laid Egg, soft roast, and give the patiented drink thereof, in the morning at his breakfast, and let him not eat at the least in four hours after, and than shall he make water in less than half an hour. If ye use this continually, the space of x. or xii days, as is a foresaid, you shall make him piss out the stone without any pain or grief.   

Another remedy against the Stone and pain of the reins.  
TAke the seeds of blue Violettes, or march Violettes, the seeds of common Burrs, with their little pods and all, or ripe Burrs a pound, put them to dry in an Oven (for otherwise it will be a hard thing to stamp them) stamping them afterward with their seeds. This done, take a quick Hare, & strangle him with a cord, to th'intent there be none of the blood lost: put him so whole, or in pieces into some vessel, feet, guts, head and all: than put him to burn in an Oven, so that all, as well the bones, and the skin, as the flesh be brought to powder, this done, ye shall stamp it well, and mingle the powder with the two other powders aforesaid: dry Oaken leaves, well beaten to powder four ounces, dry Saxifrage or Sampire, half a pound, bay berries .v. ounces. Let all these things be well beaten in powder, sifted, and mixed together.  
Give of this powder unto the patient, as much as will lie upon a groat, making him to drink it, in the morning, to his breakfast, in white wine, and let him do this often times. It is the most exquisite thing in the world, as well for the gravel, as for the stone: but for the gravel, you must take less, and not so oft as for the Stone.   

The last, and the most excellent remedy of all, against the stone, be it in the reigns, or in the bladder, of what quality or quantity, so ever it be.  
IN the month of May, when Oxen go to grass, or be at pasture, ye shall take of their dung, not to fresh, nor to dry: then distill it fair and softly (to th'end it smell not of the smoke) into some vessel of glass, or earth leaded within, of the which dung will come a water, without savour or evil stench, which will be very good, to take of all manner of spots, or blemishes in the face, if you wash it, with it, morning and evening. You shall keep the said water, in a viol well stopped: than take three or four Radishes, such as men eat in salads, cut them small, & put them in a viol, and fill up the viol with wine greek, or good Malmsey, or other good white wine, letting it stand so in the Sun, and in the air, a day and a night. Than take one part of that wine, two parts of the said water, of the Ox dung, half a part of the water of Stawberies. iij. or four drops of the juice of Lemons, or Citrons: and let there be of all these waters, so proportioned together, half a glass full, or some what more, into the which, you shall put a piece of Sugar, or a little Honey roset: for the one and the other, serve as well to the savour, as to the profit of the substance. After this, you shall put to it some of the powder mentioned in the Chapter before, as much, as will lie upon a groat, and than give the patiented drink of it, and shortly after you shall see a wonderful effects for many, unto whom I have given of it, have not tarried half an hour, but they have pissed, in the which piss, they have found so many little stones, that all together, came to the bigness of a walnut, and of others, unto the quantity of a hazel Nut: in using often the said remedy, they have finally been perfectly healed. I caused once a gentleman of Milan, to take of it by the space of xii days, whom the Physicians esteemed as dead, & would have cut him, but in the space of the said twelve days, I made come out of him so many stones, that all together came to the quantity of an Egg, I made him make his water thorough a linen cloth, laid over an Urinal, to the intent, to take up the stones together: and the third morning, he would take the glass, a little more than half full, and shortly after, being about to make water, he began to cry out, for the great pain he felt in his yard: after this pain was passed, looking in the linen cloth, he found a stone as long and as big, as a Bene, somewhat pointed at one of the sides, which peradventure, in passing thorough his yard, caused him to have all that pain. Now, although that many, as well of old time, as now of late days, have written divers and sundry remedies, against the said disease, yet was there never found a surer, truer, or presenter remedy, than this. The said water and the powder, may be kept long, but you must at every time renew the wine of the said Radish, and the juice of the Limon or Citron, for in the space of two days (the wine chiefly) giveth such a scent, that a man may scant endure it.   

For him that spittet● blood, by having some vain of his breast broken.  
TAke Myse dung, beaten in powder, as much, as will lie upon a groat, and put it into half a glass full, of the juice of Plantain, with a little Sugar, and so give the patiented drink thereof, in the morning before his breakfast, and at night before he go to bed. Continuing this same, you shall make him whole and sound.   

Against the grief in the Lungs, and spitting of blood, a thing experimented.  
TAke an herb called Farfara, or Tussilago, of the apothecaries Vngula caballina, Colts foot in English, the French men call it, pate de lion. Incorporate it well, with the lard of a Hog, chopped, and a new laid Egg: boil all together in a pan: and give the patiented of it to eat, doing this ix mornings, and you shall see a marvelous thing. This is also very good, to make a man fat.   

Against the pain of t●e flanks, of the reins, and all other griefs.  
TAke three quarters of an ounce of Storax liquid, Capon's grease, or hens grease, the grease of a Goose, the grease of a Duck, of each of them .v. drams, of oil reset four drams, of red War ii drams and a half, of Butter half a dram: melt the greases, the oil, and the Butter altogether, power them together, and mingle them. Than having put to it the Storax, spread it upon a linen cloth, and so lay it hot upon the place of the grief, and you shall incontinent see him whole.   

¶ Against the stinking of the breath.  
TAke Rosemary leaves, with the blossoms, if you can get them, and seeth them in white wine, with a little Myrrh, cinnamon, and Bengewin: and taking of the said wine often times in your mouth, you shall find a marvelous effect.   

¶ Against the biting of a mad dog, and the rage or madness that followeth the man after he is bitten.  
TAke the blossoms or flowers of wild Thisltes, dried in the shadow, and beaten into powder, give him drink of the same powder, in white Wine, half a Walnut shell full, and in thrice taking it, be shall be healed: A thing found true by experience.   

To take a way the dead flesh, that cometh or groweth in the nose.  
TAke the juice of Leeks, that have not been twice planted, and add to it a little green wax, and make an ointment thereof, putting to it a little of the fine powder of the lose of wine, and put often times of this ointment in the nose of the patient, and you shall see a marvelous thing.   

For one, which (with falling from some high place) feareth to have some thing broken in his body.  
TAke half a glassful of oil Olive: and put into it, powder of the seed of Cresses, the quantity of half a Walnut shelfull, than give it the patiented to drink, at once, or at twice. It shallbe good to let him blood, immediately after he is fallen, or as soon as is possible, and as soon as he is let blood, give him this drink. And he that cannot drink the oil, let him take the powder with wine. If you cannot get the seeds of Cresses, give him of the powder of Mene, of the which there is always enough found at the Apoticaries': if he be bruised or hurt outwardly, anoint the sore place with oil Roset, and than lay upon it, the leaves of Myrnis, and of dried Roses, and so shall you heal him parfitlie.   

A very good and easy remedy, against the disease, called the kings evil.  
TAke the herb called Farfara, fool foot in English, well stamped with his roots, and being mingled with the flower of the seed of Line or Fla●e, and the grease of a Barrow: make thereof a plaster, and lay it upon the sore, changing it twice a day, and all the sores of the disease, shall be resolved into sweat. After they be healed, wash often the place with white wine, by the space of ten or xu days.   

Another remedy against the same disease.  
TAke the stones of a horse, and put them in a Fire pan, among the embers and coals, leaving them there, until they may be beaten into powder, than give the patient drink of the said powder, in white wine, the quantity of two penny weight, continuing this the space of xxi days: by this means you shall make him cast out at his mouth, all the ordure and filth of the evil, and shall heal him thoroughly.   

To know whether a woman, shall ever conceive or not.  
TAke of the ruen of a Hare, and having frayed and consumed it, 
Coagulum Leporis dela pressure de lieure.  in hot water, give it the woman to drink, in the morning at her breakfast, than let her stand in a hot bathe: and if there come a grief or pain in her belly, she may conceive: if not, she shall never conceive.   

A very rare remedy for to take the kernels out of a man's throat, in fifty days at the f●rthest.  
TAke the roots of Walwort, well washed, and boiled in white wine, and take also, these things following: Sponge burned half a pound, & two hundred corns of Pepper. All these things being well beaten into powder, boil them, in the said wine, with the Walwort roots: and having sodden them well, pour out the wine, and keep it in a viol well stopped in some moist place, than give the patiented of this wine to drink, three times a day, at every time a glasseful, that is to say, morning, noon, and night.  
And while he useth this, he must eat no other bread but Barley bread, and drink his wine without water. He must also abstain from eating any manner herbs, Fish, garlic, Beets, or other such like. This manner of regiment, ought a man to begin, at the full moon, continuing until the end of the same, and after until the quarter increasing, of the next Moon: that is to say xlv days, and without doubt the patient shall be healed.   

Another remedy, easier to be made.  
TAke dry Camomile redact into powder, & mingled with Honey, then take in the morning, a spoonful of it, into your mouth, and as much at night, letting it go down of itself: use this continually, until you be healed, use good government as is afore said.   

A thing proved, and experimented, to be very tra● against the same disease.  
TAke Polipodium (which is an herb, like unto fern) growing upon the stump or stock of a Chestnut tree, if you can get of it: if not, take of the other, and beat it into powder, give the patiented drink thereof, with wine or Honey, twice a day, at each time, as much as will lie upon a groat: continue this, by the space of xxi days beginning at the quarter decreasing of the Moon, and keeping always good diet, as is above said, he shall be whole.   

To make the skin stretch and return again into his place, after the kernel is healed.  
TAke the knops that remain on the Rose stalk, after the Roses be fallen of (which be like beadestones, fashioned like an Egg) with the seed that is in them, Alom of the ●ocke, the flower or blossom of a Pome granade, of each of these a like quantity. Seeth them in white Vinaigre, until half be consumed, put to it also half as much as all the rest, of Ros syriacus or Rhus. Which the apothecaries call Sumach, or Sunach, stamped, & boil all again, until all the Vinaigre be almost wholly consumed. And of that which remaineth, anoint the place round about: and by that means, ye shall cause the skin to stretch, and come to his place, as it was before.   

A very exquisite remedy against the disease called in Latin Augina, and in Greek Synanche, which is an inflammation of the Muscle of the inner Gargill, the French men call it Squinancy, in English Quinsey.  
TAke the water of Scabiose, a pound, of Aqua vite, an ounce, mengle them together, and lay it upon the sore, or grief, and you shall find the Patient whole in three hours.   

Another against the same disease.  
TAke Swallows, bake them in an oven, beat them to powder, and lay them upon the grief thorough the mouth if it be possible: if not you shall entermingle it with Honey roset, and a little Flower or Meal, of Amylum, & then put it in his mouth, letting it go down of itself, and you shall see a marvelous thing.   

Another against the same sickness.  
TAke oil of Roman vitriolle, and put two or three drops of it, in white wine, with the which you shall gargoyle or wash your mouth and throat often times.   

A very good remedy against the kings evil.  
TAke Ceruse or white Lead well stamped four ounces, oil olive, eight ounces, let this boil together five or six hours, stirring it continually: and when it is waxed or become very black, it is sodden enough: then spread it upon a linen cloth, and lay it unto the place of the sore: if the sores be broken, they will be healed incontinent: if not, they will resolve and leuse, and shortly heal thoroughly.   

To heal the same disease by a substance taken at the mouth.  
Dress a Hen as it were to eat, so that she be boiled in a great pot or cauldron, with a great deal of water without Salt, letting it boil until all the bones be separated from the flesh: then take the said bones and dry them in an oven, or at the fire, so that they be not burned or wax black, after this beat them well to powder, and take of the seed of Sesamum, beaten well likewise into powder, & mengle it with the powder of the hens bones, as much of the one as of the other. And so take a spoonful of the two powders, and mingle it with Honey, causing the Patient to eat of it at night when he goeth to bed, and in the morning when he riseth. This aught to be done from the beginning of the quarter decreasinge of the Moon unto the end: It is a very excellent secret. It also happened to me of some men, in whom the said disease was so old and so far gone that this said remedy could not help them, whom I caused to take with the said powder specified as followeth, which ought to be made after this manner. Take a certain little Serpent called a Slow worm●: boil him in oyl● olive, until he be broken and consumed, then rub the evil with the said oil, and lay pieces of tow upon it, leaving it so three or four days: and after that, make a new anointing, and lay tow to it again as before. By this said remedy I healed them perfectly, thanks be unto God.   

A heavenly water which hath many goodly and ●●table Virtues, as we shall show you after.  
TAke Cloves, Nutmegs, Ginger, Zeduaria, long Pepper, round Pepper, the seed of juniper, Orange pills, the blossoms or flowers of Sage, Basyll, Rosemary, Maioram, round Mint, bay berries, Pennyryall, Gentian, Calamintha, the flowers of Elder, the flowers of white and red Roses, Spicknarde, lignum Aloes, wild Cubebes, Cardamomum, or grains, which the apothecaries call Granum paradisi, fine cinnamon, Calamum Aromaticum, Sticados, Chamedrios, called in English Germander, Camepitheos', Melligetta, Mastic, incense, of the male kind, Aloe epaticum, Anise seed, the seed of Maioram, or Maioram gentle, dry figs, dry Raisins, Dates, sweet Almonds, kernels of a Pyneaple, of each of these an ounce, white Honey, six ounces. Then take Sugar weighing asmuch as all the said composition, and mengle well all together, putting also to it Aqua vite weighing as much as all the said substance, but the said Aqua vite must be distilled five times thorough a Limbeck, receiving always the best: and mingle all the said things together in the said water: then put all into a viol well stopped, leaving it so the space of two days. Then afterward you shall set it upon the fornesse with his Limbeck and recipient, distilling it with a small fire, whereof will come a clear and precious water, continue so the fire, until the water begin to change his colour, and come forth white: then change the recipient, and receive the said white water a part, for it is not good, but for to blanch and make white the face, and there is neither spot nor lyntell, or any kind of red burgeons in the face of a man, the which, being washed with this water by the space of fifteen days will not go out, and wear away, leaving the face and the skin white, shining and well savouringe. This is a very rare kind of washing, and meet for great ladies and princesses. You shall mi●e the first water which is clear, with Aqua vite of like quantity, the which is called Mel balsami. Now having put and left all these things in a viol well stopped, the space of two days, set it to distill with a small fire, then receive and put the first water by itself, which will distill very clear, and odoriferous. When you see that the water beginneth to come forth like rain water, change your recipient, and receive that same likewise by itself, until you see the third water come out, which will be of sanguine colour, the which you shall power into a viol, and stop it well with wax: keep it diligently as a precious thing: for it hath many notable and excellent virtues, of the which the best be these that follow. The first is, that if you lay a little of it upon a fresh wound, there need no other medicine to cure it. The second is, it is good for all old wounds, against the Canker, the worms, and against Nolime tangere, and all other diseases growing, ye must wet the sore places with it every second or third day once, and by this means, in the space of fifteen or twenty days, he or they shallbe healed. The third is, that if any man have a Carbuncle, or saint Antony's disease, called commonly in italy and in France, S. Antony's fire, or other pestilential sickness, and wash the place with the said water, will it kill it within an hour. The fourth is, it is good against the pain of the eyes, so that the eye be not out, or lost: if you put a little drop of it into the eye in the morning, and as much at night, it will heal the pain in fifteen days. And although it be somewhat pricking, yet the grief of it passeth soon away, so that it can not in any wise hurt the eyes. The fift is, that if any man have the stone in the rains of his back, and in the bladder, & drink three drops or a dram of it with a little white wine, he shallbe delivered thereof in few days. The sixth is, that it healeth the Emeralds or piles, if they be washed with it every day once. The seventh is, that it healeth all manner of disease or pain of the Matrice & the colic, when a spoonful is drunk of it with the broth of a hen, or of cabbeges. The eight is, that when a man batheth the shrunken and endured sinews of the body, they stretch, and heal in few days. The ninth is, that it healeth running and watery eyes, when a drop is put into them in the morning. The tenth is, that it is very good to heal all manner of scab, scurf, and other like things, washing them with it often times. The eleventh is, that if a man put a drop of it into his ear at night or in the morning, it taketh away all the grief and worms that engender in the ear. The twelfth is, that it healeth all venomous biting, when ye wash the venomous place with it, and is far better for such an accident than the treacle is. The thirteenth is, that it killeth all worms in man's body, if a man rub his nosestrelles, or drink a very little of it. And finally, it is also very good for venomous hurts or wounds, and for all wounds incurable. It healeth the kings evil, and the disease called the falling sickness, and all other infirmities in the exterior parts of the body, and with this water may a man wash himself, or else drink it. It is also good for every cold sickness, and restorative for old folks, or those that are consumed and debilitate with hunger, sickness, or sorrow of mind. It conserveth the radical moisture, and natural heat, it maintaineth health, and keepeth a man in long life, who so ever useth it as it ought to be used.   

Pills of a marvelous operation and virtue, against the Sciatica, which we promised to speak of in the chapter of the Sciatica.  
TAke ●illes Alephangines, of Hermodactil maioris and minoris, of each of them a scruple which is the third part of a dram two grains of salt Gemma, dissolve and stir them with the juice of roses, and make of all this substance five pylles, and at the beginning, when the Sciatica is fervent and great, you shall take of the said five pylles every four days: and when it beginneth to decline and assuage, you shall take them only the fift day, than, the sixth, the seventh, and the eight day, until all be done: and take them always in the morning at the break of the day, abstaining at the least six or seven hours from meat. Now, although that the said pylles be not for a man to keep his chamber, and that they provoke not to the stool, yet ye must not drink any white wine, nor water, nor eat any salt things, nor any kind of pulse corn, as beans and peason, with such other like nor onions, garlic, or such like, if the disease be inveterate, old, or far gone.   

☞ A notable secret to heal a mad man, be it that the madness came unto him by a whirling, or giddiness of the head or brain, or otherwise.  
first of all make him four Glisters, in four mornings, one after another. Let the first glister be simple: that is to say, made with water wherein ye have boiled or sodden wheat bran, common oil, and salt. Let the second be of water sodden with malowes, mercury, pellitory of the wall, and violet leaves, with oil and salt. Let the third be of water boiled with oil, salt, sodden wine, and honey. And let the fourth glister be of the like decoction that the third was, adding to it endive, buglasse, and the tops of the branches of Walwort. And after that this decoction is strained, ye shall put to it an ounce of Cassia fistula, and half a quarter of an ounce of Mitridiate. Now, having given him these four glisters four sundry mornings, you shall give him this medicine. Polipodium of an Oak well stamped, a handful or twain, and wring out the juice of it, and put it in a glass the quantity of two fingers high, putting to it two ounces of honey roset, and a quarter of an ounce of Electuary roset, and as much of dyafenycon. All these things being well incorporated together, give them unto the patient to drink at night when he goeth to bed two or three hours after the son set, and give it him lukewarm: if in case he will not take it, bind him, and hold him parforce, make him open his mouth, put some stick between his teeth, and than power the medicine into his throat, as men do unto horses. And when he hath taken all, if it be in Winter, you shall make him sit so upon his bed half an hour, well covered round about, to th'intent he take no cold after it: if it be in Summer, ye may let him go about the house where he will, but see that he go not out. When the medicine hath done his operation, take this ointment following: that is to say, a pound and a half of the juice of the roots of Walwort, whereunto you shall add as much butter: boil this together a good while, until all the juice be almost consumed, than put to it oil of Camomile, oil roset, oil of saint john's wort, of each of them an ounce. Incorporate well all these things on the fire, and make thereof an ointment, wherewith you shall anoint the patient from the neck unto the feet, arms and legs and all: but the ointment must be hot, and he must be so well annoycted and rubbed that the oinctment may penetrate and pierce thorough. Continue, doing this the space of a month, anointing him every evening and morning, or at the least once a day. The third or fourth day after you have begun to anoint him, burn him with a hot iron upon the seam or joining together of the head, and at the first lay upon the mark a linen cloth with barrows grease, leaving it so the space of viii. or ten days: and after wrap a great Cyche pease in ivy leaves, and put upon the said ivy leaves a piece of the sole of a shoe made fine and thin, binding it under his throat with some band, or beneath his head, so that it may bide on, and change it always at night and in the morning. If in case he pass four months and receive not health, or return to his wit, ye must begin again to give him the same glisters he had before, and the same medicines, anointing him as before: and without doubt (by the grace of God) he shallbe hole. He must eat at the beginning chickens, mutton, and roast veal: after, you may give him roast and sod with pottage of Amylum, beets, and mallows, and also new laid eggs, putting spices in his meat, causing him sometime to eat, (either in his pottage or otherwise) betayne, sage, maioram, & mint, not suffering him in any wise to take salt, sharp, nor aygre things, pulse corn, Garlic, Onions, nor such like, ye may give him white wine with water: let him also carry ever about him some good odours, and hear melody or music: speak oftentimes soberly and wisely unto him, admonishing him to be wise and sage, rebuke him of his folly when he doth or speaketh any fond things. And in such case the authority of some fair woman availeth much to tell him all these things, for good admonitions are of great virtue, and strength, for to stablish and settle a brain troubled or disquieted with any sickness or passion.   

☞ pills of master Mychael a Scot, the which heal the grief or pain of the head, be it inveterate or recent, purge the brain, claryfye the sight, cause a man to have a good memory, good colour in face, and be also very good for many infirmities.  
TAke of Aloe washed three scrupules, the roots of wild gourds, of all sorts of Mirabolanes, of the confection made with Scammony, called Diagridion, Masti●, bay berries, and Roses, of each of them half a dram, of Saffron a scruple, Myrrh half a scruple: stamp all well together, and make thereof Pylles with the juice of Coleworts, and take three or four of them when you go to bed, every third or fourth day once.   

☞ Against the pain of women's breasts, a very excellent remedy.  
TAke the yolks of two new laid eggs, the weight of two pence of new Wax, a little oil roset, a little Nill, called in latin Tuti●, prepared and trimmed in Rose water, set all this on the fire to melt in a clean pan, and when it is cold again, spread it upon a linen cloth, and lay it to the sore breasts, but you must have first washed the said sore places with white wine, wherein hath been sodden leaves of Roses, plantain leaves, and the leaves of an olive tree, both green and dry, and after having wiped and dried it again, lay the plaster to it, dressed and prepared as I have said, and incontinent the sore shall he healed.   

☞ To ripe a fellow, Cats here, botch, bile, or other apostumes or swellings, which have need of quick and sudden ripinge.  
TAke crumbs of bread, Raisins dried in an Oven, or otherwise, and than well stamped, Butter, Hogs suet, leaven, cow milk, and a little Saffron. Make of all this an ointment and lay it upon the sore, putting first a little Saffron in powder upon the very place where you will have it break, and upon that the plaster, leaving it so until night, and change it morning and evening, so shall you make it soon ripe and break, then dress it with oil roset, and yolks of eggs one whole day, after that purge away the ordure and filth with some drawing ointment. Finally you shall lay to it the ointment of Aloe and Tutia, or some consolidative or healing ointments.   

☞ To resolve a fellow, Cats bear, bile or botch, at the beginning.  
TAke the roots of wild or marsh Mallows called of the apothecaries Bismalua or Maluaviscus, mundified and made clean, and cut in small pieces, well stamped in a mortar of stone. Than take some great pot or cauldron that holdeth six or seven great viols filled with water, & boil in it these things following: Lickerous, Isope, green or dry Sage, Rosemary, Carduus benedictus, figs, dry Raisins, Amylum of Barley, or Barley flower, of each of these things at your discretion, and as much of the one as of the other: and add to it more, a handful of Succory, with his roots, let all this seeth in the said cauldron or kettle, the space of an hour, or a hour and a half, and then let it cool again so that you may well endure your hand in it. Than take out all the said substances, and put them in a clean canuesse, and wring out all the substance into the said water in the kettle: put in it also two or three pound of the said roots of Maluaviscus stamped, as before, then set it to boil and seethe again three hours or more: take it from the fire, and do as you did at the first time: but if it had so much sodden that all the roots were broken and consumed, it should not need to have strained or wrong them thorough a canuesse. This done, take the decoction of it, and set in a pot upon the fire, with as much Honey, or little less, leaving it to boil so fair and softly, taking away the skomme that shall come of the Honey. After it hath thus boiled a good space, add to it an ounce, or as much as you will of Cinnamon, and a quarter of an ounce or more of Bengewine stamped, & a little Musk: then take it immediately from the fire, and cover it, to the intent it take no vent: specially, if you have put in the musk, which would else vanish away with the smoke, wherefore you may put in the Musk when the water is lukewarm after it is taken of: So shall you have an excellent conserve to use and occupy all the winter, as well at night, as in the morning, and at all times when you list, but you must at every time you take warm it again, and take thereof two or three spoonfuls at a time. And if you will have it thicker, put to it powder of sugar, or Penides: & if you will have it clearer, ye must put to it a little more of the first decoction, which we have spoken of. This secret is of such excellency, that if a man use of it in the winter, as afore is said, it is not possible for him to be vexed or tormented with the cogh, rumes, murres, catarrhs, or any other like disease.   

A goodly and pleasant secret to beale the cogh, in rubbing the soles of the feet: and is a thing very easy, and certain.  
TAke two or three Garlic heads, well mundified and made clean, stamp them well, than put to them hogs suet, and stamp them well a new: and at night when you go to bed, warm well the soles of your feet, and anoint them well with the said confection, and then warm them again as hot as you may endure, rubbing them well a pretty space: and being a bed let your feet be bound with some warm linen cloth, and rub also the small of your legs with the said ointment, by this mean you shall be healed in three nights were the cogh never so vehement. If you will at your meals use of the said decoction in your wine, or otherwise, you shall find yourself well at ease in your stomach, and head, and shall the better drive away your cogh, and all other evil dispositions of the body.   

A very goodly and easy remedy to heal in a day or twain, all manner of inveterate and old wounds, wherein is grown dead and superfluous flesh, and wounds that can not be cured by any other medicines.  
TAke three ounces of Turpentine (first washed in common water, and then in Rose or Plantain water) and the yolk of an egg, an ounce a glass full of the said wine: but you must have taken first a walnut, a Fig, and two or three little branches of Rue. If you do this in the morning, you shall be assured for that day.   

An ointment to make an aposteme break, and the sore of the plague to fall of.  
TAke a quart and a half of common oil, and set it on the fire in some vessel, then put to it four ounces of Ceruse or white lead well stamped, litarge of silver very fine and thin, three ounces, common Wax, four ounces, and leave it so long upon the fire, until you may spread it with your finger upon a marble stone. This done, take it from the fire, and power a little vinegar upon it, but you must hold it far of, to the intent it leap not in your face: than make of this ointment a plaster, as great as all the sore, and make a hole in the mids of it as big as a penny: after this, make a little plaster of some ointment that mortifieth, of the bigness of the said hole: than make another plaster of the same bigness, the which you shall lay upon the sore, so that the plaster with the mortifying ointment be between both, and leave it upon the sore the space of xxiiij hours, than change only the middle plaster, that is to say: he that mortifieth, and put another in his place, the which you shall also let lie four and twenty hours: and before that the plaster be laid round about and stretched, anoint the place very thick with fresh Hogs suet, or hens grease, to mollify it, and so you shall make it hard in the middle, and round about you shall make a circle of tender flesh, in such sort that the sore will break out and come forth. And the eight and forty hours once passed, after you have taken of the plaster, lay upon it another plaster made with fresh Hogs grease, and immediately will fall of from it a dead flesh in manner of a round pommel, and there will remain a hole, the which you must heal with some ointment or else with Diaculum magnum: & when the flesh beginneth to grow, lay to it burned Alom, by the space of four and twenty hours, and then the said ointment upon it.   

❀ Another remedy against the plague.  
TAke the top of Rue, a garlic head, or half a quarter of a walnut, and a corn of salt: eat this every morning, continuing so a month together, and be merry and jocund. This receipt is also good against worms.   

❀ Another very good remedy against the plague.  
TAke Aqua vite, the water of wild perceley, called in Greek Mellissophyllon, Melyphyllon, and Melinon, and in latin Apiastrum, and plantain water, of each of them a pound, and when you will use of it, which you ought to do daily, you shall take as much of th'one as of tother, so that all together mount to the quantity of two fingers high in a glass, & than drink it, so shall you be preserved and safe from the plague. This water is also good for fistules, and wounds, and is well tried and experimented.   

Another perfect receipt against the plague.  
TAke a viol, or some other glass, and fill it unto the third part full with fine treacle, and one thyrdendeale, or third part with Aqua vite, and the other third part with the urine of a young man child that is a virgin, and healthful: mix all well together, and give the patient drink thereof three mornings, that is to say, every morning a glassful. This hath been proved in Venyse, the year 1504   

¶ Another against the plague.  
AS soon as the person fealeth himself infected, let him take the best treacle he can find, and after having swallowed down a part of it, let him take of the same the bigness of a Chestnut, and lay it upon the sore that beginneth to rise, rubbing it well round about with the said Triakle. Incontinent after this you must take a Pygeon, and cut him in the mids quick, feathers and all, lay him to the sore warm as he is, and let him lie on it, until that part of the Pigeon be waxed and become green, and the treacle red: then take it of, and you shall see that out of the Pigeon will come a green water, which is all the venom that was in it. Ye must afterward cure the place with this plaster following. Take two parts of fresh barrow grease, and one part of wormwood well stamped, and lay it upon the sore.   

☞ A thing oftentimes proved and experimented against the plague.  
TAke Mastic two ounces, Euphorbium an ounce, Spicknarde .v. ounces, beat this into powder, and give it the patiented to drink. If he be under ten years of age, give him a scruple of it. If he be of years from x. to twenty half a dram: but if he be above twenty years old, ye shall give him a dram, than take the herb called in Greek Pentaphilon, in latin Quinquefolium, and in English Cinkfoile, and wrap it like a round apple in a piece of linen cloth, laying it so under hot embers by the space of four Miserere, and after having taken it out again, cut it in three pieces in the middle, and lay it upon the sore or grief, which you shall cause to cease immediately.   

❀ A preservative against the plague, oftentimes proved.  
IN a dangerous time, take three little branches of Rue, a walnut and a fig: eat all this, and you shall be safe.   

Another.  
TAke the dung or excrement of a young boy between ten and twelve years of age, and dry it, and after beat it into powder: This done, put of it at the most two spoonfuls in a glass of white wine, and give it the patient to drink at the least six hours after the grief taketh him, and the sooner the better. This hath been found true in many men.   

❀ Another.  
TAke the juice of a white Onion, Honey, vinegar, the juice of Rue, and of Saint john's wort, of each of them a like quantity, mix all together, and give the patiented to drink thereof two thirdendeales of a glassful, but let him have it hot, and before the sixth hour after the pain shall have taken him: This done make him sweat as much as he may in his bed. This hath been found of great perfection, and experimented upon divers men.   

❀ In a suspect time of a plague.  
TAke Pulliole or pennyroyal, in latin Pulegium, with Sugar roset, and make an electuary, the which you shall use and eat, in a suspect time of a plague, at your breakfast, the quantity or bygnes of a Chestnut, this have men proved, and found good.   

☞ Another well tried and proved against the pestilence.  
TAke walnuts when they be green, tender, and good to make 〈◊〉 or preserves, put them in vinegar 〈◊〉 of eight days, than take them out again 〈…〉 them in pieces, putting them so into a 〈…〉 Vinaigre, and still the water of 〈…〉 you shall give the patiented drink ever 〈…〉 a glassful, and when he hath drunk it, let him sweat well in his bed.   

❀ A very perfit secret against the plague.  
TAke an ounce of Aloe Epaticum, half an ounce of Myrrh half an ounce of Saffron: beat into powder and sift the Aloe and the Myrrh together, than beat the Saffron in powder, steep, and soak it, or wash it with white wine very strong, so that it be like a sauce, than put the other powders to it, and mix well altogether, if need be you may put more wine to it, so much that of all may be made as it were a lump, and so pills. And if you will make it very strong, for every ounce put to it half an ounce of Diagridrum, and half an ounce of Camphor. Master Frauncesse Albert took three eight parts of the said Pills, without Diagridium, soaking and steeping them in good wine, and gave them to the patiented as soon as he could: and so made him sweat much in his bed, for by sweating the venom did resolve.   

❀ Another very good secret.  
TAke the flowers or blossoms of walnuts, and dry them in the shadow, and when the Nuts be in season to confict, you shall cut part of them into small pieces, the which you shall put in strong vinegar by the space of three days: than take th●im out, and mengle them with the said flowers, distilling them thorough a Limbeck of glass, or of earth leaded within: keep this water diligently, and when any man feeleth himself taken or infected with the plague, give him of it as soon as is possible two ounces and a half, or three ounces, and you shall drive away the disease by the course of the belly, or by vomiting, or else will make the sore or botch to come forth, the which you shall make ripe and break, as we have afore declared.   

☞ To make a carbuncle, and all other botches, apostumes and plague sores to break, a present remedy and very easy to make.  
TAke Bay Salt well beaten into powder and sifted, incorporate it with the yelke of ●an Egg, and lay it upon the carbuncle or sore, and be assured that (with the grace of God) it will draw to itself all the venom and poison of the plague or sore, so that in short time he shall be cured: A remedy oftentimes proved.   

❀ A very good remedy against the marks of the plague, commonly called Gods marks.  
TAke fresh and green Rhaponticum, which is the herb and rote called the more and great century: it is named of Pliny (as Ruellius writeth) Rhacoma, the roots of the herb called Sanguinaria Dactilon, of some Dens canis, of Dioscorides Coronopus, that is to say, crows foot. Some take it to be Dandelion. The roots of Turmentylle, white Dictanium, of each of these an ounce, stamp all well, and put it in a pot or viol, with well, river, or cunduyte water, at your discretion, rather to much then to little, until it pass half a handful above the other things in the pot or more, then let it boil with a little clear and flaming fire without smoke, until it be diminished of the third part, than strain it out softly, and it will be of the colour of wine, keep it in some vessel of glass, and when necessity requireth, you may give the patiented a glassful of it in the morning, and as much at night, two hours before supper, and it, must be very hot: than cover him well in his bed, and make him sweat. When the marks come forth, he shall become like a lazar or leper and shall be shortly cured.   

❀ Against the mortality of the pestilence, a very perfit remedy.  
TAke Gentian, Seduaria, roots of Turmentille, of each of them two ounces, red Sandale, whit and recent Dictanium hearts horn burned, white pearls, Bole armenick, round Aristolochia, of each of them an ounce, Camphor half an ounce, white Sugar two ounces, of all these things well beaten to powder, you shall take at every time a dram, with three ounces of endive water, or sorrel water, mire the water and the powder with the bigness of a walnut of fine treacle. You must ministre this medicine before the sickness hath continued with the person twelve hours, for it is than surer. If in case after the twelve hours it work not so well as you would have it, yet must you have a good hope. And if the patiented be yet in the age of infancy, you shall give him half a dram of it, with an ounce and a half of one of the said waters, and with a like quantity of treacle. The said drink is not soluble or laxative, nor causeth no grief to him, but only killeth the poison. If any man had drunken or eaten any poison, this is a very good medicine for him: it is also good against a hot fever or ague. Note also that (if it be possible) the patiented must be let blood before he take the said medicine: if not, let it be done afterward, that is to say, on the same side that he fealeth the grief.   

☞ To make little round apples or balls against the plague.  
TAke Laudanum half an ounce, Storax calamita an ounce, Olambre diamusci, of each of them half a dram, Camphor two grains, Cloves fifteen grains, Nutmegs, Mace, of each of them half an eight part, damaskine Rose a scruple, cinnamon half a dram, Spicknarde fifteen grains, Musk, C●uet, of each of them eight grains, fine Violets half a dram, lignum Aloes four grains, Calami aromaetici the bigness of a Bean, fine Amber four grains, Myrrh the bigness of a Bean. Stamp first the Laudenum with a hot pestle, than stamp well the Storax calaminta, and all the other things each one by itself: and than mix all together, and stamp it still with a hot pestle, adding to it at every time Storax liquida, and Rose water, until all the said things be well incorporated: and than make your round apples or balls.   

An ointment to kill the plague.  
TAke Soap makers water, and boil it until it wax or become as it were an ointment, than take of the wood of Willow, or Beech, and burn it: after, quench the coals in vinegar, and dry them in the shadow, in such sort that a man may stamp and sift them. Take also quick lime at your discretion, and mingle it with the said Soap water: then take the same powder until you have enough, and half an ounce of fresh and sweet Hogs grease or seyme: mix all together, after this done, take of little green worms shining with a gloss like gold, bred in the top of Ashes or Olives, called in Latin Cantharidae or Cantharides half a dram, beat them into powder and mix them together, with the rest, making an ointment somewhat hard: leave it so in some vessel well closed and stopped, and if there arise any oil upon it, take it of fair and softly.   

A very perfit oil against the plague and all poison.  
TAke oil of the eldest you can find, and boil it the space of an hour, & for every pound of the said oil, put in l scorpions, or as many as you can get, put all this in a pot uncovered, the which pot you shall set in a kettle or cauldron of boiling water, until the third part of the oil or somewhat less be consumed. Than take out the Scorpions, and power the oil thorough a canuesse into another pot, or violle well stopped, which you shall set in the Sun the space of two or three months: if it be not in Summer, set it upon heat ashes, by the space of three or four days. sit upon the botch or sore, or the place of the plague, and hold her so a good while. Then you shall see that the said Hen will have drawn all (or at the least some) the poison and infection, and that shortly after she will die. It shall be good to do this with two or three or more Hens, immediately one after another, the which will draw all the venom out of the sore. This done, anoint the place with good treacle, and let not in the mean time to use other remedies by the mouth, whereof we have spoken here before, that is to say, the Yuy or Bay berries, or some other remedy, that you find must ready. If the sore be so hard that it will not break, you may use the foresaid remedies to make it break, to the intent that all the venom may come out, and void from the heart.   

☞ An advertisement and warning of great importawce, to preserve a man's self in time of pestilence.  
BEcause the evil humours that be in man's body, do easily receive the corruption & infection of the air, it is good to keep the stomach, and the head clean purged, not to overlade it with eating and drinking, but to abstain from gross meats, to purge himself as oft as is possible, with some gentle and familiar purgation, as Cassia, pills, as the pills of Mastic, of Aloe, or of other such like things, and above all, to use often of the lose of wine, called Tartre, which you must beat well in powder, and steep it with hot water, & than strain it or dreane it fair and softly out: afterward dry it thoroughly, as men do white salt, than keep the same powder, and put three ounces of it with a pound of sugar roset, and in the morning take a good spoonful thereof until there be an ounce or more, and do this from day to day, for it will keep your body clean, and purged: and he that can not do it with Sugar roset, let him take the lose stamped, and steep or wash it in the broth of flesh or of coleworts, stirring it until all be leused and undone that may be leused, then let it stand a while, and after power softly the broth into a dish, cast away the substances that go to the bottom, and drink the broth: do this every day at the hours of your meals, or at the least every second day, or when you shall think good. It shallbe good also to eat in your pottage, things that purge the blood, as Buglasse, borage, Succory, Let tyse, and such like: and above all not to keep your stomach over charged, nor to empty: and in the morning betime, to take some of the foresaid preservatives, as the powder that was experimented in England (as we have recited) or such other like. Than ii or. three hours before dinner to take some of the said other preservatives, as the Rue with a fig, and with the walnut, which is a thing very good, or some of the said confections, or a piece of the pill of a Cytron conficte, or a spoonful of the juice of Citrons dressed as we will declare hereafter, and to use of it at meals in manner of a saulce, and after meals to use of the seed of Citrons confict in Sugar, as they make the Coriander, and Almonds, which is a thing very good against all manner of venom and poison. And likewise at your meals to eat the white and the inn side of a Cytron with a little sugar if you will, and to eat it with flesh, or bread (as men eat lemons) in the morning, at none, and at night when you go to bed. It should be also very good to bathe and wash your hands, your temples, your pulses, and pour nose with vinegar roset, or with other, whereunto you must put a little Camphor, rose water, Lignum Aloes, Xilobalsamum, if you can get it, if not, a little cinnamon in steed of it. It is good always to keep such manner of Vinaigre beside you in some viol, for to use of it when time shall require: for it is a very good preservative: and if you can not have the vinegar compound, as is said, use vinegar of common wine. Also it shall be good to carry about you some perfume, or good odour, either in your gloves, shirt, handkerchief, cap, beard, or to hang it about your neck, or otherwise. Your house ought to be kept as clean and as neat as is possible, not savouring of piss nor other ordure, ye ought to keep it shut, washing often the gutters and privies. Ye must also keep as few foul and stinking clothes in your house as is possible. rich men ought oftentimes to perfume their houses with some notable perfume, whereof we will put in the book following a good number. Poor men may make provision of leaves, and of the wood of a Bay tree, of Rose marry, jenepar, Cypress, and to use it as often as they may, burning it in the mids of their chamber, or house, and principally at night and in the morning. Likewise of Orange and lemon pills, or other sweet smelling things. Storax calamita, and Labdanum, be good cheap and are very good for this purpose. As concerning the disposition of courage and mind, ye must consider that sorrow, sadness, or melancholy, corrupt the blood and other humours, weaken the heart, and deprave & hurt nature, therefore ought a man to avoid them as much as is possible. Also if a man be to merry oriocunde, it dilateth, and enlargeth the pores and passages of the seed of man, and the heart, so that he is the more inclined to receive the evil air, and venom, which are things▪ that penetrate and pierce sore. Also a man must beware of drinking to much wine, for it maketh merry and cheereth a man out of measure. Now because that in time of a pestilence every man is afraid, so that he thinketh that a man can not catch the disease, in being to merry (unless it be so that he be drunk, as is said) but contrary in being to sad or sorrowful: for sorrow & sadness come of themselves, not sought after: Therefore it is good to use temperance, and moderation, walking and recreating himself honestly, not using to much carnal company or copulation. And above all, a man must have always a sure hope and confidence in God, ever to he ready and disposed to die, when it shall please him to call us, not esteeming so much this mundaine life, or fearing so much death, which is none other thing than an issue or departing out of this life full of calamities, and an entering into an eternal life replenished with all joy, solace, and pleasure.   

☞ To dress and order the juice of Citrons, for to use of it as is afore said.  
TAke the juice of Citrons as much as you will, and put it in a pan leaded within in, than add to it two ounces of skimmed Honey for every pound of the said juice, a little Sugar after your discretion, a little cinnamon in powder. Let this boil a very little while together, and than keep it and take of it before your meal, and at your meals, in steed of sauce, which is a very good remedy, as well for to preserve a man against the infection of the air, as to drive it away after he isfected with it. It is also a very good medicine for to take as soon as a man doubteth to have received some poison into his body.  
¶ The end of the first book.    

take Musk, Amber, and Civet as much as ye will, in a vessel such as parfumours use, and put to it. iii. or iiii. drops of fair water: after this, temper it with a little rose water, until it be like tender and soft past: than set the vessel for to perfume and smoke upon the fire, like as men parfume chambers: and see that all the fume and smoke he received thorough the said nuts. This done, you shall take out of it the oil which will be very excellent, as well to use alone by itself, as to perfume gloves, and all other things.  

☞ To make an odoriferous and sweet water, very good.  
TAke twelve pound of Damask rose water, Lavender water, Cloves, cinnamon, of each of them a dram, Mace, great Cardamomum, Musk, Amber, of each of them half a scruple, dry Pylles of Citrons, Sandalum citrinum, Ireos, of each of them half a dram, Bengewin, Storax calamita, of each a scruple, and of all this make a composition, the which you shall put in a vessel of glass well stopped, leaving it so by the space of fifteen days. afterward let it be distilled in Bal●eo Marie, the manner whereof is described in the first book, and the water that shall issue out of it, put in a viol well stopped in the Sun the space of fifteen days, and than shall you have a water of great excellency.   

☞ The second odoriferous water.  
TAke the leaves of Damask roses, the fresh leaves of Gill flowers of each of them a pound, the flowers of rosemary, the flowers of Lavender, the flowers of jasemyn, Maioram, Savourye, Serpyne, or Serpille, called wild Time, or running Time, which groweth on old walls, over wells and ponds: and in some places it smelleth like time, and in some places like to savoury, it is called in Latin Serpyllus or Serpillum, in French du Serpolet, of these three ounces, of dry Citron pills an ounce. After this cinnamon, Bengewine, Storax calamita, of each of them two drams, Nutmegs, Macaleb, of each of them a dram: but you must stamp well the herbs, and bray the spices well, then put all together in a earthen pot leaded: and after it hath stand in the Sun, by the space of two days distill it in Balneo Marle. And to the water that issueth out, put a scruple of fine Musk, letting it stand afterward in a viol of glass well stopped by the space of twenty or thirty days. Then shall you have a notable water.   

The third sweet water.  
TAke six pound of Damask rose water, a glass full of Malmsey, three pound of Damask rose leaves fresh and new, Lavender flowers, the flowers of green Spike, of each of them four ounces, the flowers of Cherfoyle or Cheruille, flowers of jasemine, the flowers or blossoms of olive trees, of each of them a pound and a half, the dry flowers or blossoms of Orange trees three ounces, of the dry pills of Citrons four drams, cloves a dram and a half, cinnamon, Storax calamita, bengewin, of each of them two scrupules, Nutmegs a scruple. Let all the said spices first be well beaten into powder, and then put all together into a viol well stopped by the space of ten days, than after let all be distilled in Balneo marry. And to the water that cometh out, add Musk, and Amber, of each of them a scruple and a half. You must keep it in the Sun and in some neat place.   

☞ The fourth sweet water.  
TAke Cloves well beaten in powder two drams, the powder of Sandalum citrinum, and Macaleb, of each of them a scruple, ten pound of Damask rose water, & the water of the herb that the Italians call Soltanella four pound, Lavender water a ponnde. Let all this be left together by the space of four days, and then put it in a Limbeck, and distell it, unto this water that cometh of it, let these spices following be put well beaten to powder, that is to say, Cloves, cinnamon, Bengewine, Storax calamita, of each of them half a dram: and then again distill it in Balneo Marie. finally you shall put to it Musk, and Amber, in all, half a scruple, and let the water be kept in a viol, or other vessel of glass well stopped.   

☞ The fift sweet water.  
TAke four pound of Damask rose water, Lavender water, Spike water, of each of them three ounces, the water of blossoms of Lemons, or Oranges, the water of the blossoms myrtle of a tree, blossoms of jasemin, of Maioram, of each of them half a pound, bengewin, Storax calamita of each a dram, Musk half a scruple. Mengle well all together, and keep it in viols well stopped two days.  
Then distill it in Balneo Marie, and keep the water in a vessel of glass, by the space of fifteen days in the Sun, and afterward reserve it for to serve your turn, when you will occupy it.   

☞ The sixth odoriferous water.  
TAke fresh flowers of rosemary two pound, Amber a scruple, three pound of the flowers of Oranges, Lemons and Citrons, all confusely together, which the French men call can de naphe, leave all together in some vessel well stoppte ten days. Then the water being distilled in Balneo Marie, let it be kept in a viol of glass very close and stopped.   

☞ The seventh sweet water.  
TAke of the foresaid water of Naphe, four pound, Damask rose water, two pound, with half a scruple of Amber. All these things being well mixed together, and put in a viol of glass well stopped, leave them in the Sun by the space of a month, and then keep them to occupy at your pleasure.   

☞ The eight odoriferous water.  
TAke four pound of Damask rose water, with six ounces of Lavender water, the flowers of jasemyn three pound, with half a scruple of fine Musk. Keep well all this together in a vessel well stopped, by the space of ten days: and after distill it in Balneo Marie, until all be come out. Then keep it in a viol of glass, for your use when you shall occupy it, and you shall find it a marvelous water.   

☞ The ninth sweet water.  
TAke the Pills of Oranges, and of green Citrons of each of them half an ounce, Cloves a scruple, the flowers of Spike newly gathered six ounces. All these things must be mixed together as afore is said, with six pound of Damask rose water: and after they have stand certain days in some covered vessel, you must still them in Balneo Marie. And the water that shall come of it will be very excellent.   

☞ The tenth odoriferous water.  
TAke two pound of the leaves of Damask roses, Macaleb half a dram, half a scruple of good Amber: and having first beaten that which is needful, set all upon hot ymbers two or three days: but before you distill it, you must let it steep ten days, in ten pound of the water of Damask roses, and so than distill it in Balneo Marie. The water of it must afterward be kept in the Sun the space of fifteen days.   

☞ Oil of Oranges very excellent.  
TAke a pound of sweet Almonds well peeled, the flowers of Lemons or Oranges, asmuch as you will, the which you shall divide into three equal parts: After this you shall lay the third part of the same flowers abroad upon a very white linen cloth in a sieve, strowing also abroad upon those flowers half of the said Almonds, the which you shall cover with another third part of the said flowers: And than the rest of the said Almonds, the which you shall cover finally with the rest of your flowers, so that the Almonds may evermore be in the middle of the flowers in the said sieve, & so leave them together by the space of six days, renewing and changing every day the flowers, and than the Almonds. This done, you shall beat the Almonds in a mortar, and press them in a fair white linen cloth, in a pressure, until there issue out a very clear oil, whereunto you shall add a little Civet, Musk, and Bengewine. afterward leave it in the son eight days, in some vessel well stopped.   

Oil of jasemine, and of violets.  
TAke sweet Almonds well peeled and brayed, the flowers of jasemyn as much as you will, and laying them rank upon rank, you shall leave them in some moist place ten days together or more, than take them away, and press out the oil in a pressoure: the virtue of the which oil serveth for divers things. In the like manner may you have oil of Violetes, and other flowers.   

Oil of Nutmegs very perfect.  
TAke Nutmegs, of the best you can find, and according to the quantity of the oil that you will have: and having cut them in small pieces, you shall put to them as much Malmsey as will cover them over in some vessel of glass or other, leaving them so the space of three days. Than take them out and set them to dry in some clean place, by the space of two days. Finally heat them at the fire, sprinkling them with rose water: Than press them as is before mentioned, in a pressure, and you shall have out of them an excellent oil good for many things, which must be kept in some clean vessel well stopped.   

Oil of bengewin very excellent.  
TAke six ounces of bengewin, well beaten into powder, the which you shall let dissolve a whole day in oil of Tartre, and Rose water, of each a pound: and than with a close pipe ye shall distill it thorough a Limbeck, and so keep it as a thing most excellent.   

Oil of Storax very excellent.  
IN like manner is made oil of Storax. Take Storax liquida, what quantity you will, and put it in Rose water two or three days, them distil it as the Bengewin was in the manner abovesaid. first there issueth out water, and then a very excellent and precious oil.   

Oil of Myrrh, good for them that have their flesh full of humours, and carrion lean, for to make it tractable, quick, natural, and strong.  
TAke Eggs hard roasted, and cut them in the mids, take away the yelke, and fill them up with Myrrh beaten into powder, and put them in some moist place, where the said Myrrh may dissolve into oil, by little and little. This oil maketh not only the face or other parts of the body soft and tractable, but also taketh away all Cycatrices and scars.   

The manner to make that oils shall never wax mouldy, nor putrefy.  
TAke for every pound of oil two grains of salt, one grain of the filing of copper or brass, as much roche alum as salt, and boil all the said things a letle together in Balneo marry: than strain it out, and let it stand eight days in the Son. And than keep such oil as long as you will, and fear not, for it will never diminish, putrefy, nor corrupt.   

❀ Powder of Iris.  
TAke Iris elect, what quantity you will, and after you have well beaten it into powder, steep it, and temper it also well with Rose water, and lay it than abroad upon a sieve covered. This done, take Storax calamita, and Bengewyn, of each of them half an ounce, beat them well into powder, and make thereof an infusion into a glass of Rose water, & having poured it under the said sieve well covered round about, ye shall afterward seethe it upon the embers. And so the Iris waxing clean and dry, receiveth the perfume of the other substances. This powder will be excellent to give an odour unto clothes or garments, & all other things.   

Powder of Violettes.  
TAke Iris, knops of Roses, of each a pound, pills of Citrons dry four ounces, Gylleflowers, Sandalum citrinum, dry Lavender, Coliander, of each of them two ounces, nutmegs an ounce, Maioram dried, Storax calamita, of each of them an ounce and a half, Bengewyn elect six ounces. Beat to powder and sift finely all the said things, and the powder shall be made: the which you shall keep in a viol of glass, well stopped that it take no vent.   

A white powder to put in little bags.  
TAke Saudalum Citrinum a quarter of an ounce, powder of the best Bengewin that may be gotten, Iris, of each of them an ounce, and boil them in Rose water enough: than take burned Alom and well sifted twelve ounces, let it lie in the said water and make pills, or little balls flat at both ends, of the bigness of peason or biggar, the which you shall dry in the shadow: and afterward beat them in to powder, and syft them again, and than it is made. But if you will have it musked, take Amber and Musk, each of them. xxiiii. grains, Ci●et xviij grains, & mixing all this together, fill with it little bags of linen cloth Taffeta, or other silk, the which you may lay among clothes, or other garments, a thing very excellent.   

Powder of Cypress.  
TAke a little herb that groweth and is found upon the stock or stump of walnuts or Oaks, which is like little hear, and must be gathered in Ianuarye and february, when the wether is dry, dry it, and than wash it with fair river or well water, and dry it once again in the shadow, and having washed it so three or four times, you shall put it in rose water by the space of an hour: After beat it into powder very small and sift it, but the sieve whereon you must strow the said powder must be always syrynkled a little with rose water, covering it well, to th'intent it take no manner of vent: And after this you must perfume it with these things following, that is to say: with Bengewyn, Storax calamita, of each of them two ounces, of the sweet perfume called Thymiama, a dram, Lavender half a dram, Lignum Aloe, a quarter of an ounce. Beat each thing by itself grossly, & than mingle them together, and divide them into four parts, whereof one part must be set upon the furnis in a vessel within the sieve leving it there till it be all consumed, & do so with all the four parts, until all the powder of the said perfume be burned. But you must take heed that the pan dish, or other vessel, wherein the said powders shall be put for to be brent, be set under the sieve, where your powder is, and that the sieve be well covered, that nothing vent out, so that the powder in the sieve may receive all the said perfume. Than after take an ounce of the said powder, and intermire with it by little and little, six grains of civet, and. xxvi. grains of fine Musk, well beaten together in powder. This powder must be kept in a viol or other vessel of glass very close, to th'intent it take no vent, and must also be set in a dry place. This is the most excellent powder that a man can make. It is very true that out of Cyprus and the east parts men bring to Venise certain round balls of a yellow colour, which they call Butri, of an I'll nigh unto Candy, called Butra, and say that it is Ox dung taken up in may, and divers times sprinkled and watered with rose water than dried, and finally made in to round balls, the which the parfumers do bray, and without any more parfuminge them in a sieve, they add unto it bengewin, Musk, and civet, more or less, according as they will make it good.   

☞ White musked Sope.  
TAke Soap scraped or grated, as much as you will the which (when ye have well steeped and tempe red in rose water) leave it eight days in the sun: Than you shall add to it an ounce of the water or milk of Macaleb, twelve grains of Musk, and six grains of Civet, and reducing all the whole into the form and manner of hard past, you shall make thereof very excellent balls.   

Another kind of odoriferous white Sope.  
TAke Venise Soap of the eldest you can find, the which you shall cut or scrape with a knife, and set it three days in the Son: And after having well brayed it, you shall dissolve it in a vessel leaded within, with a pound of good rose water, letting it boil with a small fire, than you shall put to it of the root of Iris, called Ireos, beaten into powder four ounces, Amylum six ounces, white Sandale two ounces, Storax liquida an ounce, Oil of Spike an ounce, and stirring it always with a stick, ye shall afterward let it cool again. And finally make balls of it, even as you wil   

☞ To make Damaskine soap musked.  
TAke a pound of the best Soap you can get, and after having grated or skraped it very small, take fine cinnamon, Nutmegs, Storax calamita, of each of them an ounce, lignum Aloes two drams, Bengewine perfit and thoroughly made two ounces, the powder of Viollettes an ounce. Having beaten well to powder all these foresaid things, you shall add unto them a dram of the powder of Cypress, a little Musk, and Civet: then steep and temper it in Rose water, and after leave it forty days in the Sun, in moving and stirring it often times. Than make balls of it, or little round loves, the which you must keep in boxes of wood with cotton, wool or bombase.   

☞ To get out the milk of Macaleb.  
Because the use of the milk of Macaleb hath been put in many compositions, as we have said, we will teach you the manner how to get it out, which shall be this. Take the Macaleb, which are little soot and odoriferous grains so called, the which you shall stamp in a mortar, with Rose water, or some other sweet water, until they be like a sauce, and having put them in a poke of linen cloth, you shall press the milk out of them in a pressoure, or between two little boards. Then bray again, with the said water, that which shall remain in the poke, and press it a new, until there issue no moor milk. But here I must advertise you, that this milk continueth not above two or three days: therefore you must immediately put it in effect and occupy it.   

☞ Powder of Civet very exquisite.  
TAke Sngre candy what quantity you list, and put it in a brazen mortar: and after you have well beaten it, add to it as much Civet as you will: and make thereof powder, the which you must keep always close.   

☞ A priucipall powder.  
TAke Damaskene Roses, Cipre Alexandrin, Sandalum citrinum, of each of them an ounce, Iris half an ounce, lignum Aloes, Calamus aromaticus, Galanga Bengewine, of each of them a grain and a quarter, you shall make of all this a very fine powder, and incorporate it well, keeping in a viol well stopped.   

☞ A white odoriferous powder.  
TAke Iris elect three ounces, white sandal two ounces, Damask roses, Lignum Aloes, Bengewyn, Cypre alexandrine, of each of them two ounces, Musk four grains, Civet three grains: beat them a part, and sift them: then incorporate them together in the same brazen mortar, that you did beat them in, and keep the powder of them in a viol well stopped.   

☞ A red powder.  
TAke Damask roses two ounces, Sandalium citrinum an ounce, lignum Aloes, Cypre alexandryn, of each of them a grain and half a quarter, Iris half a grain or more, Cloves a scruple, fine Musk three grains, Civet two grains, Amber two grains. Bray them and mix them together, and so keep them.   

☞ A black powder.  
TAke Cipri Alexandrini, lignum Aloes, of each of them half an ounce, Sandali citrini, Damask roses, labdaniterreni, of each of them a quarter, Cloves a grain, and a little more, Musk three grains, civet two grains, beat them in powder and keep them.   

☞ Powder of Cypre very exquisite.  
TAke a pound of the moss of an Oak, and wash it well in fair water, until the water remain clear: then lay it abroad upon a table in the Sun until it be dried: after, sprinkle or water it, with rose water: and having it left it so covered in a dish or platter, you shall lay it a broad again in a very hot Sun, when it is dry enough to beat, beat it in powder, and sift it finely almost all: You shall sprinkele or water this powder, with Musk rose water, and lay it abroad upon a great sarce, turned downward, good and thick, and some what course, under the which sarce, you shall make a perfume as followeth, covexinge it with a cloth, which be thus: Bengewine two grains and a quarter, Labdani half a grain and more, Storax calamita two carrettes, lignum Aloes half a grain and more, fine Musk half a grain. Beat all these things grossly, and after mix them together, then put by little and little the powder under the sarce in some pot shared, with a little fire in it, and cast it in as you would do Frankencese, staying at every time, until the first part, first cast in, be consumed. Now, all the said perfume being done, if you will make the said powder very fine and exquisite, unto every ounce add these things following, Bengewine a carrot, Musk four grains, Civet two grains, beat these by themselves very small and fine, and mingle them with the said ounce of powder, so that all may be well incorporated together: than keep it well, for it is notable and singular.   

☞ Another way to make it very perfect.  
TAke the recente and fresh dung of an Ox, and dry it in the Sun, or in an oven, than beat it, and sift it, sprinkle it well after with Rose water, and leaving it so in a vessel, the space of a day, dry it again in the Sun. And when it is dry, bathe it again with Rose water, and dry it again, and do so three or four times. The last time you shall water it or bathe it somewhat more than the other times, because it may cleave to the bottom of the vessel, which must be well leaded within, and very clean, after this you shall remove and stir it well, and perfume it with some perfume, that the other foresayed powder was perfumed with. Then having perfumed it divers times, you shall let it dry in the said vessel, taking heed also that it take no vent. And after it is well dried stamp it, and sift it a new again, and then keep it in some violle: and if you will make it very fine, take an ounce of the said powder, three grains of fine Musk, four grains and a half of Bengewine, two grains of civet, bray and incorporate all well together, and keep it.   

☞ A sweet and odoriferous powder, very excellent to lay in chests and coffers.  
TAke the buds of Roses as many as you will, and dry them in the shadow: than set them abroad when the son is most hottest in a clean vessel, putting to them such a quantity of Rose water as will bear them up, and stirring them well, leave them in the Sun (covered with a linen cloth) until it be hot. And when they be dry, & have drunk up all the rose water, take for every pound of Roses, ten grains of Musk, and a quarter of fine violets beaten small into powder, in putting to them by little and little of the said powder, and mixing well all together, until they begin to be incorporated: but before you put in the said powder, dreane and power out the water of the said vessel, that there remain not a drop in the bottom. This done, lay the said roses abroad in a basin of copper, or of brass, which is better, and let the said basin be plain and even, not inbossed, and set them in the Sun when it shineth most hottest, covering them over, so that nevertheless they may dry, than make a powder of them, and keep it. And if you will give a sweet odour or savour unto your garments, take the said Roses so dried before you beat them in powder, and put them in some little linen bag very fine, the which you may lay in your coffers, or where your apparel lieth.   

An odoriferous and sweet powder.  
TAke the buds of red Roses, and bray them in a mortar, as though you would have the juice out of them, than set them in a hot Sun, sprin klinge them with Rose water, and so water them and dry them again oftentimes, and than make of them a powder, the which you shall perfume with the powder of Cypre, as the other aforesaid, and keep it in a viol.   

Oil of bengewin.  
TAke Bengewine as much as you will, and lay it under a dunghill in a viol or glass well stopped (so that it take no vent) by the space of fifteen or twenty days: Than strain it, and keep it in a viol, for it is a singular and dainty oil.   

A very good and odoriferous powder, to carry about a man, or to lay in coffers.  
TAke fourteen ounces of roses newly dried, fine cloves, two drams, the seed of spike a dram, Storax, half an ounce, fine cinnamon half a dram. Bray them, and keep them in a viol well stopped, you may also put to them (if you will) two grains of fine Musk, Ligni Aloes half a dram.   

Balls against the pestilence or plague, which also give an adour unto all things  
TAke Storax, one part, Ladani one part, cloves half a part, Camphor at your discretion, but less than of any of the other substances, of spikenard a good quantity, and of Nutmegs also, of all this make paste with Rose water, in the which you shall temper Gomme dragant, and Gomme Arabike, stirring and bruising them well. Of this past you shall make balls to hold in your hands, and to smell to.   

A princely liquor.  
TAke Musk, Ambergrise, civet, of each of them four grains, bray all together, and incorporate it with a little oil of sweet Almonds, and make thereof a liquor, which you shall keep in a bessell of ivory well stopped, and use of it as you use Civet.   

Liquid and soft Soap of Naples.  
TAke strong lie, with two parts of the ashes of the wood of the tree called in latin Cerrus, which is a kind of tree like to a poplar, having a straight long stem bearing a kind of mast, rough without like a Chestin, and one part of quick time, and make it so strong that it may bear a new laid egg swiming between two waters. Take eight potfulles of this lie very hot, a potfull of deer's grease or suet well strained clean: mingle them and set them on the fire, but see that they seeth not. Put all in a great vessel leaded within having a large bottom, leaving it in Summer in the Sun, and stirring it four or five times a day with a stick, and note that you must set it in the day time in the sun, and the night time in the air abroad, so that it rain not, continuing thus the space of eight days. Let it ware as firm and as hard as you will, so that it remain nevertheless in the form of past, and the older it is, the better it will be. Than afterward take of this mass or past, as much as you will and put it in a vessel leaded, stirring it well with a stick, and add to the same as much fine Muskte Rose water as you will: keep it eight days in the Son, stirring it from time to time, as is aforesaid: and if it wax to hard, put Rose water to it, in such quantity, that it be neither to hard nor to soft, and fill as many little boxes with all, as you will.   

To make the said Soap musked.  
TAke fine Musk as much as you list, beat it well in a brazen mortar, putting to it Rose water somewhat warm, and having mixed them well together, put them in the vessel where your Soap is, mengling them well together, and let them stand a while, and than fill little boxes with it at your pleasure.   

A very excellent paste and sweet, made with Musk, which eaten causeth a sweet breath.  
TAke Gomme dragant steeped and tempered in Rose water, until it be soft & white, make thereof as it were paste, & take of it the bigness of a Hazel nut, bray it in a brazen mortar, putting to it a little powder of good Sugar, and half a grain of fine Musk, steeped and tempered in Rose water, mix all well together.  
And if you will have it better, put to it more Musk and Sugar, and than as much Mace beaten in powder as will lie upon a penny, and mix it again well together, than put to it a little of the meal or flower of Amylum beaten into powder: but it were better to put in red Sandal, well broken in sunder, indifferently, and to put it in by little and little, so much that a man may make of it convenient paste, the which you shall cut after your fantasy, and dry it in the shadow. And if you will have it of divers colours, add to it such colours well ground as you please. Provided that they be colours, wherein there is no poison or danger: you may also guilt or cover with silver the said pieces, as men do confitures, and they will be very good and of the best making.   

Another very excellent.  
TAke Gomme Arabike .v. ounces, fine Sugar four ounces. Amylum three ounces, and for each ounce of these foresaid things ten grains of fine Musk which will mount in the whole to a hundred and twenty grains, and than it will be perfect.   

Dentifrices or rubbers for the teeth of great perfection, for to make them clean.  
TAke powder of red Coral four ounces, of the shards of Galley pots two ounces, of cuttle bone an ounce, of a Pumeyse stone an ounce, cloves, cinnamon, and Mastic of each of them a dram, Pearls stamped half an ounce, Dragon's blood an ounce, fine Musk iii grains, stamp well the whole and syft it thorough a sarce, than mengle it well together and incorporate it with Gomme dragant tempered and steeped in Rose water, make all into dough or paste, and make thereof things to rub your teeth with, to make them white, wherewith you shall not only make them very fair, but also preserve them from putrefaction.   

Oil of Bengewin odoriferous.  
Put a pound of Bengewin well beaten in powder, into some short and wide vessel, so that you may put in your hand, than put to it two pound of Rose water, and mix all well together, and so cover it with a Limbeck or stillitory of glass, well bound with a linen cloth, and all the joints and sides well stopped. Give it at the first a little fire, until all the water be drawn out (and this is the water that we spoke of before,) and afterward increase your fire by little and little, and then you shall see the oil come out, and incontinent set under another clean recipiente to receive the oil, and make under it a great fire, to the intent that all the oil may come out, the which being all distilled, there will come forth a certain Gomme, like unto Manna, the which will be very good to keep. And when you will make sweet or odoriferous water, take a viol full of clean well water, and put into it a little of the said Gomme, and it will make it smell sweet, but you must stir it well. If you will have it better, take Rose water, and not well water.   

Oil of Storax calamita.  
TAke storax calamita as much as you will, with such a quantity of Rose water as pleaseth you, and put it in a large pot, not closing the joints or sides, but let the Limbeck be a little at one side, to the intent it may take air, and altar not the fire, but keep it according as you shall see shallbe needful. And when the oil cometh, change the recipient, and than make a greater fire, and receive the oil, and keep it, for it is a singular and dainty thing.   

To make oil of Labdanum.  
TAke fine Labdanum, and mundify it well, and do with it as you did with the Bengewine: But if you will have it otherwise, you may take as much as you will of it, and having broken it in small pieces, put it weet into a vessel of brass, putting to it a pound of Rose water, and half a pound of the oil of sweet Almonds, cover well the vessel with his cover, and stop it with linen clouts plastered over with clay or other matter, setting it so to dry: than afterward set it upon a little fire that it may boil fair and softly two or three hours. This done, you shall take it from the fire, and let it coal before you uncover it, than take it quickly out, and put it in a viol. And (to the end to preserve it the better) put to it a little roche Alom burned, or else a little Ambergryse. And when you will put it in the viol, you must put it in as clear as is possible.   

Oil of Nutmegs.  
TAke what quantity of Nutmegs you will, the which well broken into pieces in a mortar, you shall put it in a large or wide vessel, pouring upon them a little Aqua vite, so that the Nutmegs may be thoroughly wet. Let them stand so two or three days, in stirring them sometime, and turning them upside down, and see that the said vessel be well stopped, then add to it as much Rose water as will be above the Nutmegs, two or three fingers high, and cover them with the Limbeck, closing it well. Distill them at the first with a small fire, until all the water be come out: than change the recipient, and augment the fire, so much, till you cause the oil to distill out, and when you see that all is almost come forth, make your fire very great, and keep the said oil in a violle.   

Another manner.  
TAke a pound of Nutmegs, the which being well broken in pieces, you must put in a new vessel of earth well leaded within, than power upon them Malmsey, or some other wine, until they be all covered, and that the wine be above the Nuts two fingers high: After this you shall put to it at the least two pound of fresh butter, and mingle all together, stopping or covering well the vessel, and leave it in the heat of the Sun in some pan, or in some other hot place, by the space of four or five days, than boil it upon the hot coals with a small fire, until the wine be consumed, than power it thorough a new course linen cloth before it be cool. This done, set the oil certain days in the Sun, in a viol of glass, until the thick substance be descended to the bottom: Finally power it so again through a new course linen cloth, and put it in another vyolle, and so keep it.   

A very exquisite soap, made of divers things.  
TAke Aluminis catini three ounces, quick lime one part strong lie that will bear an egg swiming between two waters, three pottels, a pot of common oil: mengle all well together, putting to it the white of an Egg well beaten, and a dysshefull of the meal or flower of Amylum, and an ounce of Roman Vitriol, or red lead well beaten into powder, and mix it continually for the space of three hours, then let it stand, by the space of a day, and it will be right and perfit. finally, take it out, and cut it in pieces: after set it to dry two days, in the wind, but not in the sun. occupy always of this soap, when you will wash your head, for it is very wholesome, and maketh fair hear.   

☞ Soap with Cyvet.  
TAke of the said Soap as much as you will, and set it a while in the Sun in Rose water, putting to it the powder of Cyvette, and mixing it well. And if you add to it also Musk, it will be the better, so that the Musk have been before steeped and tempered in rose water.   

☞ Soap with divers sweet and excellent oils.  
TAke of the foresaid Soap, which hath stand a while in the Sun in Rose water, and put to it a little of the oil of Bengewine, or of some other odoriferous oil, and mix it well: but you must put in of the oils reasonably, neither to much nor to little, but with discretion, according to the quantity of the Sope.   

☞ Soap rosat.  
TAke fresh and recent roses well stamped, and incorporated them with the said Soap, as before, the which you may also dode at your pleasure of all other sorts of flowers.   

☞ White Soap of a good savour and odour.  
Having cut, after the manner of Damascus, in small pieces the oldest Soap that is possible to be found, you shall lay it abroad upon a table, in a place where it may dry, than having left it there, the space of eight and or ten days, you must after ward stamp it lightly or slenderly, and make thereof powder: and the same being sifted, you shall add to it four ounces of Ireos, upon ten pound of the said powder, white sandal three ounces, two ounces of Macaleb, an ounce of the meal or flower of Amylum and all well beaten into powder, you shall mix it with ten pound of the powder of the aforesaid Soap: then all being joined together, you shall put it in a mortar, with an ounce of Storax liquida and a walnut shelfull of the oil of Spike, and having well stamped it altogether, it shall be made. Then afterward make balls or square ●akes of it, as you will, with the meal or flower of Amylum: then dry in the shadow, and keep them, for it is a thing very excellent.   

☞ Perfect soap.  
TAke six grains of Musk tempered and steeped in good Rose water, four grains of Civet, reduced and beaten into powder, and mingle them with the said Soap, but the tempered or steeped Musk, must be hot, and by this means you shall have a very perfect Sope.   

Whole and massy black soap.  
TAke ten pound of the said powder of Soap well sifted, cloves four ounces, of good Mace two ounces, damask Macaleb, Cyperus which the apothecaries call juncus odoratus, Sandali Citrini, Storax liquida, of each of them an ounce, sweet oil as much as shall suffice: and having stamped that which ought to be stamped, make of it as is above said. But if you will have it more singular, put to it Musk tempered in Rose water, as afore, with a little Civet, after incorporate well all together, and make thereof balls or square cakes, or hearts, or such other forms, as you lust to muke yourself: then dry them in the shadow: and so shall you find them of a singular good odour and savour.   

☞ Damask perfume.  
TAke fine Musk four gains, civet two grains, Ambergris, fine Sugar, of each of them four grains, Bengewine a grain, of fat Storax calamita three grains, lignum Aloes two grains: beat them well into powder, and put all together in a little parfuminge pan, power into it as much Rose water, or the water of the flowers of Oranges, Citrons, and Lemons, all together, as will be two fingers high above the other drooges, in making under it a small fire that it may not boil, and when the water is consumed, you shall power in other: and having continued thus doing a certain number of days, you shall have an excellent Sope.   

☞ Another perfume of Damask.  
TAke Storax calamita, four ounces, Bengewyne four ounces, Labdanum lignum Aloes Cinnamon, of each of them an ounce, Sperma Ceti, a dram, Musk four scrupules, cloves, a dram, Rose water eight ounces, stamp them, and put them in the parfuming pan.   

☞ An excellent pomander.  
TAke xvi or twenty Pippins, or other sweet & melow apples, the which being pared and cut in quarters, you shall add to every quarter four or six Cloves, than put them in some vessel of earth well leaded within, with as much Rose water, as will cover them over. Then cover them with a trencher, or some other clean thing letting them so stand one whole day. And after power them all in some new vessel well leaded, putting to it four pound of fresh hogs suet, well taken from the flesh and skin cut very small, and well chopped with a knife: make urder it a small fire that it burn not, than in straining it out, you shall make it drop into some vessel of fresh and clear water, and so purify the grease three or four days, keeping it in the same vessel, and changing often times a day the said water: for the oftener you change it, the better you shall purge the grease.  
Than take out the said seyme, the apples and the rose water together, and take the fat out of the vessel, dreaninge it well, and adding to it spikenard, with two ounces of Cloves, an ounce of cinnamon, a quarter of sandalum citrinum, an ounce of bengewin, and as much of storax calamita. Bray all these kinds together, and put it in a fine linen cloth, in manner of little purses: but let the cloth be some what large, and bind it well that the said kinds scatter not abroad among the grease. Then make it boil with a little fire, far of from the flame or leyt, or set before it some tile or brick letting it boil so fair and softly, four or six hours, until all the rose water be vanished away, which may be proved in this manner. Put a little stick down to the bottom of the vessel, and pluck it out again quickly, and put it in the fire: and if it burn without any noise, it is a token that there is no moor water: but tart until it be all well consumed, stirring it sometime, to the intent it burn not to, or smell of the burning. Beware also of the smoke, for if it take once the savour of it, you can never get it out, & when all is well sodden, take eight ounces of white Wax, and put it in the said vessel, mixing all together, and let it so melt with the said substances, the which you must now and then stir. This done take it from the fire, letting it stand and rest a quarter of an hour, that is to say: until the gross substance be descended to the bottom: then power it fair and softly thorough two new course linen clothes, into a vessel well leaded within, wherein must be two dishefull of Rose water: but take here of pressing it, so that the lees come not out into the same vessel (but into another) for it would be somewhat red. Let it so cool until the next morning, and when it is solid, hard, and massy, denied it into four parts, and put it into a round vessel leaded, stirring it well with a pestle, adding to it by little and little good and fine Muskte rose water, and so stir it until it be well incorporated. Now, if in case you see that it doth not well incorporate together, set it a little upon the fire, and when it is hot, power, rose water upon it, stirring it well about, until it wax very fine and thin, but take good heed to the fire. And so keep it in new and clean vessels.   

Another Pomaunder.  
TAke Pippins or other like melowe Apples, and lay them upon a tile for to bake in an Oven, them take out the core and the kernels, and make them clean within, brayenge and breaking the rest, and strain it through a fine canuesse or straynour. This done, take as much fat or grease of a kid as you have Apples, and strain it likewise, boiling it all together in a new vessel well leaded, until the rose water be consumed: than add to it Musk, Cloves, Nutmegs and such like substances of a reasonable quantity, according to your discretion: provided always that they be well brayed and broken in pieces, as is above said, and boil them in the like manner aforesaid, then strain them and keep them.   

Another Pomaunder.  
TAke fresh barrows grease & put it in a new vessel, with rose water underneath, & whiles it melteth in the same, you shall take out that which is melted, to th'end it smell not of the fire, than put it in cold water the space of ten days, raising, and lifting it up every day ix or ten times, & stirring it at each time changing always the water. Than take of the said Apples, & purify them clean of their kernels, cutting them in quarters not pared: this done, lay them three days to steep in Musk rose water: take also fifteen Cloves stieped a day in cold water often times renewed, and putting them after in a fine linen cloth, boilinge them in rose water with a small fire, the space of an hour: than having well scummed away all the ordure and filth, put in three ounces of white Wax, and make it seeth a little, and after strain it into a new vessel well leaded, leaving it so all a night. This done, you shall take out all the white Pomaunder, and because there will remain a little ordure in the bottom, you shall put it in mortar with rose water, & stir it: the more you do sever it a sunder in stirring it, and put rose water to it, the more shall you fine it: but you must see that the mortar be clean. Than take the tallow or grease of a young barrowe, and steep it in cold water, leaving it so the space of four days, but you must often change the water, and purify the said grease well of all the little skins that is in it, veins, and gristles.  
Take likewise twenty of the foresaid Apples, and for each Apple put in three or four Cloves, and having divided the Apples in four quarters cores and all, stamp them a little. Than take the said tallow or grease and put it in fine rose water, until the said water be consumed, and after you have boiled it fair and softly, put in the said Apples stamped, and make them boil, adding to it a little fine cinnamon, spikenard, Nutmegs, and other spices, such as you think good. And when it hath boiled enough, strain it thorough a linen cloth, into some clean vessel. It should be well done to put to it a little calves tallow well purified in the manner aforesaid. And when it is sodden and strained, mix all togethers and put it in a clean vessel, it is a very exquisite thing.   

Excellent hippocras.  
TAke an ounce of cinnamon, of Ginger ii dragms Melligetta three drams, Cloves two deniers, Nutmegs, Galanga, of each of them a denier, stamp all, and put it in a ielley bag or strainer, than take a pint of the best red or white wine you can get, or a pint of good Malmsey or other strong wine, mix well all togethers, than take a pound of Sugar fined, and having stamped it, put it into the other wine, and so pour it upon the strainoure, wherein you did put the said wine with the spices, than having taken it out, you must pour it on again, so often until it become as clear as it was before, stirring it sometime in the strainer or bag: and here note that this is to make but a flagon full. Wherefore, if you will have more, you must take a greater quantity of the said things. And for to make it very excellent, you may bind a little Musk in a fine linen cloth at the end of the strainer, so that all the substance may pass over and upon it, the which by that mean will receive the odour and sent of the said Musk.   

☞ To make little cusshins of parfumed Roses.  
TAke buds of red Roses, their heads and tops cut away, dry them in the shadow upon a table, or a linen cloth: water & sprinkle the said buds with Rose water, and let them dry, doing this five or six times, turning them always to th'end they wax not vinewed or mouldy: than take the powder of Cipre, Musk and Amber made into powder, according as you would make them excellent, for the more you put in of it, the better they shall be: put to it also Lignum Aloes, well beaten in powder. Let the said powder be put with the buds wit with rose water Musk, mixing well the buds together with the powder, to th'end that all may be well incorporated, & so shall you leave them so all a night, covering them with some linen cloth or Taffeta, that the Musk may not breath or rise out. The which thing done, take finally little bags of Taffeta, of what bigness you will, and according to the quantity of the buds that you would put among all the powder. Than close up the bags, and for to stop up the seams, you must have your mixtion of Musk, Amber, and civet, made as it were to sear with, wherewith you shall rub all a long the seams, to stop the holes made with the needle in sowing: You may also sow some ribande (of gold, or silk, or of what you will) over the said seams. These be the best that a man can make: and (as I have said) the more Musk, Amber, Civet, and Aloe you put in, the better they will be. If you will make them with less cost, take such buds as are spoken of before, prepared and ordered in the same sort, and in steed of Musk and Amber, put in the powder of Cloves, cinnamon, Irios, and a little Mace, observing such a manner of parfuminge the buds, as before.   

Matches or little lights of a very good odour.  
TAke of Camphor an ounce, of white encens two ounces, beat them into powder, and make thereof little round Apples, or balls with a little wax, than put them in a vessel with rose water, and light them with a candle, and they will give a fair light, and a very good savour.   

A composition of Musk, Civet, and Ambergrise.  
TAke a dram and a half of good Amber, and bray it upon a Porphyre stone with oil of jasemin, first alone, and than a little with Musk, as much as shall suffice. This done, add to it Damask roses, and Bengewin, of i'the of them an ounce, Irios' a dram and a half: All these things beaten in powder, and strained or sifted, you shall bray with a dram of civet, until they be brought into the form and manner of an ointment. This done, keep it in a Horn, or vessel of glass well closed.   

☞ A perfume for a Chamber very excellent.  
TAke Storax Calamita, Bengewine, Ligni Aloes, of each of them an ounce, coals of Willow well beaten into powder .v. ounces. These things mixed with Aquavite, as much as will suffice to make paste, make thereof little cakes, or other forms what you will, and so keep them. And when you will use or occupy of it, put it into the fire, for in consuming, little and little, it will make a singular good odour in the place where you burn it.   

Soap of Naples.  
TAke dears grease, or the Tallow of a Cow, or young Calf, or of a Kid a pound, put it in a vessel of earth well leaded: and after you have well strained it, put upon it, with discretion to much nor to little, of Soap makers lie, the first, best, and strongest of three sorts that they use, called the master lie, and keep the said grease in the heat of the Sun, mi●ynge it well there, and like wise in the night abroad in the air: but take heed that there come no water to it. When you see that it is somewhat dry, put to it again as much as shall need of the second and third lie, mixed together which Soap makers use: Rub a little upon your hand being clean, and if it make a froth, it is a token it is made.   

perfume for a Lamp.  
TAke Ligni Aloes a quarter, Begewine an ounce, Storax calamita half an ounce, Musk a scruple, ambergris half a scruple, Rose water enough. You shall put all these things well beaten to powder into the Lamp.   

A short perfume.  
TAke a glassful of Rose water, Clones well beaten in powder, a penny weight: than take the fire pan, and make it red hot in the fire, and put thereon of the said Rose water with thesayd powder of Cloves, making it so confume, by little and little, but the rose water must be musk, and so you shall make a perfume of excellent good odour.   

☞ An odoriferous perfume for chambers.  
TAke Thymiama a pound, Storax liquida two ounces, Storax calamita three ounces, Labdanum an ounce, coals of Willow and Tracagantum asmuch as you will: but steep or temper the powder of the coals, and the Tracagantum with rose water, and let it lie so three days a steep in the same water, and then make thereof passed.   

☞ A very good perfume for to trim gloves with little cost, and yet will continue long.  
FIrst let the gloves bec great, and of good thick leather, to the which you shall give a little Civet all along the seams: Than wash them in rose water, twice or thrice, pressing them hard: this done, take two parts of rose water, one part of the water of the blossoms of myrtle tree, mingle them together: adding to it two parts of the water of the flowers of Oranges, Lemons, & Citrons, called of the Frenchmen, can de nafe, and wash them so long therewith, that they savour no moor of the leather: then lay them in a platter, and leave them there covered with the said water, & pouldered over with the powder of Cypress, by the space of a day or twain. This done, take them out, and press them a little, and so dry them in the shadow. When they be half dry, give them a little Civet in this wise: put asmuch Civet as you shall think good in a dish, with a little oil of jasemyne, that is not old, the which you shall make to dissolve before the fire: than anoint therewith the gloves within side, and rub them well between your hands chafing them at the fire, until you think that the civet be pierced and gone thorough them, and leave them so a while. Then after rub them well with a cloth, to the end the Civet may pierce the better, and the gloves wax soft: then draw and stretch them out abroad, leaving them so the space of a day, and when you shall think they be humyde and moist, enlarge them, and blow them, and puff them up: leave them so until they be half dried. Than take good perfume to burn, & hold them over the smoke of the said perfume, to the end that it may pierce and go into the inner parts of the gloves. and parfume them within side. This shall you do thrice a day, the space of twenty days, weating them at each time with a little parfumed water, & wrapping them with some white linen cloth: than take Musk, and Amber as much as you will, and put it in a tin platter, with oil of jasemine, or Bengewine, or some other oil: let them well dissolve at the fire, with a little perfumed water, than anoint them with a pencil on the out side, and not within: anoint also the seams with Civet, and lay them certain days among dried roses. Finally, lay them for the space of three or four days between two matresses: than will they be excellent, as if it were to present an emperor withal.   

☞ A very exquisite Civet to perfume gloves, and to anoint a man's hands with.  
TAke three pound of white wine, the tallow or grease of a Goat, sheep, or Kid, a pound: boil all together with a small fire upon the embres or coals, in a covered pan, than take them from the fire, and when it is cool again, put them in a platter with clear water, and wash them well five or six times: and put them again in clear water all a night. This done, take a pound of rose water: two pound of white wine: & with this boil the grease upon the coals with a small fire, until one half be consumed: than take sweet navews, & roast them under the ashes, but burn them not. And for each pound of grease, take half a pound of the inner white of the said navews, and boil it in rose water, the space of half an hour, than strain it, and put it into a mortar with oil of jasemin, or of Citrons or such like, or else with a little Camphor: After this you shall take a dish or the bottom or foot of a glass, wet within with rose-water, wherein you shall make the form and fashion of the civet, adding to it first of all three ounces of Ceruse, well beaten in powder for every pound of tallow or grease, and it will be an excellent and princely thing.   

Oil of Roses and flowers, very perfect.  
TAke the seed of Million well mundified and stamped, and lay them by ranks or by beds, with the flowers of Roses, by the space of viii days, then take a little linen bag wet in Rose water, or in the water of other flowers, in the which bag you shall put the seed: and having well bound it, put it in a pressure, and press out the oil, which will be very precious, and the which you must keep always close.   

Oil of Cloves very noble.  
TAke Almonds mondified and made clean with a knife, and broken in pieces, steep or temper them in Rose water, than dress them in this manner. Take Cloves stamped, and temper or lay them in Rose water, & cover the vessel diligently, leaving them so until the water have taken the virtue of the Cloves: put also the Almonds in the said water, and leave them there until they be swollen with the water. And after you have taken them out and dried them in the Sun, lay them in the water again to swell, and afterward let them dry well as before, continuing thus .v. or vi times: Then put them in a press, and press out the oil, which you shall keep in a clean vessel well stopped, In this manner may you make oil of Musk, of Amber, of Bengewin, of Storax calimita, of Aloe, of cinnamon, of Mace, and of Nutmegs. You may make them also in divers sorts, and put to them Aqua vite.   

☞ To make an excellent perfume to perfume Chambers, garments, Coue●lettes, Sheets, and all other things, belonging to any Prince.  
TAke pills of Citrons dried in the shadow, and if you can not get of Citrons, take of Lemons, or Oranges, or if you can get none of these, take the leaves of Roses either green or dried, according to the season of the year: and whatsoever is of all these things abovesaid, you must occupy it whole or by small pieces, and not in powder. And when you will make the perfume, take of the said pieces as much or as many as you will, and annoyncte them well with civet on every side: after lay them upon some coals in the mids of the Chamber, or some corner, as you lift, this will give a very pleasant and precious odour throughout all the Chamber. If you will yet make it better, you may put with the Civette, Musk, and Ambergrise, as much as you will: and if you desire to make it with less cost, and yet nevertheless very good, take Rose water of the flowers of Oranges, or such other odoriferous and sweet water, with Oil of jasemin, or of Cloves, or such like at your pleasure, with the which you shall temper and steep Storax calamita, and a little Lignum Aloes, if you have any, if not, you shall do well enough without it: add to it as much Civette as you will, and make a liquor thereof as thick as sau●ce, wherewith you shall anoint the Citron or Orange pills: than lay them so upon the coals, and it will be an excellent thing, and continue twice as long as it would do, if you burned the odours without the pills, and besides that it maketh the perfume to dure longer, they make also the composition far better and perfecter. If with the said perfume you would perfume linen clothes, Sheets, or other like things, make it in this manner. Put the linen, and things that you will have parfumed, in a coffer, that hath no chinks, cliffs, chaps, crests, holes, or is broken, whereby the smoke may have issue out. You must range and lay your linen and other things on each side of the coffer, leaving a place in the middle to set a little pan, or other vessel with fire in it, and the said pills to perfume them, you may also lay clothes upon the lined of the coffer. This done, you must set in the middle the little vessel with coals, and also the pills: and having shut the coffer, you must let all the perfume burn out, not opening the coffer of long time after. And having thus tar●ed, open the coffer, and turn your linen and other things, to the end to perfume them on the other side that is not parfumed, and put in new perfume, doing as before, you shall find this of a great excellency, so that the coffer itself shall be so well parfumed with it, that all that you put afterward in it, shall savour of it. And if you will, you may also perfume in the said coffer other little coffers for handkerchiefs, and other things, as little cusshy●s, and bags of Roses, which are parfumed also with out side, being kept in the coffers, for they give always an odour and savour to things that you put in them.   

☞ Round apples or balls to take ou● spots of oil 〈◊〉 grease.  
TAke purgine Soap, or soft Soap, and incorporate it with the ashes of vines finely sifted, as much of the one as of the other, than put among the said▪ powder roche alum burned, and the dry lose of ●yne well beaten into powder, incorporate well all together, and make thereof little round Apples or balls: which you may use to take out spots of any garment.   

☞ To make a paste for sweet ●eades or Beadestones.  
TAke a pound and a half of black earth well beaten into powder, four ounces of Gomme dragant, and lay it a steep, or temper it in a mortar, with as much Rose water as will cover the earth with the said Gomme dragant, and stamp it well by the space of half an hour, with these sweet things following. That is to say: Storax calamita, an ounce, powder of Cloves half an ounce, Labdanum, half an ounce, cinnamon half an ounce, Sandalum Citrinum, half an ounce: beat all into powder very finely, and mix all together with the foresaid passed, than take it out of the mortar, and bray it well between your hands, by the space of half an hour. And than you may make thereof Beads or Beadestones.  
☞ The end of the second book.    

THE Secrets of the reverend Master Alexis of Piemount.  
THE THIRD BOOK.  

A goodly secret for to condite or confyte Oranges, Citrons, and all other fruits in syrup, which is a notable thing.  
TAke Citrons, or other fruits, and cut them in pieces as you will, taking out of them the juice or substance that is within them: than boil them in fresh water about half an hour, until they be tender, and as soft as you would have them. And when you have taken them out, cast them in cold water, leving them so until night. After this you shall set them again to the fire in other fresh water, and do but only heat it in that water with a small fire, for it must not seethe, nor be to hot: but let it only simper a little, you shall continue thus eight days together, heating them every day in hot water, and putting them again at night in cold water. Some heat the water but once a day, to th'end not to make the citrons to tender, but change the fresh water at night to take out all the bitterness of the pills, the which being taken away, you must take sugar, or clarified honey and prepared (as we will declare afterward) wherein you must put the citrons, having first well dried them from the water. In winter you must keep them from the frost, leaving them two or three hours in a place meet for the purpose: and in Summer you shall leave them there all a night, and a day, and a night in honey. Than boil the honey or sugar again by itself, without the Oranges or Citrons, by the space of half an hour or somewhat less, with a small fire, and being cooled, set it again to the fire with the Citrons, continuing so two mornings to the end to bring the honey to his perfection, according as need shall require. If you will put honey in the water, and not Sugar, you may clarify it twice, and strain it thorough a stramer, according to the art and manner, that hereafter I will teach you, to the end you may have perfectly the use and fashion of making all such things. Now, having thus warmed and clarified it, you shall strain it, and set it again on the fire, with the Citrons only, making it to boil with a small fire, the space of a quarter of an hour: than take it from the fire, and let it stand and rest, at every time you do it, a day and a night. The next morning you shall boil it again together, the space of half an hour, and do so two mornings, to the end that the Honey or Sugar may well and perfectly be incorporated with the Citrons. All the art and cunning consisteth in boiling this cyroppe together with the Citrons, and also the cyrope by itself. Wherefore he that hath no skill in the boiling of it, will quickly let it take the smoke, so that it shall savour of the fire: but he that can trim it well, it is an exquisite and pleasant thing. In this manner may all other fruits be dressed: as ripe Peaches with the in side and skin, Lemons, Oranges, apples, green walnuts, lettuce, well made clean, and voided of their great leans, and other things like, all the which you must boil, as is aforesaid: but some more some less, after as need shall be, and according to the nature of the fruit. So shall you make always a good perfit, and durable thing.   

☞ The manner how to purify and prepare honey and sugar for to confite Citrons and all other fruits.  
TAke every time ten pound of Honey, the white of twelve new laid eggs, and take away the froth of them, beating them well together with a stick, and six glasses of fair and fresh water: then put them into the Honey, and boil them in a pot with a moderate fire, the space of a quarter of an hour, or somewhat less, than take them fair and sofetlye from the fire, scumming them well, and pass them so hot thorough a strainer: for it shall be the fairer, and the clearer, for any thing that you will occupy or use it about. Having thus ordered it, take for six pound of Citrons, twelve pound of Honey. The Sugar is also ordered and dressed in like sort as the Honey is: but if you will con●ite Citrons with Sugar, you must note this difference, that for two pound of Citrons, you shall put but ix of Sugar, for to confite them, so that they may be kept all the year. This is, because the honey maketh a great deal moor scum and froth, than the sugar doth, and therefore you must put the third part moor of Honey. In keeping this proportion, you can not fail to do it well.   

☞ To confite peaches after the Spanish fashion.  
TAke great and fair peaches, which you shall pill and make clean, and cut them in pieces, and so lay them abroad upon a table fair and clean in the Sun by the space of two days, turning them ever at night, and in the morning, and put them hot into a juleppe of Sugar, well sodden and prepared as is aforesaid. And after you have taken them out, set them again in the Sun, turning them often until they be well dried. This done put them again into the julep, and then in the Sun, until they have gotten a fair bark or crust, as you will have them, and this shall you do three or four times: then being thus prepared, you may keep them in boxes for winter, for it is a sovereign thing.   

☞ To make Conserve or Confiture of Quinces, called in Latin Cotoneatum, Cydoniatum or Cydonites, as they do in Valence, which also the Genoese do use.  
TAke Quinces, and purify them, and when you have taken out the kernels, seeth them in fair & fresh water, so much, until they open and break, then strain them through a clean strainer, that there remain nothing in the said strainer, but only the hardness of them, that is to say: the skin the kore and such like. For eight pound of the said strained substance, you must put three pound of fair and fine Sugar: and taking a vessel of tin fair and large in the bottom, you shall mingle the Quinces with the Sugar: and then set them to boil with a little fire, stirring them with a broad sklyse of wood, until all be well sodden, which if you will know, look when all shall leuse itself, and cleave no more to the said vessel, for than it is sodden to his perfection, and shall be time to take it of. And if you put to it any Musk, stamp it with a little Sugar, as much as you will, & cast it into the said vessel, stirring it always with your sklyse of wood. If you will add spices to it, put in cinnamon, Cloves, Nutmegs, and Ginger, as much as you will, boiling the Musk with a little Vinagre. This done, with the broad sklyse lay of this confection of Quinces upon a table, where first you must have sifted and strewed Sugar, and so make round, broad or long pieces, as you will with the circle of a boar, of what greatness you list: then set them in the Sun until they be thorough dry. And when they have stand a while, turn them up side down: making them always a bed of lifted Sugar both under and above. Then turn them still in the said Sugar, and dry them in the Sun, so long until they have gotten a fair white crust of Sugar. Better comfits of quinces, sweeter, or heartier than this, a man can not make. In like manner may you dress and trim peaches, Pears, and other kinds of fruits: A thing of great singularity.   

☞ To make a paste of sugar, whereof a man may make all manner of fruits, and other fine things, with their form, as platters, dishes, glasses, cups, and such like things, wherewith you may furnish a table: and when you have done, eat them up. A pleasant thing for them that sit at the table.  
TAke gomme dragant, as much as you will, and steep it in Rose water, until it be mollified. And for four ounces of Sugar, take of it the bigness of a Bean, the juice of Lemons a walnut shell full, and a little of the white of an egg: but you must first take the gum, and beat it so much with a pestle in a mortar of white marble, or of brass until it become like water, then put to it the juice with the white of the egg, incorporating well all together. This done, take iiii. ounces of fine white sugar, well beaten to powder, and cast it into the mortar by little and little, until all be turned into the form of paste. Than take it out of the laid mortar, and bray it upon the powder of sugar, as it were meal or flower, until all be like soft paste, to the end you may turn it and fashion it which way you wil When you have brought your paste to this form, spread it abroad with cinnamon, upon great or small leaves, as you shall think it good: and so shall you form and make what things you will, as is aforesaid. With such fine knacks as may serve a table, taking heed that there stand no hot thing nigh unto it. At the end of the banquet they may eat all, and break the platters, dishes, glasses, cups, and all things: for this paste is very delicate and saveurous. If you will make a thing of moor finesse than this, make a tart of Almonds stamped with sugar, and rose water, of like sort that march pains be made of. This shall you lay between two pastes of such vessels or fruits, or some other thing as you think good.   

☞ To make a confection of Melons or Pompones.  
TAke what quantity of Melons you will, and take them before they be full ripe, but let them be good, & make as many cuts in them as they be marked with quarters on every side, & having mondified them, taken out their kernels, and peeled of the utter rind, steep them in good vinaigre, leaving them so by the space of ten days: and when you have taken them out, take other Vinagre, and steep them a new again, other ten days, removing and stirring them every day: than when time shall be, take them out, and put them in a course linen cloth, drying and wiping them well. Finally set them in the air the space of a day and a night, than boil them in honey, and by the space of ten days give them every day a little bubbling or boilinge, leaving them always in the honey: and let them boil at each time only but one wawme. Then take the said pieces, & put them in what kind of vessel you will, and take these spices following, the powder of Cloves, of ginger, of Nutmegs, & of cinnamon, whereof you shall make spices, this done, make one bed or rank of the pieces of melons, & another of the spices: than take fine white honey, and pour it upon them in the said vessel.   

☞ To make Melons and Pompones sweet and very delicate.  
TAke fine sugar, and dissolve it in water, than take the seeds of a Melon, and cleave them a little on the side, that sticketh to the melon, and put them in the sugared water, adding to them a little Rose water, leave the said seeds so by the space of three or four hours, and then take them out, and you shall see that as soon as the said seed is dry, it will close up again. Plant it, and there will come of it such Melons as the like hath not been seen. And if you will give them the savour of Musk, put in the said water a little Musk, and fine cinnamon. And this may you do also with the seeds of Pompones and Cucumbers.   

To confyte orange pills, which may be done at all times of the year, and chief in may, because than the said pills be greater and thicker.  
TAke thick Orange pills cut in four or vi pieces, and sti ep them in water the space of ten or xii days. You may know when they be steeped enough, if you hold them up in the sun and see thorough them, for than they be steeped enough: and if you cannot see thorough them, let them yet steep until you may: than afterward lay them to dry upon a table, and than between two dry linen clothes. Moreover put them in a kettle, or vessel leaded, adding to it as much honey as will half cover the said pills, more or less as you shall think good. Boil them a little, stirring them always and than take them from the fire, least the honey seeth to much, for if it should boil but a little more than it ought to boil, it would be thick and massife. Let it than stand & rest four days in the said honey, stirring and mengling well every day the said Oranges and honey together. For, because there is not honey enough to cover over all the orange pills, you must stir them well & oftentimes, to th'end they may all equally receive of the honey. This shall you do three times, giving them one bublinge or boilinge at each time, and so let them rest and stand iii days as we have said. Finally you shall strain or dreane them from the said honey, and boil them in as much other honey as you shall think will suffice, and after you have let them boil the space of a Credo, take them from the fire, and bestow them in vessels, putting to them of the best spices you can find, as Ginger, Cloves, and cinnamon: mix all well together, and you shall have made an excellent thing. And note, that the honey that shall remain, will be still good for to dress and trim other Oranges, or other things withal.   

To confyte walnuttes.  
first take walnuts when they be little & green, with the pill or husk and all, and make in them iiii little holes, or more, than stiep them in water xi days, or more or less: make them clean and boil them in honey, as the foresaid Oranges, but make them seeth four times as much. And note that the honey is always good, but you must oftentimes put in fresh, because it consumeth. Finally you shall dress them with spices, as the Oranges, but put not many cloves to them for they will make them to bitter.   

To confyte Gourds.  
TAke the neck of the Gourd and cut it in long pieces, as you think good, and power upon them boiling water, and do so xi mornings, but you must have peeled them finely; and taken away the inner part that serveth for nothing. This done, seeth them in a kettle until they be neither to much nor to little boiled, but even hole and massive not broken: than dry them upon a table in the shadow the space of two days, and after wipe them clean piece by piece, with a linen cloth, & do with them as with the Oranges.   

To confite cherries.  
TAke cherries and leave them a day in the sun than take out the stones, and set them in the sun again three days: after this seeth them as we have said of the Oranges: but you must leave them in honey xu days, and by the fire iii days, so that they may only be kept warm, to th'end they savour not of burning, or of the fire. And after you have well mixed and incorporated all, you shall put them in honey with spices. All these confitures may dure many years, so that you refresh them with other honey boiled a little, when they be diminished.   

❀ To make little morsels as they use in Naples, an exquisite thing, for they be very savorous, do comfort the stomach, and make a sweet breath.  
TAke three pound of fine sugar, the flower of meal vi pound, of cinnamon three ounces, Nutmegs, ginger, pepper, of each of them balfe an ounce, but let the quantity of the pepper be greater than of the residue, raw white honey, not clarified, three ounces. first make a round cycle with the said flower, in the middle whereof, you shall put the Sugar, and upon it a pound of Musk Rose water, bray and break well all these things with your hands, so long, until you feel no more Sugar. This done, you shall put in the said spices, and than the honey, mixing well all together with your hand. After this mengle it again among the flower, & keep some of it to flower the tile or other things that you must bake it upon. And when all is well brought and made into past, you shall cut the little morsels in sunder with your hands, making each of them three ounces weight, or there about, than turn and make them in to the form of a fish, dressing them with your instrument meet for the same purpose. Than heat your oven and lay them upon little tiles of copper or earth, making first upon the tiles a good thick bed of flower, you must bake them the mouth of the oven open, keeping evermore a fire at one of the sides of the mouth of the oven, ye must also touch them often times, to see if they be baked enough, and whither they hang sure, and hold together between your fingers: You may also bake them in the fire in ovens of copper covered, such as tarts be made in, then when you have taken them out you must gilt them.  
☞ The end of the third book.    

THE Secrets of the reverend Master Alexis of Piemount.  
THE FOURTH BOOK.  

☞ An odoriferous and precious water, wherewith a man may wet or bathe any linen cloth, to wipe or rub his face, which will make the flesh white and well coloured: and the more a man rubbeth his face with it the fairer it is, and also continueth vi months: 〈◊〉 thing experimented and proved yea, and it for a queen.  
TAke a pound of roche alum, washed and burned, Malmsey two glasses full, passed of Borax vi ounces, white Gomme dragant a pound, Gomme arabic three ounces, stiep all in the Malmsey, by the space of two natural days, mingle it with two pots of goats milk, and stop it well that it take no vent: than take nine ounces of Sublimatum, and set it to burn or calcine in an unyelded pot, well closed up in a furnayse, and two pound of Ceruse of Alexandria, prepared in this manner. Lap it up with the white of an egg, in some linen cloth, and boil it in sweet lie, until the third part be diminished: than mix all these things well together. This done, take two pound of raw white Honey, three pound of terebentine of Alexandria, three glasses of stilled vinegar, Ginger stamped vi ounces: boil all with the said vinegar, untyil there be but two glassesfull left. Than take iii ounces of fine myrrh elect, & put it upon the said things: after this take two ounces of litarge or white lead of silver well beaten into powder, and boil it in iii glasses full of good vergeous or white wine, until the third part be diminished: than with a little cane, read, or stick, mix or stir well all the said things together, in some vessel, the space of vi hours. finally, put into the same about fifty snails out of their shells & made clean, an ounce of Camphor, a good fat hen flawen and broken into small pieces, without washing her, two Oranges without their pills, kernels, or the little skin within the pill xii Lemons ordered likewise, or else the juice of them, which will consume the said snails, and all will wax like paste. This done, take the white of xxv eggs new laid, hard roast, with the which you must incorporate six ounces of cinnamon, and a certain quantity of sugar candy, and put all together in a viol into the bathe or baine, and still it. The first water that shall come of it, will be white, the second yet whiter, which you shall receive a part by itself, and the third very white. Then mingle the first with the last, and distill it again, and keep it, for it is good: yet not so good as the second, which is very excellent above all things in the world, and that must serve for the visage or face. If you will dress or trim handkerchiefs with it, as is above said, take what handkerchiefs you will, so that they be not very fine, & lay them in a platter, and power upon them as much water as will cover them, leaving them so the space of six hours, than having taken them out, and hanged them up, in such sort, that the water may drop out of them into the same platter, ye shall let them so dry, then bathe or wash them again, as before, other vi. hours, drying them again, and so vii times. Than shall you have an excellent thing.   

☞ To make a water that will make a white and pale person well coloured.  
TAke white Pigeons, and fatten them with pineapple kernels, the space of xu days, and than kill them: and having cast away the head, the feet, and the guts, with all the garbage, distill them in a limbeck with half a loffe of Succarine Alom, three hundred leaves of fine silver plate, five hundred of gold foil, and the crumb of four white loves steeped or weated in almond milk, a pound of the mary of a calf or ox, and fresh barrows grease. Make all this to distill with a little fire, & you shall have thereof a very perfit water.   

☞ A very good water to make the face appear of the age of xxv years.  
TAke a couple of calves feet, and seeth them in xviii. pound of river water, until half be consumed, then put to it a pound of rise, and let it seeth with crumbs of fine manchet bread steeped in milk, two pound of fresh butter, and white of ten new laid eggs, with their shells & all: set those all things to distill, and into the water that shall come of it, put a little Camphor, and succarine Alom, and you shall have an excellent and noble thing of it.   

☞ A water to beautify the face, and all other parts of the body.  
TAke of white Borar two ounces, roch Alum an ounce, Camphor two drams, Alum called in Latin Alumen scissilae or plumae, which naturally groweth like a stone, and not withstanding may be divided, there be long streaks seen in it, and the Alum called Alumen catinae, because it is boiled in a cauldron, and is made more pure by an herb (like to herb ivy) burned into ashes and lie made therewith, of each of these an ounce: beat each of these to powder by themselves: and than incorporate all well together, and put it in some great vessel full of condite water, the which you shall cover and close up sure with a linen cloth, and set it to the fire, the space of two hours, than take it away, and when it is cold again, put it in another vessel, and take the white of two eggs new laid the same day, and beat it well with a little vergeous: and so put it in the vessel with water, and leave all so together the space of twenty days in the Sun, and you shall have a perfit thing of it.   

☞ A water to make the skin white, and to take away the sun burning.  
TAke half a potfull of rain water, and fill it up with vergeous, than seeth it until it be half consumed: and in the mean time that it yet boileth, fill it with the juice of Lemons. When it hath sodden, take it from the fire, and put to it the white of four eggs new laid, and well beaten, but the foresaid substances must be cold before you put in the said white of the eggs: and than is it made.   

☞ Another water to beautify the face, and to make it appear of the age of fifteen years.  
TAke quick Brimstone an ounce, white incense of the best ii ounces, of Myrrh two ounces, of fine Ambergrise vi drams, beat each of these drooges by themselves, and then mingle them altogether with a pound of rose water. This done, put them to distill, and keep it in a vessel close stopped. And when you go to bed, wash your face therewith, and leave it so not wiping it: and in the morning wash it again with well water lukewarm, and by this mean shall you maintain, and keep the skin very delicate, fine, and smooth.   

☞ An easy water for Ladies and gentle women.  
TAke the white of eight new laid eggs, and beat them until they be converted into a clear water, then strain them, and take Alumen catinae or Dessquamatum, Boras, Camphor, Alumen zucharinum which is made with Alum relented, Rose water and whites of eggs into the fashion of a Sugar loaf, of each of them an ounce, of Vinagre eight ounces, water of bean blossoms two ounces. Let all these said things be finely stamped and beaten in a mortar, and than put all together in a great viol of glass, the which being well covered, you shall leave in the sun the space of fifteen days, stirring the said water twice or thrice a day, and so let it stand and rest. This done, put it in another viol, and wash yourself with it when you will, leaving it so a certain space upon your face: and than rub it with a piece of scarlet. The lady or gentlewoman that will use often times to wash her face with this water, yea, were she of years three score, she shall appear to be of the age of, xv. year.   

☞ To make a goodly lustre or beautifling of the face, good for ladies and dames.  
TAke a great lemon, and make a hole in the top of him through the which hole you shall take out of the substance within the bigness of a walnut: and fill it again with Sugar Candye, with four or five goldfoyle leaves, and cover it again with the piece that you took of, sowing it with a needle, so that it may remain fast on. Than set the said lemon to roast upon the coals, right up, and after as it shall begin to roast or boil, turn it often, until it hath sweat a good space, than take it of. And when you will use of it, put one of your fingers into the hole that was sowed up, and rub your face with it, with some fine linen cloth, and it will prove an exquisite thing.   

To take out spots, lentils, or pimpels of the face.  
TAke the meal or flower of a kind of pulse corn called Lupinum, which groweth in Italy and France, but here uneath known, the fresh and recente gall of a goat, the juice of a lemon, Alum sucharine, incorporate well all together in manner of an oynctment: and rub at night the place with it where the spots or burgeons be, and you shallbe incontinent cured of them This is well experimented and proved.   

☞ A very good way how to give a lustre or show to all distilled water.  
TAke little green pine Apples well mondified, cut them in little round and flat pieces: which you shall steep three days in cow milk, changing the milk once a day (but it were better in goats milk) at the end of three days distill them with these powders following. Powder of glass four ounces, pieces of red coral two ounces, Sugar Candy four ounces, roch Alum i ounce, quick silver mortified with spittle, an ounce and a half twelve new laid eggs broken with their shells and all, Turpentine washed in ix. waters, four ounces, Snails such as carry no shells on their backs and if you can not get such, take those that carry shells. All these things well stamped each one by himself, mingle them together, and than make in the Limbeck a row or bed of them, than a bed of the powders, and one of Turpentine, and so another of the snails, and thus one upon another, until the Limbeck be full, than cast upon it a glassful of good white wine, and make unto it a temperate fire. Thus shall you have such a water as you would desire, the which you shall keep in a flagon of glass: for it is very good to make white and to beautify the flesh, and to take away the wrinkles of the face: A thing proved.   

To make a water of white Melons, that maketh a fair skin.  
TAke white Melons well made clean of their pills, and cut them in pieces a finger thick, leaving all the mids alone, than take these things following: Succharyne Alum four ounces, quick silver broken or mortified, an ounce, Roch Alom burned an ounce, Turpentine washed a pound twelve new laid Eggs stamped with shells and all, white Snails cut in pieces as many as you will, Sugar. iiii. ounces, with a glassful of goats milk, and one of white wine: than fill the Limbeck with the said things, laying rank upon rank, as we have said of the other water before. Give it than a little fire, and keep the water in a viol, which will be excellent to wash your fa●e with. After this manner is made the water of Auguria of the blossoms of beans, of mallows, and of the blossoms of Tansey, or wild vine, & other such like things.   

To make a very good water of Gourds, as well garden Gourds as wild.  
TAke Gourds, and pluck of their utter pill or bark, cut them into little round wheels, than put to them six ounces of succarine Alum, an ounce of Alom sciffilaes or plumae, the value of a penny of Myrrh, half a pound of Turpentine washed, four new laid eggs stamped and well beaten together, six Lemons cut in trenches, Snails as many as you will, a glass of white wine. Beat into powder that which ought to be beaten, and mix well all together, making the first rank of Sugar, the second of powder, and the third of Snails: than put the wine, the Lemons, and the eggs upon all the rest, and so distill it with a small fire: and the water that cometh of it must be kept viii or xu days in the sun in a viol. A man may make the like also of Gourds that grow nigh unto the sea.   

☞ An ointment for the face which being kept on, or used continually the space of eight days, altereth the skin and reneweth it finely.  
TAke four new laid eggs, and lay them eight days together in strong Vinaigre, so that they become tender and soft, that you may take of the shells. After this take out the yolks finely that you break them not, and put them in an earthen dish leaded. This done, take the value of a penny of white Turpentine well washed, the value of a half penny of sugar Candy, and twice as much of the paste of Borar, Camphor, Verdegrise, roche alum, of each of them six deniers. All these things well beaten to powder, take ii quarters of quick silver mortified with spittle, or the juice of lemons, oil of wine lose called Tartarum four ounces, a white onion, which you shall boil in white wine, & strain thorough a strainer, and mingle all this with the yolks of the eggs, incorporating, and beating all well together, with the juice of two lemons. And at night when you go to bed, lay the said composition upon your face, neck, and breast, letting it so dry of itself. Now, you must stir it well at every time you will occupy it, and you may not take it to soon from your face, for than you shall mar the skin: but you must let it lie on the space of eight days. And although you would think the said composition burned or flawed of the skin of your face, you may not for all that take it of, but let it work his operation, and at th'end of eight days take it of in this manner following. Take wheat bran, mallows, leaves of March violets, Bean pods, crumbs of bread, and a good quantity of raw honey, and boil all these things together, until it be all soft, than power it in to some pot, and let it cool until such time as you may endure the smoke thereof, holding your face over the pot. Also cover well your head, your breast, and other places, where you have laid the said past, and hold your face so over the smoke of the pot until the sweat drop down by all your face. And when you perceive yourself to sweat take a little of the said water, & put crumbs of bread in to it, and when you have well sweet, take of the bread crumbs, & rub with them all about where the composition is laid: for there the skin will be very tender, and therefore must you rub hard, until your face be clean of the said passed, or composition, than immediately wash your face with clean water, and wipe it dry again. After this, you must take some distilled water, wherein is no strong substance, and bathe your face with all five or six times. If in case there remain behind any of the said passed in any place of your body, rub it well with the said crumbs of bread, or some linen cloth, wit or dieped in such distilled water, and you shall incontinent see that that skin which was rough, thick, and rude, shallbe changed and altered into a fine, fair, and delicate skin. But beware that in eight days after you go not abroad in the open air, or to nigh the fire, lest the new fyne, tender, and delicate skin, should be burned, or take any hurt. This is a goodly secret.   

☞ For him that hath naturally a red face.  
TAke four ounces of the kernels of peaches, two ounces of gourds seeds, and make thereof an oil, wherewith you shall anoint his face morning and evening, and this will kill and destroy the redness. A thing found true by experience.   

☞ To make aqua argentata or silvered water, which maketh a white ruddy and glistering face and is made like a water and not like an ointment, that the dames of Italy for the most part do use, although that few men make it as it ought to be made.  
TAke four ounces of Sublimatum, and break it in sunder in a mortar, stirring it always with one hand. When it is broken enough, take four deniers of quick silver, and put it in strong white vinegar the space of viii. days, than put it in another vessel with other vinegar, and boil it a little. This done, take the quick silver out of the vinegar, and lay it in a dish, taking the crome of a loaf, which you shall cromme with the said quick silver, stirring well altogether, until the quick silver be fair and clear, than blow in it, and the bread will fly away: than shall you put this quick silver, so purged, with the sublimat, in mixing and stirring it well with one hand, & so it will become white as snow: than take hot boiling water, and power it into the said mortar, which must also be hot, and stir it well and mix all together, and so let it stand and rest. After this take diligently the water away, which will be very good for scabs, or scurf: & power to it other sethinge water, & was●he it well, as before, four or five times. This done, take xii or. rv. Pearls, and a Carlyn or two of gold broken in sunder, or else a little Camphor, a little Boras, a little Talchum, if you have any. All these things shall you break and bruise in sunder, with one hand in a mortar, and so leave it forty days in the Sun, stirring it every day with your hand the space of half an hour. After the said forty days take four new laid eggs, the which being a little heated by the fire: you shall brake: and having taken the whites of them, you shall put them into the said mortar, mingling well all together, and so shall you do this water following. Take little ripe Lemons, and take of the outward yellow pill, than cut them in small pieces, with xii new laid eggs, beating the yelke, the white, and the shells together, than adding to it two ounces of turpentine, you shall put all into a Limbeck, making to it a little fire, whereof you shall have about a glasful of water, with the which water you shall temper your silvered water in the mortar: than keep it in a violle close stopped, in a coal place: And so it will be an excellent thing, and it were to give a queen. And when you will occupy of it, let your face first be clean, and than lay to the said water, as much as you shall by your discretion, think sufficient, letting it dry of itself.   

☞ To make an ointment for the face.  
TAke three ounces of the fat call of a fat lamb, the which you shall put into fresh water, changing it every day fifty times, seven or eight days together, then cut it very small, put it in an earthen pan leaded, full of white clear Vinagre, with a dram of Camphor stamped. Boil this together by the space of two or three Pater noster, and after strain the grease with the foresaid things, thorough a white linen cloth, than let the grease cool, until it be hard again: and if there be any ordure or filth at the bottom, you must take it away. After this take two ounces of the oil of Tartarus, and put it in some vessel upon the coals, until it come together: and having set it in a moist place by the space of a day and a night, put to it an ounce of Borar well washed, than stamp and mix all well together, adding to it an ounce, and a half of Ceruse washed, and having put all in a new carthen pan leaded, set it on a small fire, stirring it always well together, until all the said things be well incorporated together: and after that you have laid it upon your face, lay on also a red colour made with the grain whereof Scarlate is died, called in Latin Coccum, and with Brassel, for it shallbe better than with brasil alone.   

☞ To make a red colour for the face.  
TAke red sandal finely stamped, and strong vinegar twice distilled, than put into it as much Sandal as you will, and let it boil fair and softly, & put to it also a little roche Alom stamped, and you shall have a very perfit red. If you will make it odoriferous and savour well, put a little Musk to it, or else Civet, or some other odoriferous thing what you list.   

☞ To make the face fair.  
TAke beans and a kind of a little grain called in Latin Faseoli, and Cyche peason, and make a powder thereof, which you shall steep and temper in lukewarm water, with the white of an egg, and the milk of an ass: and than lay it out to dry. And after steep it in a little water, wherewith you shall wash your face, and it will become fair, clear, and neat.   

☞ To make the face fair another way.  
TAke the fresh blossoms of Beans, and distill them thorough a Limbeck, and so wash your face with the water that shall come of them.   

☞ To make the face fair.  
TAke the flowers of Rosemary, and boil them in white wine, than wash your face with it, and use of it for to drink and so shall you make your face very fair, and also your breath sweet.   

☞ To take out spots or red pimples out of a man's face and to make the skin very fair.  
TAke a little roche Alum, and break it a sunder into small pieces, than take the white of an egg newly laid even at that instant, the which you shall set to the fire in a little pan leaded, with the roche alum, and leave it so until you see that it beginneth to boil, mingle it always with a little stick. And when it is waxed hard, annoynet well all yourface with it three or four days, and it will make your face fairer. A thing found true by experience.   

☞ To make a water that maketh the face white.  
TAke Lytarge, Silver sublymed the value of a groat, and put it into some vessel with strong white vinegar, than boil it until it be diminished the height of two fingers: let it stand and rest, than strain it and keep it. Also milk and the juice of Oranges mixed with the oil of wine lees is very good.   

☞ Another manner to make the face fair.  
TAke the gall of a Hare, of a Cock or Hen, and of Eels, temper them with Honey, and put them so into a vessel of brass well stopped, for to anoint your face with when you list, but take heed it touch not your eyes: for it would inflame them and make them look red, and so hurt you.   

☞ To take of spots lyntelles or red pimples out of the face.  
TAke green Lisardes quick, and boil them in oil until the third part be consumed. Strain this, and put to it white ware, and than make thereof an ointment, wherewith you shall often times anoint your face.   

To take of a ring worm or tetter that runneth all over a man's face, called in French Le feu volant.  
TAke the roots of La●athum acutum, called sorrel as well wild, as of the garden, wash them well and mondifie them, and cut them in small pieces, the which you shall steep in strong white vinegar, and leave them in it two days & two nights. afterward rub the place of the sore with it three or four times a day, and at night with the said pieces of the sorrel retes, letting them steep always after in the said vinegar, and you shall be cured.   

To drive a way life.  
TAke encens, and the lard of a barrow Hog, properly called barrows grease, Boil them together in an earthen pan or pot leaded, and with this ointment rub or anoint the place where the life be.   

To make a water that taketh of all stayninge, dying, and spots from the hands of artificers that get them by working, and maketh them very white and fair: It is also good for them that be sun burned.  
TAke the juice of a Lemon, with a little bay salt, and wash your hands with it▪ and let them dry of themselves: wash them again, and you shall find all the spots and stainings gone. It is also very good against the scurf or scabs.   

To make a water that maketh the flesh and skin of a man or woman very fair, and will be kept like a precious balm.  
TAke a young crow even out of the nest, if you may get one so: if not, take him as young as you may: to whom (by the space of xl days) ye shall give none other meat, but the yolks of hard eggs. Than kill him, and flaw him, breaking the flesh into small pieces: than take leaves of a myrtle tree, and lay one rank of them, and another of the little pieces of the crow, in some great viol of glass, powdered and strewed over with the powder of Talchum, stamped with the oil of sweet Almonds, and put in as much of it as your discretion shall judge, for a great quantity will do no hurt to it. And if there remain yet any pieces of the said crow, make thereof another rank, adding thereto some myrtle leaves, and than of the Talchum, and the said glass must be large, wide, and low. Finally you shall pour upon it three or four ounces of the oil of Myrrh, dressed with eggs, as is declared in this book. Than set the said viol or glass under the Limbeck, stopping well the sides and joints, that it take no vent, and likewise the recipient: and give it at the beginning a small fire for the space of four or five hours, so that all these things may be dissolved, and as it were, break, and corrupt among themselves: than make the fire greater and greater, and at the end very great for the space of an hour, letting it after coal. And if the fire have been great enough, the water will be yellow, and somewhat red, the which water you shall put into another like glass, great, according to the quantity of the said water putting to it half a pound of rosemary blossoms, half a glassful of Aqua vite, setting all to distill again which the limbeck, and recipient as before: you must put in the recipient, or at the beke of the limbeck, some fine little cloth, wherein must be white Bengewin stamped between ij. papers as well as you can. When this water shallbe distilled, it will be very clear & fair, which you shall keep in a viol, well stopped with wax, and cered cloth, to the end it take no vent, and you may neither keep it in the sun, nor in any hot place. This will be a noble and precious water, which hath not the like in the world for to make the skin fair, and to preserve it. The manner how to use it is this. first, you must wash your face well with clear water distilled, and than rub well both face, breast, and other places of your body where you list, with a piece of scarlet weted in the said water, and lie down upon your bed, holding a little while, the piece of wet scarlet upon your face, and thus may you do every viii or every xu days once, or else every month, or every two months. In the mean time you may use some other water, as the water of bean blossoms, of gourds, of melons, of onions, of white flourdelice, of the rote of the herb called in latin Dracontium, or more commonly Serpentaria, in english dragons, and of other like: but you must take heed that you put in it no sublime, nor Ceruse in any wise. Thus shall you have a water of a marvelous vertu, to make your skin and flesh fair and natural, and to conserve and keep it long young, gay, fresh, and neat.   

☞ A very goodly water to wash the face, neck, and the breast, whereof a man may make a great quantity, for the more there is of it, the better it is: It maketh the skin and flesh of the face fair, not burtinge or destroying the teeth, and shall seem that the face is nothing at all helped with any colour, but that it is even so by nature.  
TAke two fat Pigcons, two pound of Veal, seeds of Spurge, peeled three ounces of Pine apple kernels, sweet Almonds, bitter Almonds, the roots of white and yellow flower delice, beans broken in pieces and mo●dified, the gall of an Ox, the root of Dragons, the root of a little young Ash, or romon Diptum, a little lemon the yellow pill taken away, & cut in pieces, the crumb of a white loaf wet in milk gomme dragant steeped in wine, gomme Armoniac slieped in Vinaigre, and let there be of all these things a reasonable quantity. Than put thereunto flowers or blossoms of Ligustrum, which is a tree having leaves like an olive tree, but they be brother and softer, & more green of colour, which doth bear white flowers and sweet, whereof is made an oil called Oleum ciprinum. And this free doth grow in watery places, as Willows and salowes do, and beareth a black fruit like unto an elder free, and distill all these with a small fire, having bound or tied a little linen cloth with Musk, and white Benge wine, at the beck of the Limbeck: than keep the water in a glass well stopped, for it will be very excellent to make a white and natural skin or flesh, without hurting the teeth or any other thing.   

☞ To make a very excellent red colour for the face, which is natural, and continueth long upon the face, making it always gayer and fairer.  
TAke the whites of xxv hard Eggs, and put a glassful of the milk of green figs among them, if you can get none of it, take little figs that be not ripe, and cut them in small pieces, which you shall mingle with the said eggs: and than distill them, and the water that shall come thereof, maketh of itself the flesh white: but if you will make it red, take for every glassful of the said water, two ounces of Alum Scissilaes or plumae, beaten in powder, half an ounce of the grain called in latin Coccum, wherewith scarlet is died, and two ounces of the grains that men use to die Crimson ●ilke with. Let all this he put in a viol well stopped, that it take no vent, than set the viol in a kettle of boat water (not boiling hot) by the space of eight days. This done, strain out well the substance of the said colours, and take the water so coloured and died: and put to it as much more of the same Alum, and grains as before, and set it again altogether in hot water, by the space of eight days: than strain out the water, and add to it the third time some Alom, and grains, with a little gomme Arabic, that is to say, for every glassful of water, half an ounce of gum, setting it again in hot water eight days, as before: and after you have taken it out, strain it, and you shall have the fairest red, that is possible to wish for. Than weate some little piece of Scarlate or Crimson silk in it, and rub your face therewith so long until the flesh begin to wax somewhat chafed, and the red well pierced thorough. You may also add to it what odour or savour you will. And if you will not set the viol in hot water, as is aforesaid, set it before a little fire, not suffering it to seethe, and that for the space of a day or moor: than strain it, and you shall see all things come to pass, as I have said.   

☞ Another kind of red very good for the face, easier to make, and with less cost.  
TAke two ounces of fish glue very clear, and steep it in white wine, the space of five or two days, until it be very soft: than take Brassell that is good and of a good colour, well scraped or cut in small pieces, than steep it in well water, so that the water be above it more than a hand breadeth, and a half, this done, boil it together with a small fire, assaying evermore the colour upon a paper, until it be to your fantasy. And before you take it from the fire, put to it, for every glassful of the said colour, an ounce of raw roche alum beaten in powder, and Gomme arabic, as much as three or four beans. Than take it from the fire, and keep it in a v●olle close stopped: & so shall you have an erquisite thing. Women of base degree, are wont to seethe only the brasil in wine or water, putting to it a little roche Alum, and Gomme, letting it hoyle until the colour be to their mind.  
Other take red sandal or Saunders, the which they put in wine, or at the least in Aqua vite, and not boil it at all, but keep it so the space of a night. Than in turning the water, they put moor Sandal to it, and a little moor Alum, according as they like the colour.   

☞ An excellent white above all other,  
TAke brayed Talchum, and burned tin beaten in to powder with a wooden pestle, than wash them and mingle them together, and put them in some manner of platter, or other great and large vessel, covered with such another, and so set it in a glassemakers' fornayse, the space of three or four days. And having taken it out, it will be as white as snow. Than bray it finely with the water of young figs, or with the milk of green figs, or with distilled vinegar, or some other such sharp and clammy thing.   

☞ To make hear as yellow as gold.  
TAke the ryne or the scrapynges of Rhubarb, & steep it in white wine, or in clear lie: and after you have washed your head with it, you shall wet your hears with a sponge or some other cloth, and let them dry by the fire, or in the Sun: After this weate them and dry them again: for the oftener you do it, the fairer they will be, without hurting your head any thing at all.   

☞ To make lie to wash the head, which (beside that it comforth the brain, and the memory) maketh the hear long, fair, and yellow, like gold.  
TAke lie that is not to strong, but as women commonly make it to wash their heads: and make as much of it in a kettle, as will serve you ten washings, putting to it this following. The pills of ten Oranges, or of sweet Lemons, if you have any, if not take sour ones, the pills of Citrons, as many as you can get, be they green or dry it is all one, the blossoms of Camomile, Bay leaves, a handful of the herb called Maiden hear, half a handful of Agrimoyne, two or three handfuls of Barley straw, chopped in pieces, half a dishefull of a kind of pulse corn, called in Latin Lupinus and in French Lupius, having one stalk, the leaf in five divisions, the cod creavesyd about, having in it five or sire grains, hard, broad, and red, they be commonly in France and in italy, but here in England uneath known, and therefore they have no English name: they must be dried, a dishefull of Fennygreeke, half a pound of wine lies, or two or three disshfulles of Brome blossoms, whereof it is good always to have some dry in your house to make such things withal. Put all this that I have named in a great vessel with the said lie, leaving it always so, to take thereof and occupy when you will. And the longer the said lie shall be compound with the foresaid things, the better it will be. The said composition will be good for five or two months or moor: and you may renew it at your pleasure. But when you will put it in use, take it handsomely and cleanly up, without touching in any wise the said drooges put in it: and in heating it again you may put in it a little Myrrh and a little cinnamon: and thus shall you make it very good, as well for the health of the head, and eyesyghte, as for to beautify and make the hear fair.   

☞ Lie to make hear black.  
TAke Gomme lie, and boil it with a handful of the leaves of Beete, three or four handfuls of Sage leaves, either green or dry, and as much Myrrh as you will, with Bay leaves, and a few leaves or outward pill of a Walnut. But when you will use of those lies that make yellow or black, rub not your face, or your neck with it, lest they become black, or yellow, although they die not the skin so soon as they do the hear. And after having thus washed your hear, you must wash your face with common lie, or clear water, or else with white wine.   

☞ An oil for to anoint the hear, which maketh it yellow like gold, long and glistering like burnyshed gold.  
TAke a glassful of the oil of Sesamum, which is a white grain growing in India, whereof oil is made, which is called oleum Sesaminum, if you can get of it, if not, take oil olive not green, but very yellow, and clear, where unto you shall put three ounces of dry broom blossoms, well mundified, from the verdure and greenness that is in them, and from the white that you shall find within: than stamp them so grossly, adding thereunto an ounce of the yellow that is in the middle of white flower delices, and a quarter of an ounce of Curcuma, and the sixth part of an ounce of Saffron, which a little cinnamon, Bengewine, Musk, and Civet, if you will. All these things will give a good savour, help the colour and comfort the head: you must put all together into one vessel or viol, wherein must be oil, which you shall keep in the Sun all the Summer, and so take of it at every time, a little for your face, and the older it waxeth, the better it will be. Also you may at the end, put the oil again upon the said drooges, into the vessel, for they will continue still good together many years: or else you may change those substances, according as you see need. It shall be also very good to anoint with this oil the kombe that women comb them selves with, in the Sun: or else lay some linen cloth hot upon their head, and let it so lie, without putting any other thing to it. This is a thing very rare and excellent for a queen: for to do thus there can not be found a better.   

☞ A very goodly way or manner how to make yellow aberne hear, without standing long or nothing at all in the Sun, a rare and a very excellent secret.  
TAke half a pound of Antimonium, half a pound of wine lose, nine ounces of salt Peter, all these things being finely brayed and incorporated, take an earthen pot or pan, and put it in the middle of a fire, that the fire may be both above it and underneath it, until it be red hot: than cast in the said powders, by little and little with a spoon, tarrying a little space between every spoonful casting in, until the first be all burned, and continue so casting in one spoonful after another, until all be in. But this must be done in a chimney, or in an open place, because there will rise such abundance of smoke that it is not possible for you to endure it, than having let it cool, break the said pan, and in the bottom you shall find as it were a manner of a thick cake or brown loaf. Than break the said matter and substance in divers pieces upon the ground, or in some clean place, and you shall find in the middle, certain little grains like unto fine silver: but they be brittle and easy to be broken. And this is it that the searchers out of the secrets of nature do call the king or chief of Antimonium, which in operation belonging to metal serveth for many things, as we will after declare. But this will not serve any thing at all for to make hear white notwithstanding you must keep it by itself. Than take the rest, and the black substance and yellow, and all that you find in the bottom, and on the sides of the said pan. All the which things (because they will incontinent wax moist) you shall stamp grossly and quickly, adding to it for every pound, an ounce of Vitrioli, rubified or made red, as we will show you hereafter. This done, put all these things together in lie, not to strong, and let it steep until it become as it were a saulce, putting to it, two ounces of the oil of yolks of Eggs, if you have any, if not, take Oil olive. Now, you must keep this liquor thick as it is, in some vessel, until it be hard, and you shall find it always good. When you will put it in effect, take common lie, and put into it two or three ounces of raw roche alum stamped, and wash your head with it as you are wont to do. And after you have washed it, without drying it any otherwise than of itself, anoint all your hear with the said liquor heated, and being thus annoyncted, wrap them in a hot linen cloth, resting yourself a while. This done, you shall take of the said annoincting, washing your head with hot lie, using and dressing the Soap as you shall think good. And finally wash your head and hear again with a little warm white wine, and wrap them with a hot linen cloth, or dry them in the Sun, or by the fire, as you will, and last of all you shall anoint yourself with our said oil, or with the Oil of jasemin, or some other odoriferous and sweet Oil, which may conserve the hears that they break not, and may give them a lustre to make them glister and shine, using this manner of annoynctinge every xu days, or every month, as you list yourself. By this mean you shall have fair hear and glistering like gold. But remember to use in all things a discretion, and diligence, at the first when you use any receit, as for an example in this confection, you must take heed that the lie be not to strong, least with the said ointment (which I tell you is very strong) it eat and consume your hear. Also you must well consider the quantity, and how long it must lie on your head, before you wash it away, as is declared: and so, according to the experience that you shall have in the effect, you shall use and govern yourself in all things, for there is no rule so certain, but leaveth always some place for the discretion, diligence, and judgement of the person that will follow it, and put it in ure or effect.   

An ointment to make the hears fall from any place of the body.  
TAke the whites of three new laid eggs well beaten, eight ounces of quick lime, an ounce of orpiment, and the whole being beaten in powder, let it be put among the whites of the eggs and add to it after a little lie, so much that it may make it a liquor thick like saulce. Than with a pencil or some other thing, anoint the place from the which you will have the hears fall, and leave the oinctment so upon it the space of a quarter of an hour, or a little more, than wash the place with warm water, and all the hear will fall of, or if not, you must annoincte it again, and having stayed a while, wash it as before, and the hears will fall of without doubt. Finally you must anoint the said place with oil Roset, or with the oil of Violettes, and the skin will remain very fair, and without hurt.   

☞ An oil or liquor to make the hear fall of, and may be kept as long as a man will: It is also good for all occasions.  
TAke an ounce of Soda (which is ashes made of grass, whereof glassemakers do use to make their Crystal) ten ounces of quick lime eight ounces of Orpiment, and make thereof a fine powder, which you shall put in a pan, with as much sweet and clear lie as will be above the powder a handful: than boil it together a good hour, and after having let it stand by the space of xxiiii. hours, you must strain it, and take three ounces of it, and put thereto an ounce of oil Olive, and let it boil together until the water be consumed and vanished away, which you shall know, casting a drop or two into the fire, with a little stick, and if it make no noise, it is a sign there is no more water left. If you will make it odoriserous & sweet, put to it Musk, or Civet, & so keep it: and when you will make the hears to fall of, wash first the place well with hot water, than annoinct it with the said oil, and leave it so a certain space and than wash it again with hot water, and all the hear will fall away. finally anoint the place with oil Roset, or violet oil.   

An advertisement or lesson for them that will make the hear fall of.  
first, you must note that the hear will not fall away, but when the moan decreaseth, that is to say, in the quarter of the wane, and it is far better to make them fall of with the oinctment, or with oil, than to pluck them out with a pair of pincers, as some gentle women do use in France, because it doth violence unto the flesh, moveth the blood, and enlargeth the pores, and also maketh the hear to grow again greater.  
Therefore in all sorts it is good to anoint by and by the place with some cooling or refreshing oil, as oil roset, or of Violettes. Likewise, you must understand that oftentimes the ointment being mixed with Orpiment, burneth the skin, and that cometh by the naughty or to strong composition of it, or when a man letteth it dry to long upon the place, or without first washing the place with hot water, or when a man annoincteth not the place by and by after the hears be fallen, as we have said before.   

To cause that the hear shall grow no more or to make them come out thin and fine like the first soft hear or mosynes of the face.  
A Man can scant find a remedy that the hear grow no more, because that many when they will do it, they make certain ointments very cold and dry, wherewith they anoincte the place a good while, not doing any good at all, by reason of the power of nature, which hath always his course, and casteth out her superfluities, with the hear. Therefore they burn the skin and do but mar it, wherefore you must note that they must make them fall of in the last quarter of the wane of the Moon, and then incontinent annoyncte the place with oil rosat, or of Violettes: this done, the hear groweth again weaker, softer, and finer: and slacketh at every time moor and moor in coming forth.  
But if you will that it never grow more, use these remedies following, which are very good, and certain by experience. Take the little stones of Olives burned, the outward cods of beans, dried, the seed of Henbane, Litarge of gold and silver, the shells of fishes called in Latin Tellmae, burned, and the juice of black Poppy, as much of the one as of the other, and half as much Orpiment as of one of those things. All this being beaten to powder, boil it in as much oil Olive rosat, as will cover them six fingers height, stirring it continually by the space of two or three hours: than let it cool, and strain the said oil, and so keep it, putting to it the fourth part of the oil of Selandyne. And when the hears be fallen, take a little linen cloth, wet in the said oil lukewarm, and lay it upon the said place, leaving it so bound on all a night. In the morning take of the linen cloth, and anoint the place with oil rosate: and at night lay the linen cloth on again wetted as before: and this do vi or vii nights, but let it be in the wane of the Moon. And if you perceive that the hears grow again, make them fall away again at the next wane of the Moon, doing in all points as before: you shall not oft do it, but you shall make that the hears shall never grow more.   

☞ To make a kind of cloth or plaster to take the hear from the face, neck, and hands, or from any part of the body.  
TAke two ounces of turpentine, half an ounce of white wax broken small, or some what moor or less, according as need shall require, bengewin, Storax calamita, at your discretion. first melt the wax a little, with a little fire, and than the bengewin and Storax: after this, put in the turpentine, adding to it a little Ceruse well brayed, and setting it to the fire, put in to it a little Mastic, and make thereof a mixion neither to thick nor to clear or thin. Than take a piece of linen cloth of what bigness you will, and lay it abroad upon a table, spreading afterward the said composition upon it with a spoon, or some other thing, as it were in manner of a plaster, than let it cool, and keep it so the one upon the other open, without folding up the linen cloth, for when the said mixion is cold, it is hard. If you will put it in proof and occupy, do as followeth.  
At night when you go to bed, wash your face and neck with lukewarm water, rubbing it well with a linen cloth, or with your hand: and when it is dry or when you have wiped it, take a piece of the said plaster, or cyred cloth, and heat it by the fire, until the said mixion be liquid and soft, then immediately bind it upon your face, or upon the place, from whence you would have the hear to fall, and press it hard on, leaving it so all night. In the morning go to your looking glass, and plucking of one end of the said linen cloth, you shall pluck away with it all the hear of your face, and so shall you leave a very fair skin. And if in case there remain yet any of the said mixion upon the flesh, wash it with hot water, and with wheat bran, rubbing it so long with some piece of linen cloth, till you make it fall of, than wash your face with Aqua vite, or white wine, or with some other distilled water, being not to strong, but let it be of Melons, or gourds, or of such other like and use afterward waters meet for the face, as you list, and thus shall you keep and maintain your face as clear as glass.   

☞ A marvelous secret, which the great lords of the moors do use, whereby they make that their children have no hear under their arms, or other place where they will. And this secret found I in Syria, the year 1521. by the means of a lord of the country, whose daughter I healed.  
AS soon as the child is borne, they make ready by and by a piece of fine gold, or a Ducar, or else a ring, or some like thing, and keep it in the fire until it be red hot, not melting it, than they carry it with a payer of tongues & lay it upon the place, where they will no hear shall grow, and immediately anoint it with oil Rosat, or the oil of Violettes: than after xxiiii hours, they do the like again, and by this means there groweth never hear in that place. I have often times made the hear fall from young gentle women's brows and foreheads with this medicine and they have found it wonderful: but the gold must be very fine, which suffexeth no token, mark or scar to remain where the burning was, as other metals do. I have kept this secret hidden a long time, ●although that divers times, men would have given me great gifts, yet I would not publish it a broad, until now that I have done it, in this present book.   

☞ To make a kind of cloth, called cloth of Levant wherewith women use to colour their faces.  
TAke the shearing of skarlate, and boil it in water, where quick lime hath been boiled: and after you have boiled it a good space, you shall strain it, and take a potful of it, and put into it two ounces of brasil, cut in little pieces, adding to it an ounce of roche alum, and as much of Verdigreese, and a quarter of an ounce of gum Arabic: and after you have well boiled it, the space of half an hour, take a piece of old linen cloth, of what bigness you will, and wet it in this decoction, or red colour, than cover the pan, and let the said mixtion cool, by the space of a day & after you have taken it out, dry it in the shadow, and keep it in some vessel, among odoriferous and ●oote things, for to help you.   

☞ The same another way.  
TAke a glassful of Aqua vite, a quarter of an ounce of the grain that I spoke of before called Coccum, half an ounce of brasil, half an ounce of gomme armoniac, put all these things together, in the glass where the Aqua vite is, than stop it clase, for fear it take vent, and the said glass must be full. After this set it upon a small fire, making it seeth fair and softly, or else set it in the Sun, by the space of two or three days. This done, strain it, and put in it pieces of old linen clouts, as we have said before. If you think, in strayninge this water, that the colour is not red, to your mind, your may put in moor of the said grain and brasell.   

☞ To die a white beard or hear of the head into a fair black.  
TAke good galls of Levant, or such like, and fry them in oil, but let them not burn: than stamp them, and sift them once or twice. Take also Ferretum or Spanish black, which the Frenchmen call Atrament d'Espaigne, the which likewise you shall stamp and beat well to powder. Than take a pan full of lie, and put into it the pylles or rynes of Pomegranades, Walnut pills, Pineapples, Myrrh, Sage leaves, as much as you will. Let all this boil together, until it be brought unto the third part. You must have in it also two parts of gall, and one of Ferretum, tempering and incorporating all well together, until the black colour content you, wherewith you may die your beard, and hear, in this manner. Wash your beard with lie not to strong, lest it hurt you: and whiles your head or beard is yet hot, anoint it with the said confection: but it must be lukewarm, to the intent it may penetrate and pierce the better, and so leave it a certain space. Than wash your head or beard first with lie, and than with hot water, and you shall have your head and beard fair and black. This hurteth not, nor smarteth any thing at all, neither bringeth any inconvenience to the head.   

❀ A noble and excellent powder to make clean the teeth, to make them fast and white, and to conserve the gums. A better thing can not be found, and it were to give or present to a Queen or Princess.  
TAke Lacca of grain, 
Lacca de grain, is a certain confection or mixtion, made of grain, and are little round red balls. Lacca is a Turkish word, and not used among us, but amongs the Italians,  if you can get 〈◊〉, if not, take of the grain itself that is very good ten parts, seven parts of barley cakes or bread, so burned that they be brought to coals, Lignum aloe 〈◊〉. parts, fine pommeyse stone scoured and made clean in embers, and steeped or tempered in white wine, or in Vinaigre eight parts, dragon's blood three parts, roche alum burned four parts, honey burned in a pan until it be first black, and than yellow, three parts (and this may you do of the lees of honey, that remaineth when it is distilled, putting it in a pan, and setting it in a glassemakers' fournesse the space of a day or two) coals of the wood of rosemary, three parts, fine cinnamon two parts, Bengewyne one part, Bole Armenick oriental, nine parts, white wine lees two parts, Aleblaster one part small pearls one part, the scraping of ivory two parts, little Quinces not ripe, of the bigness of a walnut, or a little more, six parts. Now the best be those that be not come to perfection upon the tree; the which you must burn in the fire, even unto coals, master eight parts. Let all these things be well stamped, and passed through a fine sarce, adding thereto a little Musk, and some Gold or Silver foil. This done, you shall keep the said powder in some box well stopped, and so shall you have a precious thing. And when you will occupy of it, wash your mouth well first, with clean water, or wine, than rub your teeth with your fingar, or some linen cloth, taking of the said powder upon it, and after wash your mouth well. Thus oft doing, you shall always have your teeth very white, fast in your head, strong and not hollow.   

To make a very excellent conserve to scour the teeth, to comfort the gums, and to make a sweet and good breath.  
BEcause the use of the powder to scour teeth, seemeth less commodious, than some liquor or conserve, which agreeth better with the mouth, therefore we will write here a very excellent one, which hath not his like in the world, and must be made as followeth. Take one part of syrup roset, two parts of the syrup of myrtle, or of the wood called Lentiscus, out of the which cometh a gum called master, put this together in a clean pan, than put to it of the said powder for the teeth, whereof we have spoken in the Chapter before, so that all may be brought into soft paste or dough, than set the little pan upon & chafinge dish, wherein must be some hot ashes, with a few embers, or else at the least set it far from the fire, and make it boil fair and softly, stirring it always, until it be as thick as honey or thicker: then take it from the fire, and put to some goldfoile and musk, what quantity you will. And so shall you have a singular thing for to do this that I have spoken of.   

An advertisement or lesson concerning the making of powders, and conserves for the teeth.  
IF you will make the said things as excellent as is possible, you must take of the said things as much as you may get: or if you cannot have them all, take at the least the most excellent, as grain, pearls, Coral, yellow Amber, Lignum aloes, Boale Armenick, also the coals of Barley Cakes or loves when they are burned, and all the other things be very good in it. And if you woulds give it to some great prince or lord, which had rather have it of a good colour, or would know the things in it, you may make it as is said, of sew things, with goldfoile and Musk. And he that will make it with less cost, and a greater quantity, may (with the things mentioned in the chapter with the powder) add powder of bricks, powder of marble, crevice or lopsters' shells burned, and a little white salt, the lees that remaineth in the bottom when men make strong water, called Aqua fortes, is also very good, either by itself, or mingled with some other thing, and so shall you have a great deal of substance with small cost. And if a man will make a conserve of little charge, and without much labour, he must take raw honey, or honey roset, and mingle it with the said powders, and so rub his teeth therewith, with his finger, or with a linen cloth, and wash his mouth well after it. Doing this every eight days, he shall make his teeth very fair and white. A thing very good, and meet for every man.   

An exceeding white and good powder to scour the teeth, which is meeter for lords and great men, than any of the other before.  
first here is to be noted a goodly and notable secret of great virtue, for to scour and make white teeth, which is the pommeise stone alone, so that it be of that fine and white stone, which shoemakers do use to whiten white leather Shoes, and well beaten in powder: For in rubbing your teeth with the same powder, if scoureth and maketh them clean, and taketh away all the roughness of them, as men see by experience, that the pommeise stone is used to polysshe bones, marble, and other like things. I have seen of my friends, men of great judgement and knowledge, which gave nothing unto great men and Lords, but the said powder, when it is well beaten in powder, a man can not tell what it is: also you may give it a little savour, laying it among bags of Musk and Amber, of whom it taketh an odour, and I have seen men of estimation, that held it for a thing of great importance, when they saw the virtue and operation of it. Now, if you will make a white powder, more noble and more profitable for the teeth, and gums, take small pearls stamped a little, or else whole, and put them in a dish, or in a wide glass: than take the juice of lemons or oranges, strained through a linen cloth, at the least six or seven times, and pour it upon the said Pearls, until it cover them over three or four fingers high, and you shall see that in short space it will begin to boil, and than cover it with some paper, or linen cloth, leaving it so three or four days, and at the end you shall find the said pearls dissolved and melted in the iayde juice, and turned into a paste as white as snow, mary there will be a little yellow skin upon it, engendered of the said suyce. This done, take clear well water, or the water of Lentiscus distilled, and pour it upon the said paste, three or four fingers height above. Than take a little fork, or the steal of a silver spoon, or some thin stick, and stir the paste well about in the said water, letting it so stand, and finally cast out the water, and if you see yet any of the yellow, remain upon the said passed, wash it again, as before, and cover it with a paper, letting it so dry of itself, in the sun. After this you shall take three parts of the said passed, or white powder, four parts of white Pommeise stone, as is aforesaid, two parts of white Bengewine, one part of roche alum well burned, one part of white Coral, half a part of white ivory, half a part of Aleblaster very white. Break and bruise all these well upon a table of marble, or in a silver cup, putting to it some silver foil, and thus shall you have a very white and excellent substance or matter to make your teeth as white as snow. And if you will, you way put it to keep in a conserve, with the syrup of Cedar, or honey Roset, or otherwise as you will. Also, if you will make the said powder very red, dress it only with the Lacca of grain, and a little red coral. Now, because that in stamping, it will wax somewhat white, put to it a little Boale Armonicke, with a little of the juice of Dragon's blood, and also gold foil. You may give to all these said powders what odour and savour you will, but unto the white powder you may put no Musk nor Amber, nor any other such drooges, for it would take away the whiteness, but you may put it well enough in a little bag among Musk, or other odours.   

☞ A distilled water, excellent for to make the teeth white immediately, and to preserve them wonderfully.  
TAke a pound of the first water distilled of honey, the which is white: than put it in a viol, with an ounce of common white salt, half a pound of raw roche alum, an ounce of Salt Peter, half a pound of the water of the leaves of Lentiscus, two ounces of Mastic, the height of two fingers of vinegar in a glass, and as much white wine: distill all these things with a small fire, that they smell not of the smoke, nor any burning: continuing your distillation in such sort, that you be at the least four and twenty hours in distilling the whole, or else you may make it distill in Balnee marry, which is the surest of all. Now, you must continue your distillation so long, until there be a moist substance to come forth, and into the water that distilleth out, you shall put a little powder of fine cinnamon, a little Lignum Aloes, and Boale Armonicke, for to give it a red colour, which many men like well: also for to give it a strength and odour, you shall put in raw honey making it dissolve in the heat of the Sun, for it is a thing good for the gums, and giveth a good favour to the water. Keep this well as an excellent thing, and it were for a queen. And when you will occupy of it, wash well your mouth first, and wipe your teeth with a little piece of white linen cloth, and than pike them with a tooth piker made of the wood Lentiscus, or some other thing wet in the said water, or with a little cloth, rub them a little, and incontinent you shall perceive and feel it fasten and bind your gums, and comfort your teeth making them fair and white. And he that loveth better the white than the red, let him put no cinnamon, Boale armonicke, nor Lignum Aloes into it, after it is distilled, but let him put it in to distill with the other things, putting of each of them as much as there is of Mastic, and it shall be even as excellent and as white as otherwise.   

☞ Three advertisements or lessons of importance to keep the teeth white and uncorrupt and also a sweet breath.  
THe first is, he that useth not to wash well his mouth ever when he hath eaten his meals, shall I have always yellow teeth & a stinking breath. The second is, he that sleepeth with his mouth close, hath likewise an evil breath, and foul teeth. The third is, that for to maintain and keep the teeth fair and white, and a sweet breath, when a man is laid is his head, and when he waketh in the morning, it is good to purge well the breast and throat, spitting out all that is gathered together that night: which also is good for the stomach and head. And having your teeth and breath warm take a linen cloth or the corner of the sheet, and rub your teeth well within and without, to take away the fumosity of the meat, and the yelownesse of the teeth gathered together in the night: for it is that, that maketh your teeth yellow, and gums red, and corrupteth your breath. This is a very necessary thing to be known, and ought well to be observed: It is also good to eat every morning some grains of Mastic.   

❀ A decoction to wash and scour the mouth, to fasten lose teeth, to consolidate and make sound the gums, and to make the flesh grow again if it were decayed or fallen away.  
TAke half a glassful of vinegar, and as much water of Lentiscus, of rosemary, Myrrh, Mastic, Boale Armenicke, the moisture that distilleth out of Dragon's blood, Roche Alum burned, of each of them an ounce, ●ine cinnamon half an ounce, well, river, or fountain water, three glassefulles: mingle all well together, and let it boil with a small fire, adding to it half a pound of honey, taking away the scum of it, than put in a little Bengewine. And when it hath boiled a quarter of an hour, take it from the fire, and keep it in a clean viol, and wash your teeth often times withal, as well before, as after meat: and holding it a while in your mouth, it is very good for the head, and maketh a sweet breath. A thing of great excellency.  
The end of the fourth book.    

THE Secrets of the reverend Master Alexis of Piemount.  
THE fift BOOK.  

☞ To make perfit Azure, such as cometh from beyond the seas.  
TAke first a pound of Lapis Lasuli, spotted like Marble, and somewhat of the colour of Azure, with some veins of Gold, or green, of the which you shall make this proof following. Take a little piece of it, and put it upon hot coals, blowing it with a pair of bellows, the space of an hour, than let it cool again and touch it with your hand, if it break, and undo like earth, it is nothing worth, but if it abide firm and hard together, and keep his colour of Azure, it is good. Than take a pound of the same, and break it into small pieces, which you shall melt in the fire the space of a good hour, blowing it continually. This done, take good vinegar distilled, in some kind of vessel, wherein you shall quench the said pieces, and let them dry: than take water made as followeth. Take a pan leaded, and put in it a quart of clear water, and a little raw white honey. Boil it, and skymme it well, until there be no more scum, and so let it cool. Than take of Dragon's blood well stamped, the quantity of a walnut, and wet it little and little with the said water, and it being well dipped, strain it thorough a linen cloth, into some vessel leaded. And you must note, that the water may not be to rod, nor to clear, but between both, that is to say, between clear and red, to the end that the Azure may take a Violet colour. After this, bray well the said Lapis lasuli, so molten and burned, with the said water (as vermilleon is commonly brayed) by the space of an hour or more: than assemble it together in a glass, or some other vessel leaded, ample and large, drying it in the shadow, and not in the Sun: for it would lose his colour. And when it is dry, beat it well to powder, and keep it in some clean linen cloth well 〈◊〉 than make this past following. Take two ounces of the cousin or gomme of a white pine tree, two ounces of Pigraeca two ounces of Mastic, two ounces of the oil of line, two ounces of Turpentine, two ounces of new Ware: stamp well that must be stamped, and cut the Ware into small pieces, than put all in a new pan, and boil it till it come to his perfection, which may be known, by casting a drop of it into cold water, and if in taking it with your wet hand, it cleave not to your hand, it is perfect: and therefore you shall strain it thorough some clean cloth, into a vessel full of cold water, but this must you do while it is yet hot, for if it be cold, it will not strain, and leave it so long in the water, until it be hard, than take it and set it to dry. Now, when you will incorporate it with the powder, do thus: Cut the said confection in small pieces, which you shall put into some kettle tinned within, and set it so on the fire, and when it beginneth to bubble up, put to it an ounce of the oil of bitter Almonds, letting it so foil the space of two Miserere, and in the mean time make ready your powder of Lapis lasuli in a vessel, with some little stick made for the purpose: than take the kettle, and pour it by little and little, into the vessel upon the said powder, not ceasing to stir it always with the little stick, until it be all well incorporated with the said powder of Lapis lasuli, This done let it coal, than annoinct your hands with oil Olive, and take the said substance, and toss it up and down with your hands, to th'end to incorporate it well together. And after you have brought it to the form and fashion of bread or paste, put it in a vessel leaded, and keep it so the space of ten days at the least.  
And when you will take out of it the Azure, make first clear lie, with the ashes of wines, of the which you shall set a kettle full to the fire, seething it as hot as you may endure your hand in it: than after, put the said confection or paste in a vessel leaded, and add to it as much of the said lie as you shall think good.  
Than stir the said substance fair and softly, until you see the Azure come out, and when you see it issued out, pour the said lie with the Azure into a vessel leaded, of the which vessels you must have a good number, than put to it again of the other hot lie, doing as before, putting it afterward again into another vessel, and do thus until there be no more Azure. And here you must note, that of a pound of Lapis lasuli if it be fine, there is lost but an ounce, and is had out of it in the whole, eleven ounces, that is to say: five ounces of good and fine, three ounces of a mean sort, and three ounces of courser. The fine is worth at the least two crowns and a half the ounce, the mean, a crown an ounce, and the other half a crown. Now, after you have gotten out all the Azure, look well which is like the one the other, for to put each of them by themselves into three parts, as we have said. Than wash it well with fair and clear lie, pouring it out of one vessel into another, until it be come to a good colour, and purified from all ordure and filth. And when you think it is clean enough, dry itin the shadow, in a chamber, and when it is dry, take a glassful of fine Aqua vite, and steep in it a little good brasil, & than trim and dress your Azure with the same Aqua vite, and let it dry, continuing so the space of three days, until the Azure be participant, and have taken part of such liquor, and than it shall be of an excellent fine colour. Keep each sort by itself in bags of leather well sowed and bound.   

☞ To make a fine confection of grain, called Laeca of grain.  
TAke a pound of the shearing of scarlet, and put it in a new pan full of lie that is not to strong, and boil it until the lie take the colour of it. This done, take a bag, large and wide above, and narrow poincted beneath, whereinto you shall power the said shearing of scarlet, and the lie, setting a vessel underneath, than wring and press the bag hard, that all the substance, and all the colour may strain and dreane out, after that wash the shearing and the bag, in the vessel where the colour is. And if you think that the shearing hath yet more colour in it, boil it again with other lie, ordering it as before. This done, you shall heat the said coloured lie upon the fire, but let it not boil, and you must have ready upon the fire some clean pan, with clean water, into the which being hot, you shall put .v. ounces of roche alum, beaten to powder. And as soon as you see it dissolve, take a bag, like unto the first, and when the colour is hot, take it from the fire, and put into it Alum, and cast all so together into the bag, setting under it some vessel leaded, and look if underneath the colour come out red, than take hot water and pour it into the bag, with all the rest that was strained out of it, into the said vessel under the bag, and pour that so often, which shall strain and run out underneath, until the liquor that shall issue out, be no more red, but clear as lie: having thus strained all the water, the colour will remain in the bag, which you shall undo and sever a sunder with a sclyse of wood, putting it down to the bottom of the bag, and bring it all into a mass, or lump, or into little tabrets, or into what form you will, and than dry it upon a new clean pavinge tile, in the shadow, within your house, or else abroad where no sun shineth. And so shall you have an excellent thing of it.   

To die bones into a green colour.  
TAke a pan full of clear water, and put into it a good great piece of quick lime, leaving it so the space of a day. The next day morning mingle it well together with a stick, and so let it rest, and at none stir it again, and likewise at night. The next morning following, you shall strain it clean out and keep it, in the mean time have the bones that you will die in a readiness, and boil them well in other common water, wherein roche alum hath been dissolved, and when it hath boiled a good space, you shall take them out, and let them dry, than scrape them well with a knife, and put them into the said lime water, and adding to it some verdigris, you shall let them seeth well, and than take them out. And after you have wiped and dried them, do with them what ye will, for they will be very fair: And in stead of the said lime water you may use piss, which will be of the like operation.   

Another manner how to die bones, or ivory, into the colour of an emerald.  
TAke Aqua fortis separativa, and put therein to fret and dissolve, as much copper or brass, as the water is able with her force to dissolve and leuse: this done, put in what piece of work you will, being first cut in the form that you will have it, as beftes for knives, penknives, ynckhornes, images, or any other thing to your fantasy, leave them in it the space of a night, and they shall be of the colour of an Emerande. Now, if in steed of copper or brass, you did put in Silver, it would be the better.   

☞ To die bones red, blue, or of any colour you will.  
FIrste boil your bones in Alum water, than take quick lime water, or piss, and in this water or piss, you shall put Brasyll, Azure, or an herb called Rub●a, which the apothecaries call Rubramaior, and Rubra tinctorum, or Rubea tinctorum, wherewith they colour wool or skins, in English chickweed, or what other colour you will, and than seeth your bones or juozie therein, and they will take such colour as you put in.   

❀ A very goodly secret to die or colour wood, of what colour a man will, which some joiners do use that make tables and other things of divers colours, and do esteem it among themselves to be of such excellency, that one brother will not teach it another.  
TAke early in the morning, new and fresh horse dung, made that night, and take of the moysteste ye can get, with the straw or litter and all, and lay upon some little sticks laid a cross one overthwart another, and set some vessel underneath, for to receive that shall drop or fall from the said dung. And if you can not have enough in one morning, do the like two or three times, or as oft as you will: than when you have well dreamt out the water of this dung you shall put into every pot of the said water, the bigness of a bean of roche alum, and as much gomme Arabic. Than steep what colour you will in it, using divers vessels, if you will have divers colours, and put in what pieces of wood you will, holding them at the fire, or in the Sun: and at each time pluck out some pieces and lay them apart, leaving the other in, for the longer ye let them lie in the water, the more will the colour alter. And in this manner you shall have a great quantity of divers colours, the one clearer, the other darker, and may use it to your commodity, so what use you list, for they shall be coloured both within and without, so that they will never lose their colour, neither by water or any other thing.   

☞ To counterfeit the black wood called Hebenus, or Hebenum, and to make it as fair as the natural Hebene, which groweth no where but in India.  
ALl kind of wood that is like unto this Hebene, may be died black: but the hardest and the massivest (as box and other like) are meetest for it, 
Sola India fert Hebenun  and will be brighter, and above all, the wood of a Mulberry tree, as well the white as the black, is the best to be coloured, albeit the black be much more for the purpose. Take than the said wood, and let it lie the space of three days in Alum water, either in the Sun, or a pretty way of from the fire, until the water wax somewhat warm: than take oil Olive, or Oil of line seed, and put it in a little pan, wherein is the bigness of a nut, of Roman vitriol, and as much Brimstone. This done, seeth your wood in the said Oil a certain space, and so shall you have a thing very dark of colour. And the longer you let it boil, the blacker it will wax, but to much boiling burneth it, and maketh it brittle, therefore both in th'one and other you must be circumspect, and use discretion.   

To die skins blue, or of the colour of Azure.  
Having first well washed the skin, and than wrong him, take the berries of walwort, and elder berries, and seeth them in water, wherein roche alum was dissolved, pass him once thorough this water, & let him dry, than pass him again thorough the same water, and being wiped and dried again, wash him with clear water, than scrape out that water with the back of a knife, & once again pass it over which the same colour, and let it dry, so shall it be of a very blue or Asur colour.   

To die skins in chickweede, called in latin Rubra maiore, or Rubra tinctorum, into a red colour.  
Having anoincted, washed, wrong, & laid abroad the skin, as is aforesaid, wet it with water that white wine lees and bay salt hath been boiled in, and than wring him. Take than crevices or crab shells (be they of the sea or of the river) burned into ashes, the which you shall temper with the said water of the lees and salt, and rub well the skin therewith, than wash him well with clear water, and wring him. This done, take ruddle tempered in water of lees, and rub the skin well over and over with it, and than with the foresaid ashes, washing, and wringing it three times. finally, after you have washed him, and wrong him, if you think it be not well enough, you shall give him one dying with brasil. The paste or mass of Rubra tinctorum, must be made with water that lees or tartre hath been boiled in, and the said water must be lukewarm, when you make the paste of ruddle, than leave it so the space of a night. After this, put upon the said Rubra tinctorum, a little Alum, drags, or lees, or Alum catinum, steeped in water. You may also add to it the colour of the shearing of scarlet, which hath been taken out boiling in lie, which is a goodly secret.   

To die skins Greene. 
Sap green is made with the berries of a Dog berry tree   
Anoint the skin, and wash him well with cold water, and than in hot water, and so wipe & dry him. This done, take of the grains wherewith men the sap (the decoction whereof shall be put in th'end of this book, with them of all other necessary things) and the said grains or berries must be very ripe, than put them in clear water, covered a fingar height, put therein also roche alum, and give them only one wawlme on the fire. This done, strain them out into some vessel, than take the skin, and fold him in the middle, rubbing him well on both sides, with the said sodden grains, or berries, which remain in the pan, and after with raw Alum powder. This done, take the ashes of sheeps dung burned, and wet it with the said colour that you strained into the said vessel, and rub the skin well on every side, than clear him again of the said grains, and wash him with clear water, and set him to dry without wiping him. Finally cast on him two glassefulles of the said colour, and it will be a perfect green.   

Another way to die skins green.  
Let the skin be anointed, well washed, wrong, and stretched out as before, than take of the same grains and berries ye took before, which you shall stamp and seethe in roche alum water, and give the skin two wipes over with this colour, and so let it dry. After this you shall give him one dying or colouring of yellow, made with the grains, or berries of Nerprum, sodden in water and Alum, and a little Saffron, and you shall have an excellent green.   

❀ To die the said skins green another way.  
TAke the skin, being anointed, washed, and spread abroad, die and colour him with the colour made of sap green, and put to it a few ashes wet in water, and so rub the skin all about. And when you have washed and wiped him again, give him one wipe over with and Indian colour sodden in roche alum. And when it is dry, lay on it of the foresaid yellow, and you shall have a fair and lively green.   

☞ Another way to die skins of Azure colour, and fair.  
TAke the skins of black grapes, and rub well your leather with all, until it wax somewhat blue, and also rub it well with the powder of Indicum, then wash it, dry, and polish it. Than steep the Indicum in thick red wine: and when the skin is washed, annoinct him with it, and you shall have a fair skin assured blue.   

¶ Another manner to die skins Greene.  
TAke ripe elder berries, and the berries of walwort, and of sap green, and this well stamped, you shall put to it roche alum, as much as you shall think good, but rather to much than to little: than take the lie, and put into it the said berries of sap green, and seeth them one waulme.  
This done, put in the berries of the walwort, or elder, and make them seeth also one waulme, than take them from the fire, and let them cool, and after rub the skins with them. finally, ye shall cast upon them, the ashes of sheeps dung, rubbing them well with it. After this, give them the coloured water that the said grains or berries were sodden in, than take of the water with a curryers' knife, and let them dry. And if you need to give them more colour, than you may put in more Indicum boiled, and it will be the better.   

☞ To die neats leather into a green colour, as well in gall as in leaves.  
polish well the leather with a pommeyse stone, anoint it well with oil, and wash it: than take an ounce or two of galls stamped, and put it in hot water, leaving it so an hour, than strain it thorough a linen cloth, and put the leather into the same water, rubbing it well with your hands, and leave it so the space of an hour: and having taken it out, wring it, and stretch it abroad, & tied it. Than take the grains or berries of Nerprum, gathered in july, when they be yet green: dry them, and stamp them well, adding thereto for every skin, two ounces of roche alum beaten in powder, and mingled with the powder of the said berries or grains. Than power upon the said powder boiling water, and let it cool, this done, pour of the said water with the said grains upon the skin, rubbing it well over with the palm of your hand, than stiep the ashes of goats dung, in the water of the said grains, and with the same water rub likewise the skin well with your hand, after this wash him, and scrape out the water with a tanner's paring knife, than tied him out, and take other ripe gains of sap green and set them to seethe, hole, in water with Roch Alom, and afterward let them cool. Than take of the said sodden berries or grains, and rub the skin with them with your hands, and put of the ashes upon it, which you shall stiep in the same green water, that the said berries were sodden in. finally, you shall wash the skin, and take out the water with a scraping knife, than you shall give it a course over of the said green water with a brush or clout meet for such a purpose: And than lay him to dry, and trim him, and you shall have a fair green. If you will have the colour darcker, or sadder, when you set the said grains to seethe with the Alom, you shall put to it a little Indicum well brayed. And you must note, that the water must be hot when you steep the ashes in it, with the water of the grains of Nerprun.   

¶ To die skines green with the flowers of Ireos.  
TAke the fresh flowers of Raphanitis, 
Ireos, a kind of flower deluce called in latin R●phaniti●  or Ireos, and stamp them well, than take the dry grains or berries of Nerprum, and with them stamp roche Alum, a reasonable quantity, whereof a great deal can do no hurt: put to it a little rain water, and mingle all this with the foresaid flowers stamped. Keep this colour in some clean vessel, and than take the skins, being anointed, and washed as is aforesaid, and put to them the grains of sap green with the ponlder, in the same manner that we have spoken of the other: wash them, and scrape of the water with a knife, and so let them dry, and give them one wipe over finely with the said colour that you kept, let them dry again, then dress them according to the science, and you shall have fair leather.   

❀ To die bones in a turkish or red colour.  
ALl kind of bones may well be died and coloured, but hearts horn is far better than any other. Take than what bone you will, & shape him into what form you please, and pullish him, and then boil him in roche alum water a good while, letting him afterward dry, than take good green, and stiep it in goats piss, and put it in some copper or brazen vessel, well covered, and hide it under a dongehil the space of xu or xx. days, and then shall you find it very fair. You may make the like also with the brine of a man in stead of the goats piss. And for to make it red, put in Cinabrium, or Brasyll, in stead of green: but than you must put it in some vessel of wood or glass, and not of copper nor brass.   

To die hogs bristles and other things, for to make rubbers and brusshes.  
first wash well the bristles, them take water wherein roche alum hath been boiled, and put the said bristles therein, and let them lie until they take a colour somewhat yellow: than take chickweed well stamped, and put it in Vyneaygre. afterward set a kettle with clear water on the fire, wherinto you shall cast the said chickweed, with the Vyneaygre and all, and when it beginneth to boil, cast in the bristles, and let them seeth but a very little while, than take of the kettle from the fire, and let it cool, and so shall you have your bristles of an excellent good colour.   

☞ To die the said bristles yellow, green, or blewe, or any other colour.  
first you must wash them, and let them boil in Alum water, as the other before: than take Ligustrum, and saffron, if you will have them yellow. Indicum, or the juice of elder berries, or walwort, or else of the flowers of Ireos, if you will have them blue. If you will have them green, take painters green, and dress them as is above said, assaying sometime if the colour please you. And by this means you may die them what colour you list.   

☞ To make a purple, which is a colour wherewith men use to make a colour like gold, for to paint and write with.  
MElt a pound of fine tin, and melted as it is, take it from the fire, and put into it. viii or ten ounces of quick Silver, mingle well all together until it be like as it were dow: than take a pound of Brimstone, and a pound of armoniac salt well brayed. Incorporate all this with the said dough of the Tin and Quick Silver, and bray them well together in a mortar, or other vessel of wood, or stone, and not of Brass. Than put all this composition into some viol, which must be well luted or clayed about the mouth, or so emplastered that the clayinge or lutinge be higher than the violle a finger height or twain. Than afterward set it so upon the furnace, making to it a slow fire at the first, and after a little bigger, and so you shall maintain it, stirring at times with a little stick that which is in the glass. And when you see that it will make a yellow colour, take it from the fire, and let it cool, and so shall you have a very fair purple colour like the colour of gold: afterward bray it with lie, and wash it with piss, or lie, adding to it a little Saffron, and steep it with gommed water, as you shall see hereafter more plainly.   

☞ To make Lacca of Brasyll.  
TAke two pails full of strong lie, and put in it a pound of the shearing of sine scarlet, and let it boil until the said shearing be all together dissolved and consumed into water: than after pour it into some vessel of wood or stone, and cast into it by little and little, a pound of Roch Alom, mingling it well with a sclyser of wood, and pour also to it, by little and little, two pails full of cold water. And after put it in a straining bag, and let it dreane/ and trickle out, then put that remaineth in the bag into some vessel of glass. This done, you shall set on the fire a pound of Verzine or brasil cut in pieces into a pail full of lie, and let it seeth until it be diminished the thickness of a finger, than strain it in another bag, and let the water that cometh out be set again on the fire, with an ounce of gomme Arabic made in powder, and let it seeth until it be diminished half a singer: then power it upon the said composition, that you did put into the vessel of glass, mingling well all together with a wooden sclyser, than put it in a bag, and strame it well. The dough of Verzine will remain in the bag, whereof you may make round apples or balls, and dry them in the shadow, and it will be perfect.   

☞ To make white tables to write in with the point of a wire, such as come out of Germany.  
TAke plaster called Gipsum, cribled and sifted, and steep it, and temper it with hearts glue, or other, and give your parchment leaf one touch with it, and when it is dry, scrape it, that it may be even and bright, and cover it over again with the said plaster, called Gypsum, and scrape it as before: than take Ceruse, well brayed and sifted, and steep it with the Oil of line seed sodden: Anoint your tables with this mixtion, and let it dry in the shadow, the space of five or six days. This done, take a clout, or linen cloth wete in water, wherewith you shall flicke and make smooth the said tables, but the cloth must first be wrong hard, and the water pressed out, then leave it so the space of xu or twenty days, until it be thorough dry, than apply it to your use.   

☞ To make roset, or ruddle.  
TAke an ounce of brasil broken small, a quarter of an ounce of Ceruse, and a quarter of an ounce of roche alum, mix all these things well together, and stamp them well, than pour piss upon them, until they be all covered with it, leaving it so the space of. three days, and mixing it. iii. or. iiii. times a day. Afterward strain it thorough a linen cloth, and put it in a pan not leaded, or in a mortar of white stone and let it dry in a place where there cometh neither Sun nor day light: than scrape the said roset, and keep it, and when you will write withal, steep it in gommed water.   

☞ To gild over parchment, leather or other such work, which men use in stead of hangings, or tapestry.  
TAke three pound of the Oil of line, Vernix, Pixgraeca, of each a pound, half an ounce of Saffron powder. Boil all this in a pan leaded, so much, and so long, that putting into it a hens feather, and taking it by and by out again, it seem as it were burned. Than take it from the fire, and take a pound of Aloe epaticum, of the best, well made in powder, and cast it in by little and little, stirring it incontinent well together with a strong stick: for otherwise it would swell and rise up a loft. And if in case for all the stirring it rise up, take it of the fire, and let it stand a while, and than set it en the fire again, making it boil a new, stirring it always diligently. And when all is well incorporated together, take it from the fire, and let it rest a while, than strain it thorough a linen cloth, into some other vessel wherein you will keep it, and it is made. Now, if in stead of Saffron, ye did put to it of the yellow seed which is in the flowers of Lilies, you shall make it much better and fairer. When you will guilt the parchment, you shall give it a ground or situation with the white of an Egg, or Gomme, whereupon you shall lay silver or tin leaves, but it shall not be so fair with the leaves of tin, as with silver. Than lay the said Vernix hot upon the parchment, or leather silvered, and you shall see immediately a colour of gold very fair. Let it dry well in the Sun, and print it, than paint it with what colour you will.   

☞ To die Crimson silk.  
first cut in s●nder, or scrape hard Soap small, and melt it in common water, than take your silk in a linen bag, or of fine canuesse and thin, and put it into a kettle with the said water & Sope. Let it bosle half an hour, slyrringe it that it cleave not to the kettle, then take it out, and wash it in salt water, and after in fresh water. Take also for every pound of Silk, a pound or more of roche alum allayed in cold water, and see there be water enough, into the which you shall put the said silk without any bag, and without setting it on the fire, leaving it so the space of eight hours: than take it out and wash it in fresh water, and after in salt water, than again in fresh water, and let it not dry, but put it wet as it is in a kettle with the Crimson, well stamped and systed, that is to say, three ounces for every pound of silk. If you will have the silk of a higher colour, take four ounces of it, and boil it in as much water as will cover the silk, and that the water be above it four or five fingers high, and for each pound of the said Crimson, you shall put in three ounces of small galls of Istria, well beaten into powder: or in stead of them, you may put in half an ounce of Arsenic Cristaline, for every pound, which will make the colour fairer, but it is dangerous because of the smoke, and all incenueniences that may happen, where such water may fall. And when it beginneth to boil, put into it your Silk, prepared and ordered as is aforesaid, and let it boil a quarter of an hour. finally take it of, and let it dry in the shadow, and you shall have an excellent thing.   

To prepare and trim brasil, for to make of it four divers colours.  
Put Brasyll in as much clear water as ye will, and seeth it until it be diminished of the third part, or at the least until the colour please you, that is to say, that it be very red, then divide this colour into. iiii parts: and if of one of the parts you will make roset, put nothing to it, for the colour will be such of itself. If you will make the other part blue, put to a little Lime water, and you shall have very fair blue: marry the brasil must be lukewarm. If you will make it Violet, put lie to it: but if tawny, you shall put to it Alumen fecis.   

☞ To make roset of brasil another way.  
TAke a pot of water, and put in it the bigness of a walnut of unsleaked lime, leaving it so the space of a night, then take as much brasil, bruised and broken, as will fill the vessel, that you will boil it in, half full: than pour into it the said water with the Lime well strained, and let it so steep in the said water, the space of four hours, making it afterward boil until it be come to half, than how down fair and softly the vessel that you boiled it in, and draw out the colour into some other clean vessel, putting to it the quantity of a Cyche Pease of roche alum, well brayed, and put it in when it is very hot: than shall you have a goodly thing to do withal what you will. If you will write with it, add to it a little come water. If you will make it Blue, put to it three ounces of Lie, more or less, into a vessel, and you shall have a very fair blue.   

☞ To make beyond sea Azure, without Lapis La●uli.  
TAke an ounce of Silver, calcined or burned with Aqua fortis, and an ounce and a half of salt ammoniac, mix all well together with vynayger, and let it clarify a little. If the Vynayger be more than the said things, take away that is to much, and put the rest in a vessel well leaded, and well stopped, that the substance have no vent out, leaving it so xxv. days, and at the end you shall find very fair Azure.   

☞ To make a green colour to write or paint with.  
TAke Verdegrise, Litarge, Quick Silver, and bray all this together with the piss of a young child: and than writ or paint with it, and you shall see an excellent colour, as it were an emerald.   

☞ To bray fine gold, wherewith a man may write, or paint with a pensyll.  
TAke gold leaves beaten, and four drops of honey: mix it well together, and put it in a glass. And when you will occupy it, steep and temper it in Gommed water, and it will be good.   

☞ The same another way.  
TAke as much as you will of the leaves of gold or silver beaten, and lay it abroad in a large cup or glass, as even as you can, and wet it with clear water, than bray it with your fingar, wetinge sometime your finger, but spread it not to much abroad in braying it, and continue thus doing until it be well broken, putting unto it always water. And when you think it is broken and brayed enough, fill the cup with clean fresh water, and stir it well, than let it repose half an hour: After this strain the water, and you shall find the gold in the bottom of the cup, the which you may dry at your pleasure. When you will put it in 〈◊〉, steep and temper it with Gommed water: also you must keep it well covered, that it take no filth. This is the best way that is, to make brayed or powered Gold.   

☞ Another way with Purpurine.  
TAke Purpurine, which you shall find to be sold, or that you have made yourself in the manner aforesaid, than put it in a dish, with piss or lie, and dip it well with your fingar little and little: afterward fill the dish with piss or lie, and let all settle down into the bottom. This done, stir it again, changing often the said lie, until all be as you would have it, and finely being broken and pounned, and that the last piss or lie be as clear as when you did put it in, and after you have strained it out, you shall put to it a little Saffron, and temper it with Gommed water. Than may you write, paint, or do any thing else with it.   

¶ To make a ground to gild upon, with burnished gold.  
TAke Gipsum, the quantity of a Walnut, Boale Armenicke, the bigness of a Bean, Aloehepaticke, Sugar candy, of each of them the quantity of a Bean, stamp them by themselves, and putting the one upon the other, you shall put to it last of all a little civet, or honey.   

☞ To lay or settle gold with a single ground.  
TAke fine Gipsum, Aloe Epaticum, Boale Armenick of each like quantity, and temper it with the whites of new laid eggs, which you have strained thorough a linen cloth, & if your ground be to strong you may temper it with water.   

❀ Another way to lay on gold.  
TAke Gommed water, and with the same only put gold, and the said ground will be good upon parchment, or upon skins, the like may you make with the whites of new laid Eggs, and with the milk of figs alone.   

To make colours of all kind of metals.  
TAke Crystal, or paragon stone, and bray it well with the white of an Egg, and than writ with it, and when it is dry, rub the writing with gold, or any other metal, and you shall have the same colour that the metal is of.   

To lay gold on a black bottom or ground.  
TAke the smoke of a Lamp, and powne or bray it well with the Oil of line, or of walnuts. And when you will lay the gold upon the said ground, see that it be neither to moist nor to dry.   

☞ To make letters of the colour of gold, without gold.  
TAke an ounce of Orpiment, and an ounce of fine Crystal, and bray them each one by himself, than mingle them together with the whites of Eggs, and write with it.   

❀ To make silver letters without silver.  
TAke an ounce of Tin, two ounces of quick silver, and melt them together, than bray them with Gommed water, and write with it.   

❀ To make green letters.  
TAke the juice of Rue, Verdegrise, and Saffrony bray them well all together, and write therewith with Gommed water.   

To make white letters in a black field.  
TAke the pure milk of a fig tree, in a glass, and set it in the sun the space of half an hour: than allay it, or temper it with Gommed water, when you will occupy it. And when you have written with it black the paper with ink, as much as you will if the paper be great: and when it is dry, rub it well with a linen cloth. Than the letters that you made with the milk of the fig tree, will go of all together, and the paper will remain written white, because it was kept and preserved by the same milk, from the ink, where the letters were. The like may you make with the yelke of an Egg, tempered in water, with the which you may write also: And when the writing is dry, rub well the paper over with ink, as before. And when it is dry, rub the said letter, made with the yelke of the Egg, with some linen cloth or knife, and they will go of, and leave a white space, whereby you shall have fair white letters in a black paper.   

To make a green colour for to write and paint withal.  
TAke green byse, and steep it alone in vinegar, and pass it thorough a linen cloth, and bray it well upon a Porphire stone, with clear water, and put to it, in braying it, a little honey, and let it d●e well, than bray it again well with Gommed water, and it will be perfect.   

☞ To trim and dress Azure.  
AZure is brayed with honey, as green, but ye need not purge it otherwise: temper it with the white of Eggs beaten, or with the water of glue, and not of Gomme. The water of glue, is made with parchment glue, clear and mollified, and strained as gum is.   

☞ To dress or trim Cinabrium, for to write or paint with.  
BRay well the Cinabrium upon a Porphyre stone, with clear condite water, than let it dry, and put it in an ynckehorne, or glass, but it is better in an inkhorn in winter. After this pour piss into it, mingling it well together, and leaving it so until night, until all the Cinabrium be gone to the bottom: than change the piss, and do as before, leaving it so until the next morning, changing so the urine or piss four or five days, until all be well purged. Than take the white of an Egg well beaten, until it be brought into clear water, which you shall pour upon the Cinabrium, so that it be more than a fingar above it: After mix well all together with some stick of a walnut tree, or else with some little bone, than let the Cinabrium descend down to the bottom, and do with this as before with the piss, the space of two or three days, and this will take away all the savour of the piss. This done, ye shall put another white of an Egg and mingle all well together, and than it will be perfit: you must keep it well stopped. At every time that you will occupy of it, stir it well: and when the white of the Egg is so dressed, as is declared, it never corrupteth.   

☞ A ground to lay gold upon any metal or iron.  
TAke Vernix liquida, a pound, Turpentine, Oil of line, of each of them an ounce: mire well all together, and it is made.   

☞ To guilt the edges of books.  
TAke the quantity of a Walnut of Boale Armenicke, the bigness of a Cyche pease of Sugar Candye: bray them dry the one with the other, and put to it a little of the white of an Egg well beaten, than mingle well all together. This done, take the book that you will guilt, which must be well bound, well glued, even cut, and well polished, set him fast in the press, and that as even and as right as you can possible. Then with a pencil give him a wipe over with the white of an Egg well beaten, and let it dry, than give him also another with the said composition. And when it is well dried, scrape it, and polish it well. Last of all when you will lay on the Gold, wet the said edges with a little clear water, with a pencil, and than incontinent put on the gold leaves, cut in that bigness they ought to be, and when it is dry, pollyshe it with a dogs tooth. This done, you may make what work you will upon it.   

☞ To keep whites of eggs as long as a man will without corrupting, and without putting Arsenic to it. A secret not much known.  
TAke the whites of Eggs, not breaking them in any wise, and put to them as much white vinegar as shall suffice, that is to say, a reasonable quantity, leave it so the space of two days, than pass it thorough some linen cloth, without breaking or beating the white of the Eggs, leaving it so the space of eight days, than strain it again, and put it in a viol well stopped, for to occupy when you have need.   

❀ The manner how to make the ground or foundation for Indicum.  
TAke Gomme armoniac three parts, Gomme Arabic one part, Serapinum, a fourth part, steep these in vinegar, until they be very soft, than mix them well, and strain them thorough a linen cloth, and it will be very good to occupy when you have need.   

Another perfit ground for the same thing.  
TAke Gomme ammoniac an ounce, Gomme Arabic three ounces, and steep it in Vyneaygre the space of a day and a night, than take the bigness of a walnut of good yellow Honey, and a Garlic head, well peeled and made clean, and well stamped. Boil all these things together in strong vinegar, putting to it a little Aloe Epatic, and let it boil a good while, than strain it thorough a linen cloth and wring out well all the substance of it. And if you think it be liquid or soft, or to clear, boil it again, until you think it is thick enough, than keep it in a glass, or vessel of earth leaded, or of bone. When you will gilded any thing, anoint it first with this composition, with a pencil, and rub it well, so that the engraving be not filled, & leave it so as long as you will: than, when you will lay on the leaves of gold, blow a little your breath upon the said foundation or ground, and set on the said leaves of gold, disposing and ordering them as is requisite, pressing them well down with a pencil, or with a little will or bombase, and than shall you have a very excellent gilting.   

☞ A goodly way how to make Gold and Silver in powder, a thing easy to be done, and there will come of it an excellent colour. This is a very rare secret, which hath not been used nor known until this present.  
TAke leaves of gold a crown weight, or as much as you will, and set it to the fire in some little clean pan or pipkin, and in another vessel you shall put four times as much in weight of quick silver, a good way of from the fire, so that it may but only warm a little, for otherwise it might vanish away. Let not the leaves of gold take so much heat, that they melt, but let them wax almost red. This done, take them from the fire, and the quick silver likewise, which you shall pour hot upon the leaves of gold, and incontinent mingle them well together with a little stick, the space of a Paternoster, and pour it afterward into a dish full of clear water, and you shall have a dough of the said gold and quick silver, but the colour of the gold will be so darkened and obscure, that a man shall perceive and see nothing at all. And this is the dough that the Goldsmiths call Amalgama, and the learned men Malagma, which is a Greek word, and being corrupted of the Arabians, was changed into Amalgama. Also you may make this cold, in braying the leaves a good while with the quick silver upon a Porphyre stone, until all be mixed and joined together.  
And braying it also with strong Vinagre, or the juice of Lemons, it will sooner be made, and will incorporate and come together the better, than must you wash it wise or thrice with clear water. Now, how soever you have made this dough, or Amalgama, you must strain it thorough a linen cloth, fine and thick, to the intent that a part of the quick silver may go thorough: or else strain it through a wild goats skin, or a lambs skin, which is far better, and press it hard, to th'intent there may come out as much quick silver as is possible. Than take that remaineth in the cloth or skin, and put to it half as much fair quick Brimstone citrine. first stamp well the Brimstone and mingle it with the said paste or dough: and being so mingled, set it on the fire in a dish or iron lad●e, leaving it so until all the Brimstone be burned, and all the rest yellow. Than let it coal, and put it in a dish washing it so often with clear water, till you have a fair colour of Gold. Than keep it in some glass or earthen vessel leaded, as you do the other punned and brayed Gold, and when you will put it in experience, steep it in Rose water, or other, wherein you shall have mollified or dissolved some clear gomme Arabic.  
Than dress and order it to write or paint with, and you shall have an excellent thing. When you have written or painted, being once dry, you may burnish it with a dogs tooth, which you can not do to the other brayed or punned gold, that Scriveners and Painters now a days do use. This secret hath been practised of the old and ancient writers, as we see in some of their books. But now you must use the practice to burnish it, laying a white paper upon the gold, and rubbing first upon the said paper with the dogs tooth. And if you think that it is not yet burnished enough, you may burnish it once again, with the tooth upon the Gold without the paper betwixt.   

☞ To make a very fair Vernix, to varnish the said gold, and all other workmanship.  
TAke Bengewine, and bray it the best you can betwixt two papers, than put it in some violle, and pour upon it good Aqua vite, that it be above the bengewin three or four fingers high, and leave it so a day or twain, than put to it, for half a viol of such Aqua vite, fine, or six blades of Saffron slenderly stamped, or else whole. This done, strain it, and with a pencil varnish therewith any thing guilded that you will, which will become bright, and fair, drying itself immediately, and will continue many years. Now, if you will dress Silver in such a manner, do even with the silver leaves as you did with the Gold, if not, in steed of Brimstone you shall take white common salt, then dress the Varnish in the foresaid manner, putting to it the Almond or Bengewine, that is to say, the white that is found in the mids of Bengewine, and put in no Saffron at all. And the said varnish of Bengewine, and Aquavite, without any other thing, is very good to varnish all things, as well painted as not painted, and also to make tables and coffers of Walnutte tree, and Nebene to glister and shine, and of all other things: Likewise works of Copper gilted, and not guilded: for it maketh bright, preserveth, aideth the colour, and drieth incontinent, without taking any dust or filth, but that you may make it clean with a linen cloth, or with a fox's tail, which is better, as if it were not varnished at al.   

To bray or break gold or silver easily after the comes manner that the best workmasters do use.  
TAke what gold leaves you will, and incorporate them well in a cup of glass, with julep roset, stir ring it well with your middle finger, little and little. And when all is incorporated together, bray it well upon a Porphyre stone, than pour by little and little, clear water upon the said stone, mixing it always: After strain the said gold & julep, into a dish, or cup of glass, and wash well the stone that there remain nothing. Than stir all with your finger in the said dish, and let it so repose: after, pour the water out, and put in other fresh, clear, and warm, and wash it so, until all the julep be washed and cleansed out, and that the water (putting it in your mouth) be in no wise sweet, than let it dry. This d●en, you shall put it in a cup of clean glass, and rake out a few hot embers a good way from the fire, that the glass break not, whereupon you shall set the said cup, until the gold wax very hot, and be returned to his natural colour. Finally temper it with go●med water, for to put it in experience.   

To make a liquor, that maketh a golden colour without gold.  
TAke the juice of Saffron flowers, when they are fresh upon the plant, and if you can get none, take Saffron dried, well made in powder, and put to it as much yellow and glistering Orpiment, that is scaly, and not earthy: than, with the gall of a Hare, or of a Pike (which is better) bray them well together. This done, put them in some viol under a dunghill certain days, then take it out and keep it, and when you will write with this liquor, you shall have a fair colour of Gold.   

❀ Another liquor of the colour of Gold, for to write and to guilt iron, wood, glass, bone, and other like things.  
TAke an egg laid the same day that you begin to make this, the which egg you shall open at one end, and take out all the white, than take two parts of quick silver, and one part of salt armoniac, that is clean, and well beaten: and of these two things, you shall put as much upon the yelk of the egg that remaineth in the shell, as will fill it up again: than mingle well all together with a little stick. After, stop the said egg with the piece that you took of, closing it well with a piece of wax, that nothing may enter into it, nor any thing issue out.  
Than lay it under horse dung, right up, the open end upward, this done, take another half egg shell, and make as it were a cover or a cap upon the said broken end, covering it with dung, and leave it so the space of twenty or five and twenty days, and so shall you have a very fair colour of gold, for to write, and to do what you will withal. And if the said substance be to hard or to thick, you may break it, or temper it with gommed water.   

☞ Another goodly liquor, to make a golden colour with little cost, and is a thing easy to be doen.  
TAke the pills of Citrons, or Oranges very yellow, and clear them well of the white that is within side, than stamp them well in a mortar of stone, or wood, well made clean, and take good yellow Brimstone, clear and bright, and well beaten in powder, which you shall mingle with the said pills stamped, stamping well all together. This done, you shall put all this into a viol, and keep it in a deep cellar or cave, or in some moist place, by the space of viii or ten days. finally, you shall heat it again by the fire, and then write or paint with it, and you shall find it a very excellent colour of Gold.   

☞ To make ink, or a colour to write with, in a very good perfection.  
TAke good Galls, and break them in three or four pieces, that is to say, stamp them slightly, and put them in a fryinge pan, or some other iron pan, with a little Oil, frieng them a little, then take a pound of them, and put it in some vessel leaded, pouring into it as much white wine as will cover it over, more than a good hand breadth. After, take a pound of Gomme Arabic, well stamped, and eight ounces of vitriol well made in powder: mix all well together, and set it in the sun certain days, stirring it as often as you may: then boil it a little if you see that you have need, and after strain it, and it will be perfect. And upon the lees that shall remain in the bottom, you may pour other wine, and boil it a little, and strain it. You may put wine upon the same lees as often as you will: that is to say, until you see that the wine which you put in, will stain or be coloured no more. Then, mingle all the said wine, whereunto you shall put other g●●●●s, gomme, and vitriol, as at the beginning them keeping it in the Sun, you shall have a better ink than the first, and do so every day, for the oftener you do it, the better you shall have it, and with less cost. And if you find it to thick, or that it be not flowing enough, put to it a little clear lie, which will make it liquid and thin enough. If it be to clear, add to it a little gomme Arabic. The galls must be small, curled and massive within, if they be good. The good vitriolle is always within of a colour like unto the element. The best gum, is clear and brittle, that in stamping it, it becometh powder easily, without cleaning together.   

A good way and manner how to make ink for to carry about a man in a dry powder, which (when he will write with) he must temper with a little wine, water, or vynaiger or with some other liquor, and than he may incontinent put it in experience. With the said powder all other ink may be amended, be it never so evil.  
TAke Peche or Abricot stones with their kurnels, sweet Almonds, or bitter, 〈◊〉 that they have their shells hard, and that the Almonds be within them. And if in case you can get but the said stones without their kurnels, it shall be good enough, but yet not so good as with the kurnels. Take then all the said things together, or those that you can get, and burn them upon the coals: and when they be very red and ens●amed, take them out, and thus being redacte and made into very black coals, keep them in a pan.  
Take likewise Rosin of a Pine tree, and put it in a pan, and make it flame and burn: than take another little scillette, or else a little bag holden open, with little sticks laid a cross over it, or otherwise, as you shall think good, and hold the mouth of the bag downward over the flame, so that the smoke of the said Rosin may gather together, and stick round about the said pan or bag, and when all the Rosin to burned, and all cold again, cause all the said smoke to fall upon a paper, or table, or some other thing, and keep it, but if you will not take the pains to make this smoke, buy it of them that make printers ink. Of this black or smoke, you shall take one part, or what quantity you will, of the coals of the said stones another part, of vitriol one part, of fried galls, as is aforesaid, two parts, of Gomme Arabic four parts.  
Let all these things be well stamped, sifted, and mingled together, and then keep well this powder in a linen bag, or of leather, for the older it is, the better it will be. When you will occupy it, for to make y●●ke thereof, take a little of it, and temper it with wine, water, or vinegar, the which being put into it warm, the ink shall be the better, nevertheless, being put in cold, it maketh no great matter, and you shall have immediately very good ink, which you may carry where you will without spilling or shedding. If you have naughty ink, put to it a little of the said powder, and it will become immediately very good black, and have a good gloss.   

❀ To make a great deal of ink quickly, and with little cost.  
TAke of the black that Curriers or tanner's do black their skins with, for you may have much for money: than take of a fish called a Cuttle, which costeth almost nothing, and chiefly in places nigh to the sea side, and in eating the said fish at diverse times, you may keep the galls together. Than mingle the said galls with the Tanner's colour, and without any other thing, you shall have a perfect Ink. To make it yet better, you may put to it of the said powder made of the coals of vitriol, of Galls, and of gomme, and the said. Ink shallbe very good to print in copper, putting to it a little vernix, & a little oil of line, so that it may be liquid and flitting of itself, for to pierce the better into all manner of engravings, and that it may abide well upon the paper, without running abroad.   

❀ To make Printers Ink.  
PRinters Ink is made only with the smoke of Rosine, as is abovesaid, and is tempered with moist Varnish, you must seethe it a little, to make it liquid or thick, as you shall need. But in Winter moister than in Summer: and always the thicker maketh the letter fairer, blacker, clearer, and brighter. But in what manner so ever it be, it must be ever well mixed with the smoke. And to make it liquid, as is said, you must put to it more oil of line, or of walnuts to the bernyshe. If you will make it thicker, put less Oil, and more smoke, letting it seeth more. If you will Print red, in stead of the said smoke, mingle vermilion well brayed, with the said varnish. If you will Print green, put in green Bice. If you will make it Blue (as men have done sometime heretofore) take Azure of Almain, or of that of glass, which is now made at Venise, doing in all points as we have spoken of the black ink.   

☞ To make ink so white, that although a man write with it upon white paper, it may easily and perfectly be red. A very goodly thing.  
TAke the shells of new laid eggs, very white, and well washed, then bray them well upon a clean marble stone, with clear water. Put them in a clean dish, until the powder descend to the bottom: after dreane out the water lightly, and let the powder dry of itself, or in the sun, and so shall you have an excellent white, that neither Ceruse, nor any other white in the world may be compared unto it, if you dress, and keep it clean. And when you will occupy it, take gomme Armoniac well washed, and mollified of that yellow skin that is about it: then steep It the space of a night in distilled vinegar, and in the morning you shall find it dissolved, and the vinegar shall become whiter than milk: the which you shall strain thorough a clean linen cloth, and with a little of this white liquor you shall temper the said powder, and than write or paint with it, and you shall have a white, excellent above all other sorts. A noble woman of italy used no other thing to blanch her face: and kept herself very white with all, and yet it appeared not that she used any such thing. Also the said powder hurteth nothing at all the face, nor the skin, nor yet the teeth, as the sublime, the Ceruse, and other like things do, which gentylwemen oft use, to their great detriment and hurt. But if you will use the said white made of egg shells upon your face, you must bray and consume it very fine, and that it have almost no palpable substance, and that it may be penetrative and piercing, to th'intent it may continue. In the which thing every man may prove and assay what his wit is able to do. But above all things, when you will use it for the face, it is necessary that you put to it the third part of calcined and burned Talchum, as we will show you in the book following.   

☞ To make a powder to take of blots of ink, fallen upon the paper, or else the letters and writing from the paper: which is a rare secret, but yet profitable.  
TAke Ceruse well brayed, and make thereof a dough with the milk of a fig tree, then let it dry: afterward bray it again, and dry it as before, and so seven times: then keep it so in powder. And when you will use it to take out blots, or letters out of paper, take a little linen cloth wet in water, pressing and wringing the water out, then spread it abroad upon the place where you would have it, and leave it thereupon until the paper and the ink be moist with all: than take away the wet cloth, and upon the blot or letters that you will have taken away, put a little of the said powder of Ceruse, leaving it so the space of a night. In the morning, you shall take a linen cloth clean and dry, wherewith you shall rub of softly and finely the said powder, and the paper will remain exceeding white for to write upon again, as well as before, and better. And if all be not well rubbed of at the first time, you may do it once again, and you shall not fail.   

To make a kind of varnish, but much fairer, and better than that which Scrivenars do use; and is of less cost, and stinketh not as other varnish doth.  
THe varnish which Scriveners commonly use, is nothing else but the gum of juniper made in powder, and of the same is liquid varnish made, in boiling the said gomme in the Oil of line, and of this powder do Scriveners use to cause that the ink run not abroad, and that the letter be the fairer and cleaner. Now for to make a powder of like effect, and very fair, with less cost, and without any evil savour, take Egg shells what quantity you will, taking away the little skin within side: and when you have grossly stamped them, put them in a panns that will endure the fire, covering it with some cover, than set it in some glaziers or potter's furnaces, or in a brick, tile, or lime makers kill, leaving it there until all the shells be come into a very white powder, which is called Egg lime: sift it, and keep it. And when you will occupy it, cast a little of it upon the paper, or parchment, and spread the powder well upon it, rubbing it well with a Hare's foot, or otherwise then taking away that is to much, writ upon it, and you shall find it of better effect than the vernix. When the writing is dry, if you will take away the said powder, yea the common varnish, for fear least men should white their hands, rub the paper or parchment with crumbs of white bread, for it will draw to itself, and take away all the varnish or powder that is upon it.   

☞ To make ink to rule paper for to write by, wher● of the writing being drie, the lives may so be▪ taken out, that it shall seem ye have written without lines.  
TAke Paragon stone, stamp and bray it well, then take the bigness of a little nut, of the fairest tartre or lees of white wine, calcined and burned, setting it to steep and dissolve in a dyshful of clear water, and than strain it out. And with this water you shall temper the black powder of the Paragon stone, until it become like ink, with the which you shall rule your paper, or parchment: and write upon those lines what you will with common ink. And when the writing is dry, for to take out the said lines, you shall take hard crumbs of white bread, and rub your paper over with them, and the lines that you have ruled, will go out, as clean as though there had never been line at all. This is a goodly secret, and very rare.  
* The end of the fift book.    

THE Secrets of the reverend Master Alexis of Piemount.  
THE sixth BOOK.  

☞ To sublime Quick Silver, that is to say, to make common sublyme, that Goldsmiths, Alebemistes, and Gentil women do use, and that men use in many things concerning physic.  
TAke a pound of Quick Silver, and put it in some vessel of wood with a little vinegar, and Salt Peter, than bray it, and mortify it well with a wooden pestle. Than take half a pound of comen salt, four ounces of Salt Peter, and let all this be well brayed, and put upon the Quick Silver in the same vessel of wood, styringe well all together, putting to it two pound of roche alum burned. Incorporate well all this together, and put it in a viol, or some pot, luted and clayed a finger higher than the substance within is. Then put it, and dispone it, in a pan or scillet, upon sisted ashes: than set the said pan on the furnes, setting the Limbeck upon the viol or pot luted, and then the recipient, to receive that distelleth out, as men do in all manner of distillations. Make to it at the first a slow fire, until all the moisture be drawn out, which you shall take out of the recipient, and keep well, for it will be good for many things, and specially for to mortify other Quick Silver, to make other sublime. This done, make your fire greater, and continue it so, until you see Mercury or Quick Silver, to be sublimed thoroughly white, that is to say, that it be risen above all the substance, and made as it were a white cake. And if you will make it higher, that is to say, unto the neck and brim of the viol or pot, then take a sheet of paper, and wrap it round about the viol or pot, that is to say, about the body of it that is uncovered above the furnaces: then increase your fire, and make it greater, and this white cake will rise by little and little, and will cleave to the brim of the pot, remaining there like a little be●●e of white sublime, then let it cool. Than take of the recipient, and lift up the Limbeck, making the pot clean without side, to the intent that when you break it, there fall no filth among the said sublime. This done, break the viol or pot and in taking of the sublime, you must keep it from the smoke, and in this sort you may make a loaf or cake of a hundred, or two hundred pound, or as much as you will, keeping always the proportion of the quantity of the things, according to the weight here above written. The lees that remaineth in the bottom of the said pot or viol, may be stamped and dissolved in boilinge water, and than strain it, and let it seeth, and than dry thoroughly: there will remain in the bottom a salt, which will be of the nature of the Salt Peter, of the common salt, and of the Alum that you did put in. And the said salt will be very good to make other new sublime, with other Quick Silver, and vinegar: or else in stead of vinegar you may take the foresaid water that distilleth in the sublimation, and so shall you make it very perfit. And you must note, that the said sublime, made with roche alum, is better for gentlewomen, that will paint their faces with sublime. But I counsel them, that in stead of sublime, they use some of the waters that I have spoken of in the books before. For Goldsmiths, Alkemistes, and for many things required in Physic, it is better to put in raw vitriol, in stead of burned Alum: but this is very evil and hurtful for gentlewomen: for, the most part of them that make sublime, make it with vitriol partly because it is made with less cost, and partly because it is profitabler for many things, them made with Alum, which is almdost for nothing but for gentlewomen. There be some naughty persons that put Arsenic Cristallyne to distill with Quick Silver, a thing practised of to many men. Wherefore it is good and profitable to admonish every man that he take heed, for certainly, in respect of a little gain, they make themselves worthy to be burned quick: for besides that men see oftentimes, that by such sublyme women have their faces swollen withal, like a bladder blowe●, also it may happen that in Physic they hurt or kill men The said sublime made with Alum and vitriol, may easily be sublimed a new, that is to say, for every pound of this sublime, to put to it half a pound of common white salt, or burned Alum, or unsleaked lime, in setting this to sublime, as before: the which will sublime itself much sooner, and will wax fairer, the oftener you sublime it. The Alchemistes, following the precepts of Geber, of saint Thomas, and other Philosophers, go about and spend time to sublime it divers times for to make it firm, among whom there be that sublime it a hundredth times, and other some two hundredth times, and yet at th'end bring it to none effect: and that cometh, because that always they put in, in subliming the said lecs, that is to say, the salt, alum, or vitriol, as we have said. And seeing that the nature of the fire is to fix and make firm things that soon flit away, the oftener the said sublime cometh to the fire, the more doth it fasten at every time, but that part that is fastened, is always mingled with the said lees, and so is lost: Therefore they which made the said sublimation, not considering the reasons and causes why such a thing happeneth, found that by little and little their sublime was diminished, and (peradventure) thought it had flown away, or else consumed in the fire, rather than to believe that it remained in the said lees, from the which it can in no wise be separated. Now minding philosophically to proceed in the fastening or fixinge the said sublime, you must first sublime it three or four times, with common salt, burned Alum, lime, or Talchum, as is said to the intent that in this wise it may be mondified, and cleansed from all earthy and unclean substance, that it containeth, and from the superfluous moisture, whereof it is full. It is mondified and made clean of the earthy substance, because the earth sublimeth not, but remaineth in the bottom of the viol or pot, cleaving with the grounes, which is the Salt, Alum, or Vttriole that is put in it, the which things we call here lees or dregs, because they remain in the bottom, as the lees of wine, or of Oil doth. Also it is purged of the aquosity, or superfluous moisture, two manner of ways. The first is, because that with the same, or distilled water, wherewith it was watered, as we have said before, the moisture or wateriness of the said Quick silver distilleth out in a vapour. The other is, because of the oft subliming it, the nature of the fire is annexed unto it, which diminisheth it, the which two things are the principal cause why it fasteneth. And so are they the only parts that make the perfit fixion or fastening, according as they are sufficiently joined with the things that you will fasten or fix. And here we mean no other thing, by the thing fixed or fastened, but that the fire hath made such a decoction, that it danisheth not away, or is lightly carried away with the wind, and that all the substance remaineth in the bottom, and consumeth no more.  
Therefore, after you have sublimed it three or four times, and that it is well purged of the carthye substance, and of the superfluous moisture, as is aforesaid, you shall set it to sublime a part by itself, without any grownes or lees, and shall sublime it so often, until all remain fixed to the bottom of the viol or pot, and that it fly not away nor diminish for any great fire that you make.  
But if you will make it in less space, and easier, observe this rule, which is certain and infallible.  
When you have sublimed it three or four times, or oftener, you shall add to it the fourth part of fine silver calcined and burned, as we will afterward declare: than after you have mixed it well together, set it to sublime: and when it is sublimed, mingle that which is risen up, with that that remaineth in the bottom, then sublime it again, and so, so often that it rise up no more but remain in the bottom for all the vehemence of the fire, and so shall it be perfect, very white, clean, fusible, and penetrative or piercing. And he that would make a good quantity of it, and is not able to put to it as much fine silver, as the fourth part of it, he may make it in this manner following. After he hath sublimed it three or four times, with the grownes or lees, as is aforesaid, let him keep it by itself, and take a little of it that is to say, as much as for to join or put with the fourth part of fine silver, that he should put to it, as in example. If he have but half an ounce of Silver, let him take an ounce of the said sublime, and when he hath mixed it together, let him sublime it as often as before, until all remain fixed in the bottom, and he shall have two ounces, or little less of sublime fixed: for the fire in drying it, and making the decoction, cateth and consumeth some part of it, beside that consumeth in stamping, and in the viol or pot. Than let him take these two ounces fixed, or as much as is of it, with three times as much of sublime not fixed, that was kept, and then let him mingle all together, and sublime it as oft as before, until all be fixed. And if he will make more of it, let him take again three parts of the other sublyme: and so shall he make it as often and as much as he will, which is much better than to make it all at once, for by this means is volatile fixum, and fixum volatile oftener made, which is that, that the philosophers esteem most, and is also more fusible, more piercing, and of greater virtue. In this operation consisteth all all the secret, and the greatest mastery of the Philosophers, and chiefly of Geber, who maketh the most part of his work in this manner of subliming and firing often times, and only keepeth the thing secret that must be sublimed, the which thing because he will hide it from them that be not worthy to know it (as himself affirmeth) he calleth it Quick Silver, but he meaneth another thing, although in effect the same thing declareth that it is but quick silver, but brought from his nature unto a perfecter degree, as for example. Dow, is meal, not in his first essence and being, but is redact and made of the baker, into a more estimable nature, and nearer to perfection. No man ought to hope to attain to this high knowledge, by his own wit, but only by the grace and gift of God, who (as all the Philosophers say) Cui vult largitur, & subtrabit.   

☞ To make Cinabrium, and thereof to make loaves of a hundredth or two hundredth pounds, as great as a man list as those are that come out of Almaigne, which secret hath not before this time been known of any in Italy.  
ALl those that delight in secrets, and principally in things belonging to metals, know how to dress Cinabrium, but in a small quantity, as a pound or two at a time, and not past. In germany, and some parts of France, there be that make it in great lompes, or masses, and send it so into italy, and over all the world, and yet keep it marvelous secret to themselves, without publishing it unto many men. Therefore we will also communicate this secret (although it consist in a small thing) to the glory of God, and the profit of the common wealth, reaching here in a brief manner, to make it in as great a quantity as a man will. Take of Quick Silver nine parts, Brimstone citrine two parts, yet many men put three parts of Brimstone, for the nine parts of quick silver, other four, and some as much of the one as of the other. But when it is for to paint with, there cannot be to much Brimstone, for there cometh the livelier colour of it, and for other things it is better that for one pound of Quick Silver, there be but three or four ounces of Brimstone. Put then the Brimstone in some large pan, melting it with a slow or small fire: & when it is melted, take the Quick Silver in a linen cloth, in your left hand, and wring it little and little into the said Brimstone (which must first be taken from the fire) and mingle it with a stick, to th'end the quick silver may incorporate itself well with the Brimstone, not ceasing to stir it, and to lose it always from the pan, until all be well cooled, and you shall have a black mixture, which shall be neither like the Brimstone, nor quick silver. Stamp this mixtion, and bray it well, and sift it, and of this powder you may make what quantity you will, putting it in a great pan. Now if you will dress the Cinabrium, you shall take a viol of glass as great as you will, yet see notwithstanding that ye fill the said violle but a quarter full with the substance that you shall put in it. And after having well luted and clayed the viol, with a clay or paste made with white clay, and the shearing of cloth (which men call Lutum sapientiae, as we will show you hereafter how to make it perfectly) and when it is well dried, put in as much of the said powder, as will fill a quarter of the said viol, or less, and without closing up the mouth of the said vessel of glass, ye shall set it upon a great furnaces, if you have much substance, than make under it a flight and slow fire, the space of two or three hours, and afterward somewhat greater. But for to make a great quantity of it, you must ever and anon, put in of the said powder, leaving so still the said vessel of glass upon the fire to sublime: then take a stick made meet for the purpose, that may reach to the bottom of the said vessel, and be more than a handful without, and have also upon the stick a round lump of the said Lutum sapientiae, to the intent that the said stick so being put into the viol, it may close the mouth of it, and that when the stick riseth up, the piece of Lutum sapientiae, may also rise withal, and open the mouth of the said violle. You must have also made ready, and settled, a fonnell (such as they fill hogs heads of wine withal) which must have always the neck of it within the mouth of the vyolle, and that the stick may go through the middle of the funnel, that by that means, it may stop the straight of the funnel, with the mouth of the viol.  
All these things thus set in order, you must keep the said powder nigh unto the fire, to the intent that it may be hot: for if you should put it in cold, upon the hot that is in the viol, you should make cold, and let the sublimation of the Cinabrium.  
Now, when the first powder hath been on the fire, the space of five hours, and that it is thoroughly, or partly sublimed, lift up the stick a little, that is in the pot, and so open the mouth of it, in lifting up the round piece of clay that stopped it, and put in three or four spoonfuls of the said powder that you kept warm, then let down the stick, with the round buttonne of clay, that it may close the vyolle, as before.  
And you must understand, that the said stick is not put into the viol for any other cause, but to keep that the said powder which is in the bottomme, beginning to sublime, should not cleave round about the mouth of the viol, for than it would stop it so, that you could put none other powder into it, nor make the loaves so great, as is said: and herein consisteth the whole Secret to make the loves great. For if you would put in all the substance at once, that is to say, a hundreth, or two hundredth pound of substance, you should make the mass, or lump so great, that it would never be brought to perfection, and must make so great a fire to it, that rather it would melt both the vessel, and also mar the furnaces, than the matter or substance would sublime.  
But in putting it in thus by little and little, the stick being in the middle, all the substance sublimeth, baketh, and waxeth red, and by little and little, sticketh to the highest part of the vessel, then, in putting to it again new powder, it descendeth to the bottom, and there finding all things hot, with that that it is hot itself, and in a small quantity it sublimeth, baketh, and waxeth red incontinent, incorporating itself with the first. So in putting in, by little and little new hot powder, and keeping always the fire in one state, you shall make as great a quantity of it as you will, and shall have very great loaves of fair Cinabrium, the which will have only a hole in the middle, which is the space where the stick went thorough. Finally, you may put to it new powder in taking away the stick all together, and closing the mouth, and than make a fire: for this last powder will likewise sublime, and will make a bottom to the loaf of Cinabrium, Moreover, note and understand, that the great fire, that is to say, long continued and kept, hurteth not, and now and then you must move, and lift up and down the said stick, to the intent that the Cinabrium cleave not to it, and stop so the mouth of the vessel, that you can put no more fresh powder to it, as is said. This is the sure, and perfect way and mean how to make Cinabrium in as great loaves as you will, which hitherto hath not been known in italy. You may do the like in pots of potter's clay white, so that they be well luted and clayed over, that they may endure the fire, and not break.   

☞ To fine and renew Borax.  
BORAX was called of the ancient writers Chrisocolla, and was both natural and artificial, as Plini, Dioscorides, and other writ, and men did use of it in Physic, and also to sowder Gold and Silver, and other metals, as men use yet now a days: for the nature of it is to melt, and to resolve quickly any soudering. It is used in work also for to make a body, that is to say, to gather together the filing of Gold and silver, and in all other things, wherein a man hath need of a quick and sudden founding or melting. Moreover, gentlewomen help themselves also much with it to make them fair: for it maketh the skin very white, fine, and clean, without danger of any poison, or of hurting the teeth, or flesh.  
The ancient men of old time had of it green, whereof now a days is none found, nor yet any man maketh it. Marry, we have that is very white, and also somewhat black, which peradventure a man may say is like their green. The white is in little long pieces, with certain sinews or veins all a long, so like unto roche alum, that many are deceived, or deceive other with it: For when a man setteth the said Borar upon the fire, it boileth, and swelleth up in all points like Alum, and so remaineth white, and full of holes like a sponge, and easy to be broken with your hands, even as roche alum burned. But subtile and crafty merchants know Borax from Alum three manner of ways. The first is, that Alum put in a man's mouth is eager and sharp of taste, and restraintife, but Borax hath no manner of taste, but a dead and unsavoury guste, as a mean between the savour of Oil, and whey of Milk. Therefore they that will deceive other, and falsify the true Borax, take little pieces of raw Rocfe Alum, and keep them in Oil of Almonds, in whey, or in milk. Some other put to it also honey, or sugar, for to moderate the eygernesse of the Alum, with the sweetness of it. Other there be, that melt all the said things on the fire, and than set them to cool in some cold place, until all be waxen into ye, or little stones, and putting to it Salt Peter, Sal alcali, Tartre, Alum de fece, and such like things, and make little stones somewhat like unto Borarx but first they differ in form and fashion, for the true Borax is always long in form, and the stones where Alum is among, are never brought into any form, but into little square stones. Furthermore, they differre in the second sort, and that is this: That Alum being burned, maketh a greater lump, then when it is raw: but the true Borax is brought and reduced into a very small quantity, and this is an evident sign to know it. The third, which is of most importance and the surest, is, that the matter wherein the Alum is, will not souder in no manner of wise, and will not melt neither, so well as the Borax will. I say, it will not melt so well, because that where any Salt Peter, Tartre, and Sal alcali is, there the matter will melt, at the least in some part: for all the said things help to the founding of metals. The Salt Peter, when there is a good quantity of it, is known incontinente upon the fire, for it maketh the boiling waterish, and casteth about, as it were little sparks of fire.  
The other things made with the foresaid mixions, divers times, in whey, milk, or in water, and congealed into little pebbles, make certain stones, but they be always salt, to bright, and to violente to melt: for when a man will souder any work of Gold, or thin Silver with it, it causeth the work to melt together, and where as there is Sugar, it leaveth the Gold and Silver spotted. Men make other mixtures, which are very good for to souder, or to melt, which nevertheless are different from the Borax in form and savour, of the which we will make mention hereafter.  
Now, for to return to the true Borax of our time, men bring us certain barrels full, of a kind of grease, full of certain little pebbles, which is called the dough or paste of Borare. Unto this day men have brought it out of Alexandria, where it was also of old time made: and therefore is it that the ancient Arabian Anthones, which have written of things concerning metals, called the Borax Nitrum Alexandrinum. And within these few years, they have begun to bring it from the West parts, yet I can not tell whether it be made there, or else peradventure it be brought lately out of the Indes. There was within these few years so great lack of it in italy, that it was sold at the least, for a crown an ounce, of that, that was made into stones. And now, within this two year, there is come such hahoundaunce out of the West parts, that the pound is worth but a crown and a half, and less.  
The way how to make it (which is used in the said West parts) is thus. In Mines, where Gold and Silver, or Copper is gotten, is found a kind of water, which (as I myself have seen and proved by experience) is of itself very neete and excellent for to souder or to found with. And also I know a place in germany, where there is a great vain of such water, which notwithstanding, the paysauntes know not of. Now, they take this water, with the earth that is underneath it, or on the sides, and boil it a certain time, and than strain it, and so leaving it, it congealeth into little pebbles, even like unto Salt Peter.  
And therefore if a man should keep them long so, they would not continue, but would resolve by little and little: Also for to make them better, and to preserve than, and nourish them in their own nature and kind, they take the grounds or dregs that is left of the said water, & earth, putting to it barrows grease, or the grease of some other beast: than they go to the mine, where they make a great hole in the ground, in the bottom whereof they lay a rank of the said grease, & upon that a rank of the said little pebble stones, and than again another of grease, and so consequently as much as they will, but so that the last rank be of grease, or of the said dough or paste, and so they leave it open and uncovered, the space of certain months: yet many of them do all this within their houses, in the earth, or in great vessels. Than, when they will sell it, or send it out of the country, they take the said paste or dough, with the stones and all, with a fire pan or some like thing, and fill barrels and tons of it. 
Alexis speaketh of Italy, and not the translator of England.  This is the same that cometh unto us, which we call dough or paste of Borax. It is sent also from the country where Borax is made, or little stones of the said paste, so renewed and fined as I will show you. About thirty year ago they sent much more of this Borax, fined and renewed, than they did of the paste, because that in italy they could not dress nor make it, nor bring it into little stones, wherefore it was not put in ure, but of certain women in distillations, for to paint themselves with. Since there hath been one in Venise that began to dress it, and after him a woman whom he had taught. These two got a great sum of money, and the said secret was long between them two only, although it was desired of every man long before. Finally, it is now come so far forward, that many men in Venyse can dress it, but one maketh it far better, than another, and peradventure very few have the perfection of dressing it, with such adnauniage that he lose nothing of the substance, and to make as much of it as is possible perfectly, as I will show you hereafter following. Now, you must take first of the said paste, that is not mouldy, vinewed, or putrefied, for than it is a sign that it should be old, and of many years, and thereby the little stones should be diminished, lost, or decayed. Yet nevertheless this is of no great importance: for it is better to assay with your finger within the past, to see if it be full of the said pebbles, for the world being all together given to gain, and full of deception and fraud, they that make it, put sometime very few pebbles in the said grease, for to have more substance: and beside this, they that buy it to sell again, take out also a good quantity of the said pebbles: wherefore it is necessary to be circumspect, to the intent that diligence may surmount, or at the least discover the guile and deceit. finally, if you will fine and renew the said Borax from such paste or dough, do thus. Take water lukewarm, that is to say, for two pound of paste, half a pail full, which you shall put into some earthen vessel, putting the paste into it, than with your hand fray and stir it in sunder, as you would temper leaven for to kneade, after this, strain out the said water well thorough a straynoure, and take the little stones that remain in the said vessel, that is to say, those that be of the bigness of a Walnut, or bean, and put them in a vessel, sprinkling them with Oil olive, as though it were a salade, but the Oil must be white: and if you have none good, take common oil and set it in the sun, purging it well, and anoint the said stones with it, mingling them well together with your hand. Afterward put them in a little bag, and mix them well together again, as men do confitures, this done, put them in little boxes, and keep them, and thus shall you have the best Borax that can be possible. If you will renew and multiply it, do thus. Take the same water that was strained out, and put it in a kettle upon a small fire, keeping the fire always in one estate, than scymme it with an iron ladle, and put also with the scum, the ordure and filth that shall be in the bottom: but take good heed, that in seething it fly not away. Continue thus doing until it be well sodden, which is known thus: put a little upon your nail and if it run not, it is enough sodden, or else you may prove it upon a paper, as men do Syrups, and if it bide still, it is sodden, or wet a string in the said water, and hold it betwixt your fingers, than pluck it out by the end, and if you feel it rough, it is sodden. Then take the kettle from the fire, and cover it with some cover fit for it, that there fall no ordure or filth in it: this done, bury the kettle in wheat bran, and close it well round about, covering it with clothes or other things, so that it be well stopped. You may bury it, or hide it in a hot dungehyll, and leave it there the space of eight or ten days, and afterward uncover it, and you shall find crust upon it, the which you shall take and put in on one side, and you shall find in the said kettle, as it were little pieces of ice, which you shall take out, and put in another vessel, washing them with coal and fresh water, than dry them upon a table in the shadow, and let those stones which at the first time remained in the straynoure, be mingled with the said pieces of ice. Than take Alum de fece, that is white, four pound, in three pails full of water, three ounces of Salt Peter, than boil this with a small fire, and scymme it, as you did the other, in proving it upon your nail, or upon paper, if it be sodden, as before. This done, take it from the fire, and let it rest, and when it is clear, take a little pail full and a half of it, and set it on the fire in another clean kettle. And when you see that it will boil, put in the said crust, and that it be of ten pound, and make it seeth as the other did, essaying upon your nail or paper, as you did before. Than put it in a little virkin, and lay two sticks a cross, with four cords, whereunto you shall tie a little lead, to the intent they may stretch well, and without touching the bottom, by four fingers, and that to the end the Borax may stick and cleave to it, and than bury it as before. This must not be put int the bag, but anoint the same that you find sticking upon the cords with a feather, and the other that remaineth still in the vessel, you shall sprinkle as it were a salade. The clear that you shall take out of it, must be of the bigness of a hazel nut or bean: and the other will be less, you shall put into the water that remaineth, which water you shall set on the fire, making it seeth, and doing as before, and so continue until all the water be converted and turned into Borax, so that nothing be lost. And remember (at the beginning when you dissolve in lukewarm water, as we have said before) to put to it the bigness of a ciche pease of the ruen of a Hare, for that will make all the other parts of the Borax to cleave and take together.   

☞ A good and easy way to make Aqua fortis, better than any other.  
TAke roche alum and vitriol, or salt peter, or else all three together, of each of them like quantity, that is well calcined and burned, and well brayed. And if you will have it stronger, put as much salt Peter a part, as of Alum and vitriol together: put all this in some pot or viol, well luted and clayed over, and in the recipient or receptorie two ounces of well water, for every pound of the said substances. Let the receiptorye be in fresh water, and always wet above with some wet linen cloth, so that it be never dry. And by this means the exhalations or fumes will better mingle themselves with their water, and will not stick or cleave to the recipiente. This done, take the pot or viol luted, and trim it so that the mouth hang downward, joining it with the recipiente, without a Limbeck, luting and claiing well the joints and sides with flower, and the whites of Eggs: and dispose and order it in such manner, that the fire come not to the recipient. And at the beginning put a few hot coals under the bottom of the vyolle or pot, until the matter lose and dissolve itself, and pass his first fury. This done, cover it with coals, and the fire must be very high: and for to do best, there must be little walls of brick to hold up the great coals, in great quantity upon the said pot. When you have made this great fire, the space of three or four, or six hours, all will be made.  
Than let it cool, and take out the water, which is very good and perfect, and keep it in a vessel of glass well stopped with wax.   

☞ The true and perfit practise to cast medalles, and all other workmanship, as well in brass, as in gold, Silver, Copper, Lead, Tin, as of Crystal, Glass, and Marble.  
first of all, you must have always the earth or sand ready, wherein you will fashion and form your work: but because there be divers sorts, and every man dresseth it as he can get it, and as he hath skill in making it, we will put here some of the surest and most parfitest, and of divers kinds, to th'end that if a man can not get or make the one, he may evermore have recourse to the other. And understand, that all these that we will put here, may be set a work each of them by themselves, or mixed one with another, or all together, for they are good every way. The bounty and perfection of each of these earths for to cast any metal in, consisteth in these things, that is to wit: that first and chiefly it be fine and small, and in no wise rough, or full of grommels, to the intent that all things may easily take print. Secondly, that they receive the metal well, and that they neither cleave, break, chap, or wax into a crust. They must also be tempered with a water called Magistra, (of the which we will speak afterward) to the intent that being dry, they may be harder, and hold faster together. thirdly, that they may continue, and serve at divers foundinge and meltinge, to the intent that when you will cast many medalles, or other things all of one sort, ye need not at every time make new moulds. Also you must understand, that for metals that are soft, as Lead, and Tin, all earth, so it be good, will suffice: Provided always, that it be fine and small, and well tempered with the said Magistra, as I will declare here after.   

☞ The first earth to cast in a mould all manner of fusible matter.  
TAke Emerill, that men burnish sword or armour with, and bray it very small, in flaming it, as we will show you afterward, and temper it, or reduce it into dow or paste, with the said Magistra, as I will tell you hereafter, and so dressing it, you shall make a very good earth, which will continue for many foundinge and meltinge, so that it be well governed and tempered, and the more it is occupied, the better it will wax: Provided, that it be always brayed a new, and than watered and tempered with the Magistra.   

¶ The second earth or sand.  
TAke pieces of those vessels, or pots of earth that are made in Valentia in Italy, or other that glassemakers use to keep their molten glass in the furnace, and if you may only get the bottoms, or the pieces from the middle to the lower: moste part of them, it shall be the better, in taking away the glass that is round about them, if not, take them as you may. Than take goldsmiths crosettes, or melting pots, new, and break them in pieces, and that the weight of the said crosettes be as much as the pieces of the said vessels before. All these things being first beaten and stamped in a mortar, let them be well brayed after upon a Porphire stone, with water, as men bray colours, and having made them very fine and small, by seething them again on the fire, as we will after declare, keep them in little goats leather bags, or in some close boxes, to the end that because of their fineness they fly not, and vanish away in the air.   

☞ The third earth, or sand.  
TAke the filinge of iron, sand, or iron oore, or the sparks that fly from hot iron when it is beaten, or else all together: but that it be pure without any earth or filth: than put it in an iron pan, or in some other vessel that will endure the fire, sprinkling it with strong Vinaigre, and keeping it on the fire the space of eight hours, after this temper it again in vinegar, and then incense, and heat it in the fire, braying and renewing it divers times, as the other. And keep it in leather bags, or in boxes well stopped.   

☞ The fourth earth or sand.  
TAke pieces of a pommeise stone made hot in the fire, and quenched in vinegar four times. Than take. two. parts of the sparks of iron brayed and stamped, & one part of the pommeise stone Mingle all together, and put it in the fire, and bray it often times, and so keep it as the other.   

❀ The fift earth, and the most perfect.  
TAke mutton bones, but if you take those of the head, they will be better, if not, take of what part so ever it be, and burn them upon the coals or in some furnaces, until they wax very white: than stamp them, and sift them. This done, you shall put the powder in some iron pan, or other thing, among the coals, so that it may burn well, than put to it a good handful of tallow, styringe it with some iron, in such wise, that all the tallow may be burned with the said powder, leaving it so on the fire yet half an hour. Than take it out and bray it, and burn it again, sprinkling, and braying it often times as you did the other, until it be very fine and small, and than shall it be perfect, and will serve for many foundinge or meltinge.   

❀ The sixth earth.  
TAke Cuttle bones, and burn them in the fire, until they be very white, and use them in all things as you did the mutton bones, and than keep it as afore. finally, there is also earth made of the ashes of wines, of straw, of burned paper, of horse dung, dried and burned, of brick stamped, of Boale, or of red earth, or other like things that remain in the fire without melting, wherein men print very well all manner of metal, the which also neither break, cleave in sunder, nor chap, as is aforesaid.   

☞ A goodly way and manner how to make all these earths very fyne, and small, and almost impalpable.  
TAke which of these foresaid earths you will, or any other, and after you have well stamped it, and sifted it, dry it in a kettle by the fire, or in a frying pan, or other vessel, until it be very whoate: than take it from the fire, and stamp it well, as before, with water or vinegar, heat it again, and bray it still with water, or vinegar, and never dry: doing so five or six times. finally you shall put it in a vessel of white earth, well leaded, and power into it as much clear water as will surmount it four fingers high: than stir it with a little clean stick, and let it rest the space of an ave Maria. afterward pour the said water finely and wisely into some other vessel that is clean: And upon the said earth that remaineth in the first vessel, you shall power other water, and stir it as before: than power the same with the other first powered out, and thus do so often, until that with the water, you have poured out all the finest and smalllest part of the same earth. And if there remain yet in the first vessel any part of gross earth, bray it a new, and than put it with the other. This done, you shall let all the same fine and small earth, which you poured into the other vessel, go down to the bottom: and than power out fair and softly the water, and let the powder dry that remaineth in the bottom, the which afterward you shall bray well once again, and pass it thorough a fine sieve or sarce of Silk, if you think good, and you shall have a powder, such as there is not the like, which you must keep, as the other before, in leather bags, or in boxes of wood well stopped, pasting or glueing the sides, to the intent that the powder fly not away, for it is a substance almost as fine and as subtile as the air.   

☞ To make a water called Magistra, wherewith the said earths to make moulds is tempered, and moisted again at every casting and founding.  
TO cause that the said earth be fast and firm, and that being fashioned and dry, it may hold together, and not fall again into powder, you must make this water, which is called la Magistra, which is a word, not known from whence it is deducted, as the Philosophers have forged and given names to certain waters, according to the effect that they serve for, as they have done of this water. And it seemeth that they meant by this, the same thing that we understand by the mean or way, or such a thing, that is a mean or way to keep together or to dissolve, or to do some like thing: thus it is made. They take common salt, the which they wrap in a linen cloth wet in water, or other liquor, and being so lapped up, it is laid in the middle of the embers in a furnaces, or in some other like place, to the intent that with a●payre of bellows they may give it always a great fire, or else they put it in some croset, or other small vessel, iuted and clayed, blowing it well the space of an hour, than they let it cool. And he that will not blow it always, as is aforesaid, let him lay it in the mids of hot coals, and yet cover it well with fire, and when it is cool again, be must stamp it, and put it in a pot well leaded, and put to it as much water as will cover it, four or six fingers high: than must he set it on the fire, and stirring it, he shall make all the said salt to dissolve. This done, it must cool again, and he strained or passed thorough a felt twice: and this is done for to moist or baine the said earths, and to make them hold together, as we will declare afterward. Also you may make this Magistra with the whites of Eggs, beaten with a stick of a fig tree, until they be converted and turned in a froth or scum, then let them rest the space of a night, and in the morning pour out the water that is found under the froth. With this water is the said earth moisted and hayned, and it appeareth that it is better than other: for it maketh it faster and firmer, and cleaner, nor cleaveth so soon unto the things cast in the moulds: therefore some put a little of this water of whites of Eggs, with the other Magistra made of salt. Other put to it a little water of Gomme Arabic, adding in all things judgement, experience, and industry.   

☞ To make Lutum sapientiae very parfytie.  
TAke of the best white potters earth that you can get, for in one place there is better than in another, that is to say, of that which can best endure the fire, as such as they make pots of in Padua, and likewise in Germany: for it is of such perfection, that the pots which be made of it, and wherein they dress their meat, may also serve to found metals in. Take then of the best, and specially if it must serve for a thing that hath need to be long upon a great fire, otherwise, take such as you can get. There is found of it, that is of a grey colour, as the common sort is, and also there is white, that men use in some place of Vicence, which is like loaves of Gipsum, or plaster, and is called of the Italians Florette de Chio. We here in England upon the use thereof, may give it what name we will. Potter's use of it in Venise, for to white the dishes, and other things, before they varnish or polish them. There is also found of it that is red, as in Apulia, where there is great quantity, and that they call Boale, and is the very same that some apothecaries do sell for Boale Armenick, and the Venetians use of it, for to paint red the forefrontes of their houses, with lime, brick, and vermilion, covering it afterward with Oil of line. This red earth is the fattest, and the clammiest of all the rest, and therefore it cleaveth soonest by the fire, if it be not tempered with some other substance. And because that all the said earths be to fat, the one more than the other, therefore men put to them some lean substance. Now, if you take of that of ash colour, which is most comen, and the lest fatty, you may compose and make it in this manner. Take of the said earth four parts, of cloth-makers floxe or shearing, one part, ashes that have served in a buck, or other, half a part, dry horse dung, or the dung of an Ass, one part. If you will make it parfiter, put to it a few stamped bricks, and sparks of iron: let all these things be well stamped, and sifted, that is to say: the earth, the ashes, the horse dung, the bricks, and the sparks of iron: than mingle all together, and make it into earth, and make a bed thereof, upon the which you shall cast by little and little, the floxe, as equally as you can. This done, power to it water, styringe it well first with a stick, and than with a pallet broad at the end. And when all is well incorporated together, as you would have it, lay it upon some great board, and beat it well, and that a good space with some great staff, or other instrument ofyron, mingling and stearinge it well, for the longer you beat it, the better it is. By this mean you shall have a very good clay for to lute or clay, and join viols, flagons of glass to still with, and bottles of gourds for stilling and other great things, as furnesses and such like, as we will declare afterward. But he that will make it with more ease, let him put the earth only, the flox, and the horse dung, with a few ashes. Some put no horse dung to it, and some no floxe, according to the purpose that they make it for. For to stop and close up the mouths of stilling glasses, or viols, to th'intent they take no vent on the fire, the said clay will be very good: nevertheless men put to it two parts of quick lime, and the whites of Eggs, and then it will be surer to let nothing vent out but the glass itself. All kind of clay or earth would be kept moist, and ready dressed for him that will occupy it continually, but it must not be kept to watery nor yet left to dry, for than it would serve for nothing, seeing that after it is once hardened, a man can not dress it any more to do any good withal. And when you put water to it, it is mollified by little and little above, and is as it were a sauce, but within remaineth hard, and if you put to much water to it, you mar it utterly. Therefore, when you see that it beginneth to wax dry, feed it a new little and little with water, styringe it till it be well, and so shall you make it perfect.   

❀ Certain things, which he that will take in hand any founding or casting of metals, must always have ready, and in order.  
BEcause that instruments and means, be those that make all things come out of the workman's hand with a perfection, therefore, to the intent that when the time is come to begin a work, you be not unfurnished, or sustain damage for lack of things necessary: first, let your coals be of strong wood, young and dry, your crosettes or melting pots without clefts or chaps, and of grey colour, which commonly are better than the black, or white. you must have a little bird to give it vent over the mouth of the croset, which is uncovered for certain causes: a cane or reed to blow away the ordure and filth out of the croset, a thing easier than with a pair of bellows: an iron with a hook, for to take the coals out of the croset or melting pot, and likewise a pair of tongues: a press of wood to keep fast and sure the forms or moulds in pouring in the metal: two little tables or more of walnut tree wood, or box, or of some other hard and massive wood, or else of copper made very even and equal on every side, for to turn the moulds, and to keep them steady: two pieces of wool, or more, to the intent, that if in fastening the moulds in the press, they be not equal and even with out side, these pieces may fill up the empty place: a compass and a rule for to part and divide the casting holes and pipe wherein the metal must run: an iron made like a scraping knife or razor, sharp at the end, and edged at the sides, such as gilters do use to make even the casting holes, or pipes of moulds, the which will serve to make the breathinge hooles and pipes that the vapour goeth out at when the work is made, and having no such instrument, you may make them with a knife, as handsomely as you can. You must also have ready a little oil, and turpentine in a dish, with a little paper, or some piece of linen cloth to wet in the said oil and turpentine, and to burn it, for to perfume the forms and moulds when they be well wiped, to the intent the metal may run the better. And because that sometime such perfume filleth up the hollowness and engraving of the work, you must have a hare's foot to wipe away the superfluity of it, and also for to sweep together the dust, to th'intent it fall not when you will cast any thing in the moulds. And than must you have a brush, or rubber of latin wire, and one of silk, such as men make clean combs with, for to rub and pollishe the work, before it is formed and fashioned, to the intent to pollishe it and dress a new, as need shall be, when the work is cast.   

☞ The manner or order that a man ought to keep, wh●re ●e will cast or found medalles, or any other thing.  
first, you shall lay the medalle or other work that you will cast, in a dish with strong vinegar, Salt, and burned straw: than rub it well with your hand, until it be clean: likewise with a rubber, or brush. This done, wash it in fresh water, and wipe it with a linen cloth. After this, lay upon a table of hard wood, or of copper well pollyshed, half the mould or form, that is to say, the female. And let the middle part, that is to say, that which is joined to the other, be laid upward upon the table, in which things thus laid, you shall lay your medalles, or the thing you will form or fashion, and let it be clean, as we have said, ordering it in such sort, if there be but one, that it be just and directly against the conduit or pipe, and as low in the frame as it may, to the intent that the pipe or cundite may be the longer, and that it may have metal enough. If there be more than one, you shall order and set them on the sides of the form or frame, and leave place in the middle for to make the hole or pipe, to power the metal in. And if there be more than two, you must beware that one receive not the metal of another, but make to every one his little pipe or condite, which may answer and come justly to the pipe or hole in the middle. Then take one of the said fine earths, well sifted through a fine sarce, and when you have well brayed it, put it in a platter, or great dish, to the intent that in handling it, there go nothing out, and you shall moist it little and little, with the water called Magistra, mixing it well with your hands, and rubbing it so long between your hands, that wringing it with your fist, it hold and cleave together, but you must note, that I speak of moistinge it, and not of thorough wetting it, for it may not weet your hand in pressing it, nor cleave unto your hand like past, but that it only hold together a little more or less than dry flower or meal, and being so wrong in your hand, it may break in pieces when you touch it with your fingar. And having thus brought it to a form, lay it handsomely upon the medals in the form or mould, with th'ends of your fingers, and than with your hand wring it, and press it hard down, not sparing to press it well, in putting upon it the other little table, and pressing it down with your hands, as hard as you can, yea with all your might.  
Than with a cutting iron with a right and even edge, and with a ruler made just and even by line the said forms with the earth, cutting away handsomely, the earth that passeth over the said moulds, and so lay them upon one of the pieces of wool, and then the little flat table, than you shall take with both your hands the two little tables, above and beneath, and holding them fast together, turn handsomely the moulds upside down, and taking of the table, you shall see under the medals, in lifting it up, if there be any earth entered in, if there be, you must take it away with the hare's foot. Then, setting the other part of the form or mould in his place, you shall fill it with the same earth, pressing it well, as before, and making it even and equal with the iron. afterward, with the point of the iron, you shall lift up a little, at one of the corners, half the mould or form, and take it of fair and softly with your hand, and take out the medalles nimbly, touching them a little round about, with the point of a small pen or quill, if at the first they will not come out, turning downward that part of the mould wherein they did stick when you opened it. And if yet they will not come out, strike them a cross with the point of a knife, until, that turning downward the moulds, they come out. And if in case they be not well printed, according to your mind, you may put them again into their place, and press them again: and having set on both sides the two pieces of wool, and the tables, close them in the press. finally, with the said shave, or sharp iron, make the said pipes or conduits hollow, compassing them with your compass, and rule, in such sort, that they come just and equally: than shall you trim them so against the fire for to dry, turning them sometime, until they be well dried. Then with a match or wyke tempered or wet in Oil, and turpentine, and being set on fire, smoke it, and if there remain any superfluous thing, wipe it away with the hare's foot. Then join them together again, and having laid to them the wool, and tables, wring them a little in the press, and in the mean time having made ready and molten the metal (if it be silver, or white copper, it is known by the shining of it, and clearness in the melting pot: and if it be tin, by casting into it a stone, or some paper, and that it burn it) you shall cast it, and the thing shall go well, without any other help or aid, for to make it run, saving that after the tin is melted, put in a little, that is to say, a twentieth part of sublimatan in respect of the whole quantity, and one ●●ghte part of Antimonium: for beside that these things make it run well, they harden it and make it sound well.  
Then the moulds being cold, take out handsomely the medalles: and when you will cast other, you must perfume and smoke the moulds again: and then press them, and so cast your things as before, and do it as often as you think good. And if you see that the moulds be not broken, and that you will keep them for another time, you may lay them in a dry place, and they will keep well. finally, the said earth taken out of the moulds, brayed and sifted, will be always better to serve your turn. The medalles so cast, are sodden again afterward, and wax white, so that they be not of Tin. Also you may give to all these medalles what colours you will, as we will declare more at large hereafter.   

☞ To make a white, to blanch and make white medalles, or other things newly melted, and also for to renew medalles of old silver.  
TAke the medalles, or other things newly founded or melted, or else the old ones that you will renew, and lay them upon the coals, turning them often, until they wax of a grey colour, than rub them with a brush of copper wire, putting them afterward in this white colour following. Take salt water of the sea, or common water salted, with a handful of bay salt, wherein you shall put the lees of white wine, and roche alum raw.  
Boil all this in a pan leaded: and if the work be of copper, made white by any sophistical substance, you shall put to it these things following, that is to say, Silver heaten, or Siluerfoile, the weight of a Spanish Real, Sal armoniac, weighing three times as much, Salt Peter the weight of slew reals. All the said things being put in some pot of earth, with a cover having areole in the mids, set them in the middle of the fire, covering it with ashes and coals up to the neck, and leave it there so, until all the humours be breathed out, then let all cool again, and beat it into powder very small. This done, take an ounce of this substance, or somewhat more or less, and boil it in the said white confection of the Salt water, only half a quarter of an hour, putting in the medalles, or other works. Then pour out this water with the medalles into clear and lukewarm water, and after rub the medalles with the Tartre or lees, and other things that remain in the pot: and having washed them well with fresh water, wipe them dry.   

¶ To gild iron with water.  
TAke well, river, or conduit water, and for three pound of the same, take two of roche alum, an ounce of Roman Vitriolle, the weight of a ponny of verdigris, three ounces of Sal gemma an ounce of Orpiment, and let all bottle together: and when you see it boil, put in lees called Tartre, and bay salt, of each of them half an ounce, and when it hath sodden a little while, take it from the fire, and paint the iron with all, than having set it in the fire to heat, burnish it, and it is doen.   

❀ The like another way  
TAke Oil of line four ounces, Tartre or wine lees two ounces, the yolks of eggs hard roasted and stamped, two ounces, Aleo cicotrinum, an ounce Saffron a quarter of a dram. Boil all these things together in a new earthen pot a good space, and if the oil of line cover not all the said substances put in more water until there be sufficient, then anoint your iron with this mixtion, having first burnished it, and so shall you make it of the colour of gold.   

☞ To guilt iron with gold foil, and water, or else with gold mixed with Quick Silver, as goldsmiths are wont to guilt silver.  
TAke Roman vitriol an ounce, roche Alome, two ounces, salt ammoniac an ounce: all these things being well beaten in powder, and boiled in common water, take your iron well burnished, and wet it with the said water, rubbing it well: than lay on your goldefoyle, and let it dry by the fire. This done, burnish it with stone Hematite, as men are wont to do, and it will be very fair. If you will gilded with gold mixed with quick silver, as goldsmiths use to guilt silver, you shall add to the said water, a dram or Verdigreese, half an ounce of Sublimatum, and let it boil all together, than put your iron to boil in the said water: but if it be so great that it can not go in, rub it with the said boiling water, and heat it, that it may receive the Amalgama of the quick silver and the gold, the which Amalgama we have taught you to make in the fift book, in the chapter of mingling or mixing gold. And when you have heated the iron, guilt it with the same gold so mixed with the quick silver, and smoke or fume it at the fire with a lamp, or with Brimstone, as goldsmiths commonly do, or rather with wax, whereof we will hereafter show you a very good manner and way, and better than that is used in Germany, or in any place where it hath hitherto been used.   

¶ To die or colour into the colour of brass, or also to guilt Silver, which showeth better, and continueth longer.  
IT is a thing most certain, that gold set upon white iron or silver, showeth not so fair as upon brass: for as soon as it beginneth to wear a little, men may see the whiteness of the iron or silver, which is not so soon secne upon any red colour. Therefore many practiciens, when they will guilt any wood, or other thing, lay the bottom or ground (not of red, as the most part do) but of yellow to the intent that the gold shall not so soon appear worn, as upon the red, and more upon the white.  
The said yellow can not be laid upon iron or silver: but leaving all this aside, when you will gilt silver, or give a colour of brass unto iron, you shall do after this manner. Take verdet, or verdigris, Vitriol of Almain, and salt armoniac, at your discretion, but let the vitriol be of a greater quantity than the other things: put all this well beaten in powder into strong vinegar, letting it boil half an hour. And when you have taken it from the fire, while the substances be yet boilinge, you shall put in your iron that you will colour, covering well the pot with his cover, and with cloth upon it that it vent not out, and so let it cool, and you shall have your iron well coloured, of a brazen colour, and thus may you guilt it with quick silver, as if it were brass. Esteem this as a goodly secret, and also profitable.   

☞ A water or colour to lay under Diamonds, as well true as counterfeit, that is to say, made of white sapphires, as we will declare afterward.  
TAke the smoke of a candle, gathered together in the bottom of a basin, and make it into a dough with a little oil of Mastic: than put the said mixtion under the Diamond in the ring, where you will set it.   

☞ To counterfeit a Diamond, with a white Sapphire.  
THis secret is known well enough of the jewellars, that use almost all one manner indifferent good: but we (after we have described their fashion) will show you a way far better. They take a sapphire of a good white colour, and set it in the fire in a goldsmiths croset among the fylinge of iron, or of gold, thinking because it is of great value, that it is better for such a purpose, but yet the fylinge of iron is a great deal better. They let this fylinge or rubbysh of iron become almost red, without melting it, and cast their sapphire into it, leaving it therein a pretty while. And after they have taken it out, if the white colour like a Diamond do not like them, they cast it in again, and so often, till they see it be to their fantasy, than they set it in a ring, and colour it as before. Now here followeth another way a great deal better. Take white smalte well beaten in powder, and mingle it with the said filinge of Gold, or iron, but so that there be as much smalte as filinge, then take a little other smalte without fyling, and make it into dough, with your spittle, and in this dough wrap your sapphire, and let it dry well at the fire.  
This done, tie it at the end of a small and fine wire, and leave the other end so long that you may pluck it out when you will. afterward cover it with the said filings, and leave it so on the fire a certain space, until the filinge be very hot, as is aforesaid, but so that in no case it melt: than pluck out once your sapphire, to see if the colour please you, if not put him in again until it be fair to your mind.   

☞ To engross thin Ballesses to set in rings.  
IF you have Ballesses as thin as paper, dress them of what greatness or largeness you will, and take a piece of fine Crystal coloured like a Balls: then take a great grain of Mastic, the which you shall stick upon the point of a knife, and heat it well again the fire, and suddenly it will cast out a little drop like the tear of a man's eye, having a lustre like a pearl, with the which drop, glue on the said Balls upon the Crystal, and fear not that it will gather to a lump, or hinder the colour: Then pollishe it, and give it a lustre, and so set it in gold, and it will be very fair, and seem to be verily a Balls.   

☞ To make Rubies of two pieces, and Emeralds, as they make them at Milan.  
TAke the drop or tear of Mastic, whereof we have spoken in the Chapter before, and if you will make Emeralds, you shall colour it with Spanish green tempered and mingled with Oil, putting to it a little wax, if need be, and if it be to thick, temper it with water: But if you will make Rubies, take Gomme Arabic, Alom succarine, raw roche alum, as much of the one as of the other, and let it boil all together in common water: than put into the said water some brasil cut small, and let it seeth, putting to it some Alum Catine so called, because it is boiled in a cauldron, of the which the more there is, the darcker it will be: then take the drop of Mastic abovesaid, and colour it with the said red. This done, take two pieces of Crystal, dressed and trimmed with the wheel, of what fashion and greatness you will, so that the piece which you will lay uppermost, be not so great as the other underneath, that is to say, the one dressed upon the other, as the nail upon the finger, just on every side. After this lay that underneath, upon a little fire pan, or some other instrument of iron on the coals, that the said Crystal may be very hot, and than touch it upon with the said red drop or tear, which you shall take upon the end of a stick: but it must be so hot that it may drop down the better: and when you see that the said piece of Crystal is coloured enough, you shall take the other lesser piece, that must be set above, which likewise must be hot, and set it upon the said drop, and it will conglutinate and glue together the two pieces of Crystal, without causing any thickness or let unto the lustre of the Ruby, the which will be clear and bright on every side. Afterward set it in your ring, setting to the Ruby the red leaf, and the green to the emeralds, as we will teach you hereafter how to make the said leaves for all kind of stones, as well fine, as artificial.   

❀ To make a paste or dough for precious stones, as emeralds, Rubies, Sapphires, and such like, which be but of one piece, well coloured within and without.  
TAke potters lead burned, three ounces, and put it in as much water as will cover it a finger or two high: then stir it with your finger, letting it go down to the bottom. Afterward pour out the water, which will serve for to wet within side the earthen pot leaded, to th'intent that the matter cleave not to the sides of it, wherein you put all the substance. Than take other iij ounces of Vermilion dried, and mingle it with the said lead, than an ounce of Crystal calcined and burned, or else of a Calcidoine stone, with xiiij or xuj carats at the most, of Rubric, or sparks of Copper. All these things well stamped, and mingled together, you shall put in a pot of earth leaded, well wet within with the said water of the lead: then cover it, and set it in a glass makers furnaces, by the space of three or four days, and you shall have a very fair paste or dough, the which you may cause to be dressed with the wheel, as you wil At Venise men buy the stone for a groat or six pence at the most. And for to make yellow stones, you shall put to it the rust or rubbish of iron. And to make Rubies, put to it Cynople or red lead: and in those that be of colours, you shall follow the order that we will teach you hereafter.   

❀ To make emeralds, and other stones or jewels.  
TAke Sal alcali, and dissolve it in water, distilling it through a felt, and dry it, then dissolve it again, and dry it so three times, afterward beat it into powder: then take fine Crystal; and cause an Apoticarye to stamp and sift it for you, as they do Crystal prepared. Then take two ounces and a half of the said Crystal, of Sal alcali, two ounces, Spanish green an ounce, first tempered and steeped in vinegar, and than strained. The said three powders, you shall put in a vessel, as in a new earthen pot leaded, the which pot you shall lute and clay over, and cover it that it take no vent, then leave it so clayed and luted the space of three days, the longer the better, until all be thorough dry. afterward, you shall put it in a potter's furnaces, the space of xxiiij hours. Then take the said composition, and dress it as men do fine stones, and you shall have them excellent. And if you will have Rubies, put Cinople to it, in stead of Spanish green. If you will have sapphires, put to it Lapis Lasuli, But if you will have hyacinths, you must put in Coral in stead of green Verderame, as is before said.   

❀ To calcine or burn Crystal and the calcidoyne stone, to put in the said mixtions of precious stones.  
TAke Tartre calcined and burned an ounce, and dissolve it in a dish full of clear water, then strain it out, and take the pieces of Crystal, or Calcidoin stone, and heat them upon the fire in an iron ladle or fire pan: than quench them in the water that is in the dish: take them out, and heat them again, and quench them as before in the same water, doing so six or seven times, and they shall be very well calcined and burned. Then beat them finely into powder and put it into the said mixtion. Nevertheless remember, that if you will make emeralds, you must beat the said substances to powder in a brafen mortar: but if you will make Rubies: or other, you must stamp them in an iron mortar, and beware that they touch not the brass,   

☞ A water to harden the said stones.  
BEcause that all the said artificial stones are commonly brittle, for to harden them, do as followeth. Take little pieces of Calamita, and calcine them as you did the Crystal: then beat them into powder, and put it in a moist place, until it be turned and dissolved into water, with the which you shall knead vitriol Almain, or Roman, raw, without making it red: then make thereof a soft paste or dough, or else a syroppe, which you shall still in a glass or Viol with a crooked neck, or in an urinal, and with the water that cometh of it, you shall knead barley flower, making a hard past, in the which you shall wrap your mass of stones, made as is before said, or the stones self, when they be dressed and fashioned with the wheel: then put them, so wrapped in the same paste, into an oven with a bache of bread, and take them out with the bread. And when you have taken of the paste, you shall find your stones hard, as if they were natural. If you see it be need, you may cover them with the said paste, and bake them again in the oven, and than shall you have them perfect and hard.   

☞ To calcine fine silver.  
seeing that we are entered into the matter of calcining, we will show you the calcination of fine silver, and than of Talcum, as we have promised before. There be divers ways of calcining silver, whereof we will put here three of the best. Take fine silver beaten very fine and thin, then cut it in pieces as big as a Spanish rial, or more or less, for it maketh no great matter: then take a croset, or an earthen pot, and lay in the bottom of it a rank of common salt, not white, nor prepared or trimmed to eat, but even as it cometh out of the salines or salt pan, and it must be stamped very small. Upon this salt you shall lay likewise a rank of the said pieces of silver, and then another of salt, and another of silver, and so consequently as long as your silver lasteth, in such sort, that the last rank may be of salt, and that good and thick: then cover all this with a paper, lutinge and clayinge well the croset, or little earthen pot, and leaving a little hole in the covering the bigness of a goose quill. And when it is dry, cover it over, and round about, with coals and embers, and leave it in such a fire, at the least three or four hours: then having taken it out, and all being cool, open the croset, and take out the pieces of Silver one after another, making them clean that the salt stick not upon them. And if you perceive that they be so brittle that you may break them with your finger, like a crust of bread, it is done & made: if not, put them again into the croset or pot, setting them in the fire as before. And to make it perfectly, you ought to do this three times or more. This done, make your silver into powder, and wash it in a dishfull of hot water, & let it sink to the bottom. After, strain out the water so handsomely, that you lose no part of the said powder: or to avoid all dangers pass it thorough a felt: this done, put other hot water to it, & strain it out as before, so often till you may know by the taste of the water, that all the salt is purged away. Than shall your silver be well calcined, & diminished of the weight, dried, and become from his nature into a massif part, and somewhat like unto gold. Thus will it serve you for divers things, if you can dress it well. The like is done with Talcum, in stead of common salt: but than you need not wash it in hot water. Some calcine it with salt, or Talcum twelve or xu times, and more, to the intent to have it more massive and sounder, and more commodious to take colour. It may be also done in this manner, that is to say, to melt the silver in a goldsmiths melting pot, and for every ounce of the same, to put in a pound or more of Brimstone stamped, and that little and little. True it is, that so it will consume more than by the salt, or Talcum, but it shall be far better if the Brimstone be first purged in strong lie (that is to say, made with strong ashes, and quick lime, or such like things.) Now let us come to the other manners of calcining silver.   

☞ The second manner of Calcininge silver.  
TAke Aqua fortis seperativa, made with Salt peter and Alum, as we have before declared, then take fine silver, filed or polished, or beaten into leaves, or made in small pieces, or grains, that is to say, of the said silver one part, and of aqua fortis, three parts, and have the said water in a viol: then put in the said silver, and you shall see it will incontinent begin to boil, and that the bottom of the viol will be hot if the water be good. Let it so boil, until it boil nor eat no more, holding still the viol in your hand, or setting it in some place far from the fire. But if the water be not strong, you must set it a little to the fire, holding still the viol in your hand upon the embers, or else you may set it upon a few ashes, or upon some little furnaces. And when it hath left boiling, and eaten all the silver, you shall see the water wax green, so that there shall remain no silver in the bottom, if that the water were well calcined and burned: for than it would make as it were white lime at the bottom, or if there were any gold in the silver, it would make it descend to the bottom in little round pieces, like pearls, or like sand. Now, after that the said silver is dissolved, and eaten of the said aqua fortis, you shall take another viol bigger, or an urinal, or earthen pot half full or more of well or river water, wherinto you have dissolved, and have in a readiness a good handful of common white salt: then let the said water be strained two or three times. This done, you shall pour the aqua fortis which dissolved the silver into the salt water, leaving it so the space of four or six hours: then shall you find at the bottom as it were a bed of herbs or green rushes, which shall be the silver dissolved, and the salt aqua fortis, and also a part of the common salt that you did put in. afterward distill the said water by a felt, and take the silver that is so descended to the bottom, and put it in a croset, covering it well, to th'intent there fall no ordure nor filth into it: than bury and cover it over and over in hot burning embers, covering it well also with fire, that it may burn the space of three hours or more. Finally, let it cool well again, and pour the silver out of the croset, into a dishefull of hot water, stirring it a little together with your fingar, and than let it rest: and after pour out fair and softly the said water, and put in other, doing as before, until the water wax no more salt. This done, let the silver dry, which shall be very well calcined for to serve your turn in any thing that you will.   

☞ The third manner of calcining silver.  
YOu shall mix together into dough or passed called Amalgama, one part of silver leaves, with three or four parts of quick silver, as we have declared in the fift book, in the chapter of the manner how to bray gold: then bray this Amalgama, or paste, with common salt, and set it to the fire until the quick silver be vanished away, afterward wash it with hot water, so much and so often, that the water be no more salt, then shall you have your silver calcined. After this, if you think good, you may bray it again with other salt, without other quick silver: and then put it to the fire in a croset, three or four hours, and wash it again, as is aforesaid.   

To calcine Talcum quickly out of hand.  
BEcause that Talcum is a thing of so great importance, and so much desired of all good wits, men have found divers ways to calcine it, the which teach us that we must put to it twice as much salt peter as common salt, or raw Tartre with the Talcum, and then put all this in a furnaces certain days, and then to separate the salt or Tartre, with hot water. Other heat it upon the coals, and quench it in piss, and do it often times. Other there be that wrap it in little white pieces of woollen cloth, and put it in the midees of a great fire, the space of half an hour, or more, and than they find it thoroughly molten and all in a light piece, and full of hooles like a sponge, not much differing from burned Alum. All the which ways, to say the truth, are nothing worth, nor do not perfectly calcine it, where they corrupt the nature of the Tartre, and make it become like unto quick lime, or Alum, or else of little strength. Now, for to calcine it out of hand and perfectly, you shall take the Talcum raw and made into little leaves, or stamped as well as is possible, and than put it in a croset, or in a fire pan among the hot coals. And when it is very hot, or rather red hot, you shall put to it drop by drop, distilled Vineaigre wherein Tartre hath been dissolved, and put thereunto the third part of Aqua vite, pouring it by little and little upon the hot lees or Tartre, that is to say, three ounces of vinegar for every pound of Talcum: then take it from the fire, and you shall find it fair and well calcined. Finally, you shall wash it with hot water, to th'intent to separate the lees or Tartre from it. It is calcined also, being made in leaves as thin as is possible, laying them by ranks or beds, with little flat pieces of silver, in a croset luted and clayed, than put them in a furnaces where glass or brick is made, by the space of four or five days. The like is done also with little pieces of Tin.   

☞ An excellent and very easy way to guilt iron, copper, and silver, to make it seem like massive gold.  
FIrst if you will gilt silver, or iron, you must give it the colour of copper, as we have aforesaid? than take beaten gold, which you shall mix with quick silver, and make Amalgama or paste thereof, as is said before, and shall put the said Amalgama in a little dish, upon the which you shall pour the juice of a fruit called Cucumis asininus, such a quantity that it may be above the said substances a fingar high. Keep this gold thus prepared and trimmed, and cover it, to th'intent there fall no filth nor ordure into it, which you may use and occupy when you wil Afterward, the things that you will gilt, must be very clean, and well polished, then with a pencil you shall give them of the said gold so prepared with quick silver, and as it were dissolved, rubbing it well all about. If you will not do so, you may guilt after the common manner of goldsmiths: yet notwithstanding with gold made into Amalgama, or mixed as is aforesaid, chafinge the work that you will guilt with Aqua fortis, as they do. Then make the quick silver vanish away, as the goldsmiths of Italy commonly do, that is to say, with a lamp of line seed Oil, and with Brimstone, and make afterward a guilt upon the work, that is like Saffron. But I counsel you to use this manner in the chapter following, which is partly the same that the goldsmiths do use, in France and else where, but it is much amended, and this is it.   

☞ A parfyt manner and way to guilt, and to make the quick silver to vanish away from the thing guilded.  
Put in a pan the rubbish or scum of copper, and the filinge of iron, then pour upon it strong vinegar not distilled, as much as will cover it two or three fingers high. Let it boil so the space of an hour, then pour out the said Vineaigre, and put in other, letting it boil as before, and do thus four or six times. Afterward make the said Vynaigres put together, to evaporate or dry up, or else make it distill out, for to have one vinegar of it, which will be good for many things. This done, you shall put unto the said powder remaining at the bottom, the eight part of Almaigne vitriol, and as much of Ferrerum of Spain, and the half of an eight part of salt armoniac, with a little Brimstone: then into a little molten wax with a little Oil of line, or Oil olive, you shall put little and little the said powders well mingled together. finally take that which you have covered with the said Amalgama of gold and quick silver, and with a pensyll cover and lay it over well with the said wax so mixed, than put it, so cyred, in the mids of hot burning coals, and let it burn and consume all the wax. This done, you shall have such a guilt, that it shall be like massive gold. And at the end you may polish it with brusshes of copper wire and cold water, or you may burnish it as you will.  
The end of the Secrets of Dom Alexis of Piemount.     

¶ Here followeth the Table of all the secrets contained in this present volume.  

THe manner, and secret to conserve a man's youth, and to hold back old age, to maintain a man always in health and strength, as in the fairest flower of his years. Fo. 1  
To make a precious liquor, & of inestimable virtue, the which taken at the mouth, strengtheneth and augmenteth the natural heat, and radical moisture, purifieth the blood, and cleanseth the stomach from all superfluity of humours: and by that mean conserveth the health and youth, and prolongeth the life of him that useth it. Folio. 1.  
A potion or drink to be used in stead of Syrup, good for men of all ages and complexions, that will be purged: the which taken what day you will driveth away the evil humours, without moving or troubling the good, or doing any hurt. And is also very good for the great pocks, and all infirmities, as well of the stomach as of the head, and is likewise profitable for them that be in health, to take twice in the year of an ordinary purgation, that is to say, at the Spring, and in September. Fol. 5.  
A very easy and good remedy for to heal all manner of pocks: which is made with little cost, and requireth not that a man keep his bed or his house, but may use it going in the streets. And it is also very good for all sorts of grief in the joints, in what part of the body so ever it be. Fol. 6.  
To resolve and reduce gold into a potable liquor, which conserveth the youth and health of a man, aswell taken by itself, as mixed with the foresaid liquor spoken of in the second chapter of this present book, and will heal every disease that is thought incurable, in the space of seven days at the furthest. Fol. 6  
To heal an excrescence or growing up of the flesh, within the yard of a man, albeit it were rooted in of a long time. Folio. 8.  
To heal all manner of inflammation, and evil disposition of the liver, and by this secret been healed certain persons, which had their faces as it were lepry, great swollen legs, their hands inflamed, and rough within side. Idem.  
To heal the Emeralds or Piles, in a night, a rare secret and very excellent. Folio. 9  
A singular oinctment, which healeth all burnings with fire, not leaving cicatrice or scar where it was. Idem.  
A perfect and proved remedy for them that be weak of stomach, and can not keep their meat without vomiting it up again. Idem.  
An excellent remedy wherewith a woman of thirty and six years was healed, that had so marred her stomach, that in the space of two years and an half, she was never naturally purged downward: and as soon as she had eaten any thing, she vomited it up again, so that she became yellow, and as dry as a stick. Folio. 10.  
Three remedies very good against the worms in little children. Idem.  
The second remedy. Idem.  
To third remedy. Idem.  
To heal children of the Lunatic disease, which happeneth unto them, by reason of a worm with two heads, that breadeth in their bodies, the which worm, coming unto the heart, causeth them to have such a passion, that often times it killeth the. Fo. 11.  
A remedy for the falling sickness. Idem.  
To make oil of Brimstone, to heal all manner of Cankers, diseases or sores, which come of a putrefied humour, and run continually, commonly called Fistules, and also to heal inveterate and old wounds. Idem.  
To take away the venom or poison from a wound made by some poisoned weapon or arrow. Idem.  
Against the biting of all venomous beasts. Idem.  
To draw an arrow head, or any other Iron out of a wound. Folio. 12.  
Against a vehement cogh of young children. Idem.  
For him that hath a bunch or knob in his head, or that hath his head swollen with a fall. Idem.  
A good remedy for one that is deaf. Idem.  
To heal a woman that hath the Matrice out of her natural place. Folio. 13.  
To make a woman's Milk to come and increase. Idem.  
A very good Secret for the gums or Burgeons, that remain of the great Pocks, as well old as new. Idem.  
another remedy for the same burgeons of pocks. Idem.  
A very easy and perfect remedy for him that hath any blow with a Sword, Staff, or stone, or other like thing, yea, though he were grievously wounded. Idem  
A water to heal all manner of wounds in short space: which is a thing that every man ought always to have in his house, for the accidents and chances that may fall, seeing it is easy to be made, and with little cost, and that it is of so marvelous an operation. Idem.  
To make oil of Saint Ihons' wort, which is called in Venise, and diverse other places, red oil, and is of such virtue, that a man can scant express it, as well to heal wounds, as other infinite diseases, whereof we will show the most notable, and those that we have found true by experience. Fol. 15.  
To make oil of a red Dog, by the mean whereof (beside other infinite virtues that it hath) I healed a Friar of Saint Onofres', who had, by the space of twelve years, a lame and dry arm, withered like a stick, so that nature gave it no more nourishment. Folio. 17.  
To make an oinctment the most excellent in the world, whose virtues are infinite, as we will declare afterward, which princes ought to command to be made and kept in their common wealths: and that it should be made in the presence of Physicians, as Triakle is made, or at the least every man ought to have it in his house, and specially because a man may make a great quantity of it, and the lengar it is kept the better it waxeth. Fol. 19  
A very true and proved remedy against a quartain ague. Fol. 20.  
To heal warts, a secret very excellent and easy to be done, proved and experimented upon divers persons. Fo. 21  
A very profitable and easy remedy to be made against pluresies, which in two days healed a Smith that was almost dead, and had not slept in ii nights. Idem  
Another secret or remedy against the said disease of the pleurisy. Idem.  
Another goodly secret against the same disease. Fol. 22.  
Another against the same disease. Idem.  
To make a water good for the breast or stomach, of the which men use to give them drink that be tormented or grieved with the stitch in the side, or pluretik apostumes: the which water is of a marvelous good savour, and mondifieth very well the breast or stomach. Idem.  
Against all diseases of the mouth, palate, throat, gums, and jaws. Fol. 23.  
For all wounds or sores of the legs, be they recente or old, although the legs were coveerd over with them, and eaten unto the bone. Idem.  
To heal swollen knees or legs, red, and full of humours: a secret marvelous good, easy to be made, and of little charge, and often times proved. Idem.  
A very sure and perfect remedy against a Sciatica, oftentimes proved and experimented in divers parts of the world. Fol. 24  
A water for to heal in. v. days at the most, all manner of great scabs, as well inward as outward, and is a water clear and white, and of an odoriferous savour, such as a man may present to a Queen. Fol. 25.  
Against the disease or gre●f of the flanks, and the colic passion, experimented and proved divers times. Idem  
Another remedy against the same. Fol. 26.  
Another perfect remedy against the same disease, and to make a man piss that hath been three or four days without making water, and that in the space of half an hour, and will break the stone in ten or twelve days. Idem.  
Another remedy against the stone, and pain of the reins. Idem  
The last and most excellent remedy of all, against the stone, be it in the reins, or in the bladder, of what quality or quantity so ever it be. Folio. 27.  
For him that spiteth blood, by having some vain of his breast broken. Idem.  
Against the grief in the lungs, and spitting of blood a thing experimented. Fol. 28.  
Against the pain of the flanks, of the reins, and all other griefs. Idem.  
Against the stinking of the breath. Idem.  
Against the biting of a mad dog, and the rage or madness that followeth the man after he is bitten. Idem.  
To take away the dead flesh that cometh or groweth in the nose. Idem.  
For one which (with falling from some high place) feareth to have something broken in his body. Idem.  
A very good and easy remedy against the disease called the kings evil. Idem.  
Another remedy against the same disease. Fol. 29.  
To know whether a woman shall ever conceive or not. Idem.  
A very rare remedy for to take the kernels out of a man's throat in fifty days at the furthest. Idem.  
another remedy easier to be made. Folio. 29.  
A thing experimented and proved to be very true, against the same disease. Idem.  
To make the skin stretch, and return again into his place, after the kernel is healed. Idem.  
A very exquisite remedy against the disease, called in Latin Augina, and in Greek Synanche, which is an inflammation of the Muscle of the inner gargille, the French men call it Squinancy, in English, Quinsey. Folio. 30.  
An other against the same disease. Idem.  
An other against the sickness. Idem.  
A very good remedy against the kings evil. Idem.  
To heal the same disease by a substance taken at the mouth. Idem.  
A heavenly water, which hath many goodly and notable virtues, as we will show you after. Folio. 31.  
Pills of a marvelous operation and virtue, against the Sciatica, which we promised to speak of, in the Chapter of the Sciatica. Folio. 32.  
A notable secret to heal a mad man, be it that the madness came unto him, by a whirling or giddiness in the head or brain, or otherwise. Idem.  
Pills of Master Michael a Scotte, the which heal the grief or pain of the head, be it inveterate or recent, purge the brain, clarify the sight, cause a man to have a good memory, good colour in the face, and be also very good for many infirmities. Folio. 33.  
Against the pains of women's breasts, a very excellent remedy. Folio. 44.  
To ripe a Felon, Cats here, Botch, Boil, or other apostumes or swellings, which have need of quick and sudden riping. Idem.  
To resolve a Felon, Cats here, Bottle, or Botch at the first beginning. Idem.  
To make Emplastrum Aureum, which is of a wonderful virtue, for all sorts of wounds. Idem.  
another excellent secret, which was brought out of India, and is very good for divers accidents of man's body. Folio. 44.  
Against all manner of coghes, as well inveterate and old as recent and new, a certain and sure remedy. fo. 35.  
An excellent conserve against the choghe, and all anguish of the breast, which also mondifieth and cleanseth the stomach, causeth a good voice, and a fair colour in the face. Idem.  
A goodly and pleasant secret to heal the cogh, in rubbing the souls of the feet: and is a thing very easy and certain. Folio. 36.  
A very goodly and easy remedy to heal, in a day or twain, all manner of inveterat & old wounds wherein is grown dead and superfluous flesh, & wounds that can not be cured, by any other medicines. Idem.  
Against all manner of pestilence or plague, be it never so vehement, a most certain and proved thing. Idem.  
A very good perfume against the plague. Idem.  
another remedy very good against the plague. Idem.  
For him that is sick of the plague. Idem.  
An ointment to make an aposteme break, and the sore of the plague to fall of. Idem.  
another remedy against the plague. Folio. 38.  
An other very good remedy against the plague. Idem.  
another perfit receipt against the plague. Idem.  
An other against the plague. Idem.  
A thing oftentimes proved and experimented against the plague. Idem.  
A preservative against the plague oftentimes proved. Idem  
An other. Folio. 39  
An other. Idem.  
In a suspect time of a plague. Idem.  
An other well tried & proved against the pestilence. Idem.  
A very perfect secret against the plague. Idem.  
An other very good secret. Idem.  
To make a carbuncle and all other botches, apostumes and plague sores, to break, a present remedy, and very easy to make. Folio. 40.  
A very good remedy against the marks or spots of the plague, commonly called Gods marks. Fo. 40.  
Against the mortality of the Pestilence, a very perfit remedy. Idem.  
To make little round Apples or balls against the plague. Idem.  
An oinetment to kill the plague. Fol. 41.  
A very perfit oil against the plague & all poison. Idem.  
A marvelous secret for to preserve a man from the plague: and hath been proved in England of all the Physicians, in that great and vehement plague, in the year. 1348. which crept throughout all the world, and there was never man that used this Secret, but he was preserved from the plague. Idem.  
A very sure and perfect remedy to cure a man of the Pestilence, and some there hath been, that have been cured in a night: the said remedy is also good for God's marks, and Carbuncles, Boils, Botches and such like sicknesses, as saint Anthony's fire, and such other. Idem.  
A very goodly and present remedy for to heal the pestilence, and drawing out the venom from the botch, or sore, or other like accident. Fol. 42.  
An advertisement or warning of great importance, to preserve a man in time of pestilence Idem.  
To dress and order the juice of Citrons, for the use of it, as is afore said. Fol. 44.   

Of the second book.  
TO make oil imperial, to perfume the here or beard of a man, to rub his hands or glooves with, and to put also into the Lie or water, wherein Princes or great men's clothes are washed, and this oil may a man make with cost enough, and also with little charge or expense. Fol. 44.  
To make oil of Ben with small charge, the which of itself will be odoriferous or soot in savour, and very excellent, whereof parfumours do use aptly, for to perfume gloves, or other thyhges with all. Fol. 45.  
To make an odoriferous & sweet water very good. Idem.  
The second odoriferous water. Idem.  
The third sweet water. Folio. 46.  
The sowerth sweet water. Idem.  
The fift sweet water. Idem.  
The sixth sweet water. Idem.  
The seventh sweet water. Idem.  
The eight sweet water. Folio. 47.  
The ninth sweet water. Idem.  
The tenth sweet water. Idem.  
Oil of Oranges very excellent. Idem.  
Oil of jasemine and of Violettes. Idem.  
Oil of Nutinegges very perfit. Idem.  
Oil of Bengewin, very excellent. Folio. 48.  
Oil of Storar very excellent. Idem.  
Oil of Myrrh, good for them that have their flesh full of humours, and carrion lean, for to make it tractable, quick, natural, and strong. Idem.  
The manner to make that oils shall never wax mouldy, nor putrefy. Idem.  
Powder of Iris. Idem.  
Powder of Violettes. Idem.  
A white powder to put in little bags. Idem.  
Powder of Cypress. Folio. 49.  
White Musked Sope. Idem.  
another kind of odoriferous white Sope. Idem.  
To make Damaskine Soap Musked. Idem.  
To get out the milk of Macaleb. Folio. 50.  
Powder of Civet very exquisite. Idem.  
A principal powder. Idem.  
A white odoriferous powder. Idem.  
A red powder. Idem.  
A black powder. Idem.  
Powder of Cipre very exquisite. Idem.  
another way to make it very perfit. Folio. 51.  
A sweet and odoriferous powder, very excellent to lay in chests and cosers. Fol. 51.  
An odoriferous and sweet powder. Fol. 52.  
Oil of Bengewine. Idem.  
A very good and odoriferous powder, to carry about a man, or to lay in coffers. Idem  
Balls against the pestilence or plague, which also give an odour unto all things. Idem  
A princely liquor. Idem.  
Liquid and soft soap of Naples. Idem.  
To make the said soap musk. Idem.  
A very excellent paste and sweet, made with musk, which eaten causeth a sweet breath. Folio. 53.  
Another very excellent. Idem.  
Dentifrices or rubbers for the teeth, of great perfection for to make them clean. Idem  
Oil of Bengewine odoriferous. Idem.  
Oil of Storar Calamita. Idem.  
To make oil of Labdanum. Fol. 54.  
Oil of Nutmegs. Idem.  
Another manner. Idem.  
A very exquisite soap, made of divers things. Idem  
Soap with Civet. Fol. 55.  
Soap with divers and excellent oils, Idem.  
Soap rosat. Idem.  
White soap of a good savour and odour. Idem  
Perfect soap. Idem.  
Whole and massive black soap. Idem.  
Damask perfume. Folio. 56.  
Another perfume of damask. Idem.  
An excellent pommaunder. Idem.  
Another pommaunder. Fol. 57  
Another pommaunder. Idem.  
Excellent hippocras. Idem.  
To make little cusshins of parfumed roses Fol. 58.  
Matches or little lights of a very good odour. Idem  
A composition of Musk, Civet, and Ambergrise. Idem.  
A perfume for a chamber very excellent. Idem.  
Soap of Naples. Fol. 59  
Perfume for a lamp Fol. 59  
A short perfume Idem.  
An odoriferous perfume for chambers Idem.  
A very good perfume for to trim gloves with little cost, and yet will continue long. Idem.  
A very exquysite civet to perfume gloves, and to anoint a man's hands with. Fol. 60.  
Oil of roses and flowers, very perfit. Idem.  
Oil of Cloves very noble. Idem.  
To make an excellent perfume to perfume chambers garments, coverlets, Sheets, and all other things, belonging to any prince. Fol. 61.  
Round apples or balls to take out spotes of oil or grease. Idem.  
To make a past or dough for sweet beads or beadstones. Idem.   

Of the third book.  
A goodly secret for to conduit or confite Oranges, citrons, and all other fruits in syrup, which is a notable thing. Fol. 62.  
The manner how to purify and prepare honey, and sugar, for to confyte Citrons and all other fruits. 63.  
To confite peaches after the spanish fashion. Idem.  
To make conserve or confyture of quinces, called in latin Cotoneatum, Cidoniatum or Cidonites, as they do in valence, which also the Genevoys do use. Idem.  
To make a past of sugar, whereof a man may make all manner of fruits, and other fine things, with their form, as platters, dishes, glasses, cups, and such like things, wherewith you may furnish a table: and when you have done, eat them up. A pleasant thing for them that sit at the table. Fol. 64.  
To make a confection of Melons or ponpones. Idem.  
To make Melones & 〈◊〉 sweet & very delicate. 65.  
To confyte orange pills, which may be done at all times of the year and chief in May, because than the said pills be greater and thicker, Idem.  
To confite walnuts. Folio. 65.  
To confite Gourds. Idem.  
To confite Cherries. Folio. 66.  
To make little morsels, as they use in Naples, an exquisite thing, for they be very savorous, do comfort the stomach, and make a sweet breath. Idem.   

Of the fourth book.  
AN odoriferous and precious water, wherewith a man may wet or bathe any linen cloth, to wipe or rub his face, which will make his flesh white and well coloured: & the more a man rubbeth his face with it, the fairer it is, and also continueth six months, a thing experimented and proved, yea, and it were for a queen. Foli. 67.  
To make a water that will make a white and pale person, well coloured. Idem.  
A very good water, to make the face appear of the age of xxv years. Folio. 68  
A water to beautify the face, and all other parts of the body. Idem.  
A water to make the skin white, and to take away the Sun burning. Idem.  
another water to beautify the face, and to make it appear of the age of. rv. years. Idem.  
An easy water for ladies and gentlewomen. Idem.  
To make a goodly lustre, or beautifying of the face, good for ladies and dames. Foli. 69.  
To take out spots, lentils, or pimpels in the face, Idem  
A very good way, how to give a lustre or show, to all distilled water. Idem.  
To make a water of white Melons, that maketh a fair skin. Idem.  
To make a very good water of Gourds, as well garden Gourds, as wild. Folio. 70.  
An ointment for the face, which being kept on, or used continually, the space of eight days, altereth the skin, and reneweth it finely. Idem.  
For him that hath naturally a red face. Folio. 71.  
Ta make Aqua argentata, or silver water, which maketh a white, ruddy, and glistering face: and is made like a water, and not like an ointment, that the Dames of Italy, for the most part do use, although that few men make it, as it ought to be made. Idem  
To make an ointment for the face. Idem.  
To make a red colour for the face. Folio. 72.  
To make the face fair. Idem.  
To make the face fair an other way. Idem.  
To make the face fair. Idem.  
To make a water, that maketh the face white. Idem.  
another manner to make the face fair. Idem.  
To take spots, lintelles, or red pimples, out of the face. Idem.  
To take of a ring worm or tetter, that runneth all over a man's, called in French, Le fru volant. Folio. 73.  
To drive away lice. Idem.  
To make a water that taketh away all staining, dying and spots from the hands of artificers, that get them by working, and maketh them very white and fair: it is also good for them that be sun burned. Idem.  
To make a water, that make the flesh and skin of a man or woman very fair, and will be kept like a precious balm. Idem.  
A very goodly water to wash the face, neck, and the breast, whereof a man may make a great quantity, for the more there is of it, the better it is: it maketh the skin and the flesh of the face, fair, not hurting or destroying the teeth, and shall seem that the face is nothing at all helped with any colour, but that is even so by nature. Folio. 74.  
To make a very excellent red colour for the face, which is natural, and continueth long upon the face, making it always gaier and fairer. Idem.  
another kind of red very good for the face, easier to make, and with less cost. Fol. 75.  
An excellent white above all other. Idem.  
To make hear as yellow as gold. Idem.  
To make lie to wash the head, which (beside that it comforteth the brain, and the memory) maketh the hear long, fair, and yellow like gold. Idem  
Lie to make hear black. Fol. 76.  
An oil for to anoint the hear, which maketh it yellow like gold, long and glistering like burnished gold. Idem.  
A very goodly way or manner how to make yellow aberne hear, without standing long, or nothing at all in the son, a rare and a very excellent secret. Idem  
An ointment to make the hears fall from any place of the body. Fol. 77.  
An oil or liquor to make the hear fall of, and may be kept as long as a man will: It is also good for all occasions. Fol. 78.  
An advertisement or lesson for them that will make the hear fall of. Idem.  
To cause that the hear shall grow no more, or to make them come out thin and fine like the first soft hear or mosines of the face. Idem.  
To make a kind of cloth or plaster to take the hear from the face, neck, & hands, or from any part of the body. 79  
A marvelous secret, which the great lords of the moors do use, whereby they make that their children have no hear under their arms, or other place where they will. And this secret found I in Syria, the year 1521 by the means of a lord of the country, whose daughter I healed. Idem  
To make a kind of cloth, called cloth of Levant, wherewith women use to colour their faces. Fol. 80.  
The same another way, Idem  
To die a white beard or hear of the head into a fair black. Idem  
A noble and excellent powder to make clean the teeth to make them fast and white, & to conserve the gums, a better thing can not be found, and it were to present to a Queen or princess. Fol. 81.  
To make a very excellent conserve to scour the teeth, to comfort the gums, and to make a sweet and good breath. Idem  
An advertisement or lesson concerning the making of powders, and conserves for the teeth. Idem  
An exceeding white and good powder to scour the teeth which is meeter for lords and great men, than any of the other before. Fol. 82.  
A distilled water, excellent for to make the teeth white immediately, and to preserve them wonderfully. f. 83.  
Three advertisements or lessonnes of importance, to keep the teeth white and uncorrupt and also a sweet breath. Idem  
A decoction to wash and scour the mouth, to fasten lose teeth, to consolidate and make sound the gums, and to make the flesh grow again if it were decayed or fallen a way. Fol. 84.   

Of the fist book.  
TO make perfect Azure, such as cometh from be yond the seas. Fol. 84.  
To make a fine confection of grain, called Lacca of grain. Fo. 86  
To die bones into a green colour. Idem.  
Another manner how to die bones, or Iu●rye, into the colour of an emerald. Idem.  
To die bones red, blue, or of any colour you wil Idem  
A very goodly secret to die or colour wood, of what colour a man will, which some joiners douse that make tables, and other things of divers colours, and do esteem it among themselves to be of such excellency, that one brother will not teach it another. Fol. 87  
To counterfeit the black wood called Hebenus, or Hebenum, & to make it as fair as the natural Hebene, which groweth no where but in India. Idem.  
To die scinnes blue, or of the colour of Azure. Idem.  
To die skins in chickweed, called in latin Rubra mayor or Rubra tinctorum, into a red colour. Fol. 88  
To die Skins green. Idem.  
To die the said Skins an other way. Idem.  
another way to die Skins of Azure colour and fair. Folio. 89.  
another manner to die Skins green. Idem.  
To die neats leather into a green colour, as well in gall as in leaves. Idem.  
To die Skins green, with the flower of Ireos. fo. 90  
To die bones in a Turkish or red colour. Idem.  
To die Hogs bristelles, and other things, for to make rubbars and brusshes. Idem.  
To die the said bristelles yellow, green or blue, or any other colour. Idem.  
To make Purple, which is a colour, wherewith men use to make a colour like gold, for to paint and write with. Idem.  
To make Lacca of brasil. Foli. 91.  
To make white tables to write in, with the point of a wire, soche as come out of Germany. Idem.  
To make Roset or ruddle. Idem.  
To guilt over Parchment, Leather, or other such work, which men use in stead of hangings, or tapistry. Folio. 92.  
To die Crimson silk. Idem.  
To prepare and trim brasil, for to make of it four divers colours. Idem.  
To make Roset of brasil an other way. Foli. 93.  
To make beyondsea Azure, without Lapis lasuli. Idem.  
To make a green colour, to write or paint with. Idem.  
To bray fine gold, wherewith a man may write, or paint with a pencil. Idem.  
The same an other way. Idem.  
another way with purpurine. Folio. 94.  
To make a ground to guilt upon, with burnisshed Gold. Idem.  
To lay or settle gold with a single ground. Idem.  
another way to lay on gold. Idem.  
To make colours of all kind of metals. Idem  
To lay gold on a black ground. Idem.  
To make letters of the colour of gold without gold. Id.  
To make silver letters without silver. Idem.  
To make green letters. Folly 95  
To make white letters in a black field. Idem.  
To make a green colour for to write and paint withal. Idem.  
To trim and dress Azure. Idem.  
To dress or trim Cinabrium, for to write or paint with. Idem.  
A ground to lay gold upon any metal or iron. Idem.  
To gild the edges of books. Fol. 96.  
To keep and preserve whites of eggs as long as a man will without corrupting, and without putting Arsenic to it. A secret not much known. Idem.  
The manner how to make the ground or foundation for Indicum. Idem  
Another perfect ground for the same thing. Idem  
A goodly way how to make gold and silver into powder, a thing easy to be done, and there will come of it an excellent colour. This is a very rare secret, which hath not been used nor known until this preset. 96  
To make a very fair Vernix, to varnish the said gold, and all other workmanship. Fol. 97.  
To bray or break gold or silver easily, after the comen manner that the best workmasters do use. Fol. 98  
To make a lyeour, that maketh a golden colour without gold. Idem.  
Another liquor of the colour of gold, for to write, and to gilt iron, wode, glass, bone, & other like things. 98  
Another goodly liquor, to make a golden colour with little cost, and is a thing easy to be done. Fol. 99  
To make ink, or a colour to write with, in a very good perfection. Idem.  
A good way and manner how to make ink for to carry about a man in a dry powder, which (when he will write with) he must temper with a little wine, water, or Vinaigre, or with some other liquor, and than he may incontinent put it in experience. With the said powder all other ink may be amended, be it never so evil. Idem.  
To make a great deal of ink quickly, and with little cost. Fol. 100  
To make Printers ink. Idem  
To make ink so white, that although a man write with it upon white paper, it may easily and perfectly be red. A very goodly thing. Idem.  
To make a powder to take of blots of ink, fallen upon the paper, or else the letters and writing from the paper: which is a rare secret, but yet profitable. 101.  
To make a kind of vernyshe, but much fayerer, and better than that which Scryveners do use, and is of less cost, & stinketh not as other vernysh doth. Idem.  
To make ink to rule paper for to write by, whereof the writing being dry, the lines may be taken out, that it shall seem ye have written without lines. 102.   

The sixth book.  
TO sublime quicksilver, that is to say, to make common sublime, that Goldsmiths, Alchemistes, and gentelwemen do use, and that men use in many things concerning physic. 102.  
To make Cinabrium, and thereof to make loaves of a hundredth or two hundredth pounds, as great as a man list: as those are that come out of Almain, which secret hath not before this time been know of any in Italy Fo. 105  
To fine and renew Borax. Fol. 107  
A good and easy way to make aqua fortis better than any other. Fol. 110.  
The true and perfit practise to cast medalles, and all other workmanship, as well in brass, as in gold, silver, coppar, lead, Tyn, as of Crystal, glass, and marble. Fo. 110.  
The first earth to cast in a mould all manner of fusyble matter. Fol. 111.  
The second earth or sand. Idem.  
The third earth or sand. Idem.  
The fourth earth or sand. Idem.  
The fift earth or sand the most perfit. Idem.  
The sixth earth. Fol. 112.  
A goodly way and manner how to make all these earths very fine and small, & almost impalpable. Idem.  
To make a water called magistra, wherewith the said earths to make moulds, is tempered, and moisted again at every casting or founding. Idem.  
To make Lutum sapientiae very perfit. Fol. 113  
Certain things, which he that will take in hand any founding or casting of metals, must always have 〈◊〉, and in order. Fol. 114.  
The 〈◊〉 or order that a man ought to keep, when he will cast or found medalles, or any other things. Fo. 115.  
To 〈◊〉 white, to blanch or make white medals, or other things newly melted, and also for to renew medals of old silver. Fol. 116.  
To guilt iron with water. Fol. 117.  
The like another way Idem.  
To guilt iron with gold foil, and water, or else with gold myrt with quick silver, as gold smiths are wont to guilt silver. Idem.  
To die or colour into the colour of brass, or also to gilt silver, which she wethe better, and continueth longer. Idem.  
A water or colour to lay under Diamonds as well true as counterfeit, that is to say, made of white sapphires, as we will declare afterward. Fol. 118.  
To counterfeit a diamond, with a white sapphire Idem  
To engross thin Balesses to set in rings. Idem  
To make Rubies of two pieces, and Emeralds, as they make them at Milan Folly 119.  
To make a past or dough for precious stones, as Emeralds, rubes, sapphires, & such like, which be but of one piece well coloured within and without. Idem.  
To make emeralds, and other stones or jewels. 120.  
To calcine or burn Crystal and the Calcidoyne stone, to put in the said mixtions of precious stones. Idem  
A water to harden the said stones. Idem  
To calcine fine silver. Idem  
The second manner of calcining silver. Fol. 121  
The third manner of calcining silver. Fol. 122  
To calcine Talchum quickly and out of hand. Idem  
An excellent and very easy way to gild iron, copper, and silver, to make it seem like massive gold. Fol. 123.  
A perfect manner and way to gild, and to make the quick silver to danish away from the thing guilded. Idem   
The end of the Table.